The URL can be used to link to this page

R2006-072 05-22-06 RESOLUTION NO. R2006-72 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, AWARDING A BID FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES ASSOCIATED WITH THE STATE HIGHWAY 35 WATER AND FORCE MAIN RELOCATION PROJECT. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That the City opened bids for construction services associated with the State Highway 35 Water and Force Main Relocation Project, and such bids have been reviewed and tabulated. Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to Haddock Construction, in the amount of $157,235.00. Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a contract for construction services associated with the State Highway 35 Water and Force Main Relocation Project. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 22nd day of May, AD., 2006. \\\,"U""111 ~\\:...r:. tl..RLAA1..:."/ ..." yv.;.;.::." "0 '" ~...~ ......... ~ '.;.. $.4 ~.. .... ~.~ S I-.. ,.... Y- -;. :;-rl ,~= ::;""\' :(/)= = J = ~ . - ~. ,p.:: ~... ..- ~ A %JiS-r........ ,./' "" \,,, "II"m""\~ ~~~ TOM REID MAYOR C APPROVED AS TO FORM: G:J~ Ie GL- DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY RESOLUTION NO. R2006-72 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, AWARDING A BID FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES ASSOCIATED WITH THE STATE HIGHWAY 35 WATER AND FORCE MAIN RELOCATION PROJECT. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That the City opened bids for construction services associated with the State Highway 35 Water and Force Main Relocation Project, and such bids have been reviewed and tabulated. Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to Haddock Construction, in the amount of $157,235.00. Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a contract for construction services associated with the State Highway 35 Water and Force Main Relocation Project. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 22nd day of Mav ,A.D., 2006. RICHARD TETENS MAYOR PRO- TEM ATTEST: YOUNG LORFING, TRMC CITY SECRETARY APPROVED AS TO FORM: DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY Freese NichOlS,Inc. Engineers Environmental Scientists Architects 2010 East Broadway Pearland, TX 77581-5502 281/485-2404 April 27, 2006 281/485-4322 fax www.freese.com FNI 05-173 Mr. Danny Cameron Director of Public Works City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Re: Water and Force Main Relocation State Highway 35 at Mary's Creek Dear Danny: On March 30, 2006, four (4) bids were opened for the referenced Project. Bids were checked and tabulated. The low bidder is D. J. Civil Engineering L. L. C. with a bid of $140,380. Enclosed are five (5) copies of the bid tabulation sheet. Upon review of the low bidder's bid we noted two imbalance bid items. These are item 4 (4" welded steel force main) and item 5 (16" gate valve). Item 4 was lower by $16,000 to $25,000 as compared to other bids. Item 5 was lower by $6,000 to $11,000 as compared to other bids. We also checked their experience and references based on information received from them. Because of inconclusive reference check and imbalance bid, we met with them on April 10, 2006 with you present at the meeting. We raised the issues of imbalance bid, experience on directional drill and their previous work for Pearland which we did not receive a good report. He was given opportunity to go back and investigate the issues raised. Upon review, the low bidder would like to withdraw his bid. Therefore, based on our review of low bidder's bid, reference check, meeting, and attached letter, we recommend City of Pearland award this contract to second bidder, Haddock Construction Company, Inc., P. O. Box 1263, Friendswood, Texas 77549, (281) 489-2828, at a bid price of$157,235. Haddock Construction Company, Inc. is a responsive, responsible contractor with experience in this type of work. They recently Mr. Danny Cameron Page 2. completed the Dixie Farm Road Water Transmission Project which included three (3) directional drill bores of same size as on this Project. We are looking forward to the successful implementation of this Project. Please call me if you have any question. Sincerely, ~-/,-,~ Mehran (Ron) Bavarian, P. E. Associate Pearland Office Manager "'--='" MB:plp Encl. T:PRLOS173\Cameron 04-27-06 doc BID TABULATION CITY OF PEARLAND WATER LINE AND FORCE MAIN RELOCATION - STATE HIGHWAY 35 AT MARY'S CREEK BID B 2006-037 Bids Opened: 03-30-06 Prepared By: Freese & Nichols, Inc. FM No. 05-173 SECTION "A" - WATER AND FORCE MAIN RELOCATION ITEM NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT BID QUANTITY 1 Mobilization and Right of Way Preparation LS 1.0 2 Control LS 1.0 Traffic 3 16" Welded Steel Water Line in Augered Hole by Directional Drill Method Under Mary's Creek LF 400.0 4 16" PVC C 905, DR 18 Water Line in Open Cut LF 315.0 5 Approx. 110 LF - 4" Welded Steel Force Main to be Attached to Existing all Piping, Welded & Flanged Conc. Headwall Incl. Fittings, Galvan. Support Brackets(9), Comb. AirNac. Valve, Flexible Couplings, Tie-in to Exist. Lines, All Complete, Tested, in Accord. w/ Plans & Spec. LS 1.0 6 16" Gate Valve with Box (MJ) w/ Restraints EA 2.0 7 16" 11 1/4° Bend (MJ) w/ Restraints EA 4.0 8 16" x 8" Reducer (MJ) w/ Restraints EA 2.0 9 16" Steel Pipe/PVC Pipe Coupling Adapter EA 2.0 10 4" Steel Pipe/Exist. Pipe Coupling Adapter EA 2.0 11 Tie-in 16" to existing 8" Waterline EA 2.0 Prop. 12 Remove Existing 16" Water Line and 4" Force Main Within Limits Shown in Plans LS 1.0 13 Filter Fabric Fence - Install & Remove LF 260.0 14 Construction Exit Type 1 - Install & Remove SY 200.0 15 Trench Safety LF 315.0 16 Site Restoration Incl. Clean, Grading, Ditch Regrading, Hydro -mulching & Block Sodding LS 1.0 SUBTOTAL SECTION "A" 1 DJ's Civil Engineering UNIT PRICE AMOUNT $3,600.00 $3,600.00 $4,200.00 $4,200.00 $152.00 $60,800.00 $82.00 $25,830.00 $6,000.00 $6,000.00 $2,600.00 $5,200.00 $750.00 $3,000.00 $900.00 $1,800.00 $760.00 $1,520.00 $340.00 $680.00 $1,200.00 $2,400.00 $3,200.00 $3,200.00 $2.00 $520.00 $12.00 $2,400.00 $2.00 $630.00 $3,600.00 $3,600.00 $125,380.00 2 Haddock Construction Co., Inc. AMOUNT UNIT PRICE $6,000.00 $6,000.00 $10,000.00 $10,000.00 $125.00 $50,000.00 $65.00 $20,475.00 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 $5,800.00 $11,600.00 $1,200.00 $4,800.00 $850.00 $1,700.00 $900.00 $1,800.00 $175.00 $350.00 $1,200.00 $2,400.00 $1,470.00 $1,470.00 $3.00 $780.00 $3.00 $600.00 $4.00 $1,260.00 $4,000.00 $4,000.00 $142,235.00 3 Deep South Construction, Inc. UNIT PRICE AMOUNT $5,585.00 $5,585.00 $6,575.00 $6,575.00 $204.00 $81,600.00 $55.50 $17,482.50 $22,867.00 $22,867.00 $6,195.00 $12,390.00 $1,322.00 $5,288.00 $955.00 $1,910.00 $1,007.00 $2,014.00 $270.00 $540.00 $1,820.00 $3,640.00 $7,615.00 $7,615.00 $2.25 $585.00 $7.50 $1,500.00 $1.00 $315.00 $10,805.00 $10,805.00 $180,711.50 4 Boyer, Inc. UNIT PRICE AMOUNT $23,250.00 $23,250.00 $5,800.00 $5,800.00 $207.00 $82,800.00 $134.00 $42,210.00 $31,000.00 $31,000.00 $8,300.00 $16,600.00 $2,200.00 $8,800.00 $1,500.00 $3,000.00 $1,600.00 $3,200.00 $300.00 $600.00 $4,000.00 $8,000.00 $7,400.00 $7,400.00 $3.00 $780.00 $30.00 $6,000.00 $1.00 $315.00 $12,400.00 $12,400.00 $252,155.00 SECTION "B" - EXTRA WORK To be done where authorized by Engineer and in quantities to be authorized. Contractor shall provide unit prices ONLY for this Section. ITEM NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT BID QUANTITY 1 Extra Labor (Unskilled) Man Hr ---- ---- 2 Extra Labor (Skilled) Man Hr ---- ---- 3 Extra Excavation (Machine) CY ---- ---- 4 Extra Concrete, 3000 psi with form work CY ---- ---- 5 Extra Cement Stabilized Sand, in Place, if authorized by Engineer TN ---- ---- 6 Extra Reinforcing Steel LB ---- ---- 7 Extra Cast Iron or Ductile Iron Fittings, ---- ---- TN all classes and sizes in place. 8 Extra "Uni-Flange", "PV-Lock" or Approved EA ---- ---- Equal Restraints(Set of 2) 18 Well Pointing, as Authorized by Engineer LF ---- ---- SUBTOTAL SECTION "B" BID SUMMARY SECTION "A" SECTION "B" TOTAL BASE BID 1 DJ's Civil Engineering UNIT PRICE AMOUNT $30.00 ---- ---- $36.00 ---- ---- $12.00 ---- ---- $120.00 ---- ---- $22.00 ---- ---- $0.50 ---- ---- $2,200.00 ---- ---- $800.00 ---- ---- $24.00 ---- ---- $15,000.00 $125,380.00 $15,000.00 $140,380.00 2 Haddock Construction Co., Inc. UNIT PRICE AMOUNT $15,000.00 $142,235.00 $15,000.00 $157,235.00 3 Deep South Construction, Inc. UNIT PRICE AMOUNT $20.00 ---- ---- $31.00 ---- ---- $35.00 ---- ---- $125.00 ---- ---- $20.00 ---- ---- $10.50 ---- ---- $1,500.00 ---- ---- $850.00 ---- ---- $25.00 ---- ---- $15,000.00 $180,711.50 $15,000.00 $195,711.50 ®*.. 4 Boyer, Inc. AMOUNT UNIT PRICE $20.00 ---- ---- $30.00 ---- ---- $15.00 ---- ---- $100.00 ---- ---- $20.00 ---- ---- $1.00 ---- ---- $2,500.00 ---- ---- $325.00 ---- ---- $31.00 ---- ---- $15,000.00 $252,155.00 $15,000.00 $267,155.00 m E of TF1%1 w/covi+Kacf- • Resolution 2006-72 5/22/06 CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF WATER AND FORCE MAIN RELOCATION STATE HIGHWAY 35 AT MARY'S CREEK MARCH 2O06 TOM REID MAYOR RICHARD TETENS WOODY OWENS POSITION NO. 1 POSITION NO. 2 STEVE SABOE LARRY MARCOTT POSITION NO. 3 POSITION NO. 4 KEVIN COLE POSITION NO. 5 BILL EISEN CITY MANAGER • FREESE • NICHOLS FNI 05-173 CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF WATER AND FORCE MAIN LINE RELOCATION STATE HIGHWAY 35 AT MARY'S CREEK RFB 2006 - 037 MARCH 2006 Prepared by: Freese & Nichols, Inc. 2010 Broadway Pearland, Texas 77581 (281) 485-2404 FNI 05-173 SOFT 60 ti 01. ••• ls_ 0a ®*: MEHR N ❑AVARI a. de p . 48811 ex • 07 /19Ewsra••.‘.CS. S-1S'- aS Rev. 3-1-06 w • CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF WATER AND FORCE MAIN LINE RELOCATION STATE HIGHWAY 35 AT MARY S CREEK A. NOTICE TO BIDDERS RFB 2006- 037 TABLE OF CONTENTS B. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS C. PROPOSAL D. STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR E. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section Section Title 00700 General Conditions 28 00700-A Attachment No. 1 to General Conditions 3 00700-B Attachment No. 2 to General Conditions 6 SUPPLEMENTARY TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 00800 Special Conditions 1 008011 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction 5 G. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS No. of Pages 01100 Summary of Work 2 01140 Contractor's Use of Premises 3 01200 Measurement and Payment 3 01290 Change Order Procedures 4 01310 Coordination and Meetings 3 01350 Submittals 6 01420 Reference Standards 4 01430 Contractor's Quality Control 2 01440 Inspection Services 1 01450 Testing Laboratory Services 2 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 9 01505 Mobilization 1 01550 Stabilized Construction Exit 4 01555 Traffic Control and Regulation 4 01560 Filter Fabric Fence 4 01562 Waste Material Disposal 2 01563 Tree and Plant Protection .3 01564 Control of Ground Water and Surface Water •• 7 01565 NPDES Requirements 11 01566 Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation • 4 01570 Trench Safety System 3 01580 Project Identification Signs 10 01600 Material and Equipment 3 01630 Product Options and Substitutions 3 01720 Field Surveying 2 01730 Cutting and Patching 3 01750 Starting Systems 2 01760 Project Record Documents 2 01770 Contract Closeout 2 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK Section Section Title 02200 Site Preparation • 3 02252 Cement Stabilized Sand 3 02318 Excavation and Backfill For Utilities 20 02417 Augering Pipe for Water Lines 6 02510 Water Mains 11 02520 Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes and Meter Vaults 4 02534 PVC Pipe 5 02541 Water And Wastewater Lines Valves •• 8 02635 Steel Pipe and Fittings • 9 02921 Hydromulch Seeding . 3 02980 Pavement Repair and Resurfacing 3 APPENDIX "A" — Geotechnical Bore Log ii SECTION A NOTICE TO BIDDERS NOTICE TO BIDDERS CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS BID NO. RFB 2006 - 037 Sealed bids will be receiveHIGHWAY 35 AT MARY'S CREEK" in duplicate, marked "WATER FORCE theCofficle othe LECrty RELOCATION - STATE Secretary, City of Pearland, City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas, 77581, until 3:00 p.m , Thursday March 30, 2006, at which time they will be publicly opened and read aloud for the furnishing of: WATER AND FORCE MAIN LINE RELOCATION STATE HIGHWAY 35 AT MARY'S CREEK RFB 2006 - 037 This project will entail: The construction of approximately 715 linear feet of 16-inch welded steel and PVC waterline partially directional drilled under Mary's Creek and 110 linear feet of 4" welded steel force main aerial crossing to be attached to an existing headwall across Mary s Creek at State Highway 35, and all other related appurtenances, all complete in place, tested and operational. Information and Bid Documents: Copies of Contract Documents and Technical Specifications and Plans are on file at the following locations for review: City of Pearland City Hall, Purchasing Department 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 AGC of Texas 2400 Augusta, Suite 180 Houston, Texas 77057 Dodge Reports 4101 Greenbriar, Suite 320 Houston, Texas 77098 (281) 652-1600 (713) 334-7100 (713) 529-4895 These documents may be examined without charge at the above locations. Bidders may obtain a complete set of the Contract Documents, Special Provisions to Specifications and Plans from the Office of the Engineer, Freese & Nichols, Inc , 2010 Broadway, Pearland, Texas 77581 upon request and an amount of $50.00 per set. No partial sets will be issued. There will not be any A - 1/2 refund for plan sets. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety (90) days subsequent to the opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. Bidder's Bond, Cashier's Check or Certified Check payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total bid price must accompany each proposal. The City of Pearland reserves the right to reject any or all bids, or to accept any bid deemed advantageous to it. The successful bidders must furnish Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds as required by law (Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code) upon an acceptable form in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and named on the current list of "Treasury Department Circular No. 570' , payable to the City of Pearland, Texas. Contractor must certify that his firm or subcontractor does not and will not maintain any facilities he provides for his employees in a segregated manner, or permit his employees to perfoini their services at any location under his control where segregated facilities are maintained. Date SECTION B INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS Receipt of Bids: Bids will be received until 3:00 pm, Thursday March 30, 2006, in the office of the City Secretary, under conditions set forth in the published Notice to Bidders. Information and bidding documents are obtainable from the Purchasing Officer under conditions set forth in the published Notice to Bidders. Discrepancies and Interpretation: Notify Freese and Nichols, Inc. in writing at least five (5) days prior to bid date if discrepancies, ambiguities, or omissions are found in the Specifications or Drawings or if further information or interpretation is desired. Answers will be given in writing to all Bidders in addendum form All provisions and requirements of such addenda will supersede or modify affected portions of Specifications or Drawings. All addenda will be incorporated in and bound with the contract documents. No other explanation or interpretation will be considered official or binding. Mailing Procedure: Submit Proposal and Bid Check or Bond in an opaque sealed envelope. Identify the envelope with the project name and the name and mailing address of the Bidder. Proposals may not be modified after submittal. Bidders may withdraw Proposal at any time prior to the advertised bid opening time but may not resubmit a Proposal once it has been withdrawn. Proposals received after the advertised time set for opening will be ineligible and will be returned unopened. Proposal: Submitted Proposal shall be based on conditions at the project site, the Specifications, the Drawings and any addenda to Specifications and/or Drawings issued prior to opening of bids. Authoritatively execute and submit bid Proposal form furnished with the Bid Documents to insure complete uniformity of wording. Proposal showing omissions, alterations of wording, conditional bids, or carrying riders or qualifications which modify the proposal as submitted will be rejected as irregular. B-1/4 Submit Proposal in duplicate. Two copies of the Proposal form which are not bound in the Specifications are furnished for the Bidders use in submitting his bid. The Proposal Form bound in the Specifications is for the Bidder's information and is not to be completed. Each bidder shall submit only one Proposal; if two or more Proposals are submitted by any bidder, either in one envelope or in separate envelopes, then such Proposals will be subject to rej ection. Proposal amounts may not be amended or modified in any manner after the time set for bid opening in the published invitation to Bidders. Under no circumstances will the bidder be permitted to alter his bid after it has been read. The City of Pearland reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals submitted, or to award the Contract to the Bidder who, in the City's opinion, offers the most advantageous proposal for the purpose intended. Financial Statement: The bidder will be required by the Owner to furnish a financial statement. Proposal Guaranty: A Certified or Cashier's Check on a State or National Bank in the State of Texas, or a Bidder's Bond from an acceptable Surety Company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas, in the amount of not less than five percent (5%) of the greatest total amount of the Bidders' Proposal, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Pearland must accompany each proposal as a guarantee that if awarded the Contract, the bidder will promptly enter into Contract and execute Performance and Payment Bonds on the forms provided. Should the successful Bidder fail to execute Contract and Bonds within fifteen (15) days after notifications of award of Contract, said check or bidder's bond shall become the property of the Owner. Qualifications of Bidder: The Owner will make such investigations as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the Bidder to perform the work, and the Bidder may furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The owner reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, such bidder fails to satisfy the Owner that such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work contemplated therein. B-2/4 Performance and Payment Bonds: The successful bidder to whom the Contract is awarded will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond, as set forth in Item 4.05 of Section 00700, of the General Conditions of Agreement. Bond forms bound in the Specifications are included as information to the Bidder. Insurance: Before starting work, the successful bidder to whom the Contract is awarded will be required to obtain insurance coverage as set forth in Item 4.06 of Section 00700, of the General Conditions of Agreement. Site Investigation: Examination of project site, existing structures and adjacent property and familiarizing himself with existing conditions before he prepares and submits his Proposal is the responsibility of each bidder. After investigating the project site and comparing the Drawings and Specifications with the existing conditions, immediately notify the Engineer of any conditions, for which requirements of labor and material are not clear, or about which there are questions regarding the extent of the work involved. Should the successful Bidder fail to make the required investigation and should a question arise later as to the extent of the work involved in any particular case, then the decision shall be made by the Engineer as to proper interpretation of the Specifications and Drawings It is understood that full and complete allowance for conditions under which the Contractor will be required to operate, or that will in any manner affect work under this Contract is included in the Bidder's Proposal and in the Contract Amount. Contract and Contract Form. The Contract form bound in the Specifications is included as information to the Bidder. It is not to be used in submitting a Proposal. The Owner agrees that the award of the Contract, if awarded, will be within ninety (90) days after date of opening bids unless otherwise stated in the proposal. State Sales Tax: Materials incorporated into this project are exempt from State Sales Tax according to provisions of the Texas Tax Code, chapter 151, Subsection H. B-3/4 The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax peiniit or exemption certificate which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the work without paying tax at the time of purchase. Schedule of Minimum Wage Rates: The Contractor shall comply with the current prevailing wage laws and regulations. The minimum wages to be paid on this project shall be in accordance with classification and wages set forth in Section 00811. Safety and Health Requirements: The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of the Safety and Health Regulations for construction and any other applicable sections of the Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 as well as other applicable Local, State and Federal Regulations. The City of Pearland nor the Consulting Engineer is not responsible for advising the Contractor of specific requirement, nor for enforcing any requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health or other related Act. Utility Service for Construction: Water and other temporary utility services for construction purposes will be the Contractor's responsibility and at his expense. Required Permits: The Contractor shall be responsible to secure and meet the requirements of any required permit from local, state, and federal government. SECTION C PROPOSAL CONSTRUCTION OF WATER AND FORCE MAIN LINE RELOCATION STATE HIGHWAY 35 AT MARY S CREEK RFB 2006 - 037 BID PROPOSAL (Submit in Duplicate) Dated: 3 a7—cb The Honorable Mayor and Council City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Gentlemen: Pursuant to the published Notice to Bidders, the undersigned bidder hereby proposes to do all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work included under the General Contract for the construction of approximately 715 linear feet of 16-inch welded steel and PVC waterline, partially directional drilled under Mary s Creek, 110 LF of 4-inch Force Main aerial crossing at Mary's Creek attached to a headwall including welding, tie-ins, pipe supports gate valves with box, and other related appurtenances, all complete, tested and operational, in accordance with the plans, and specifications prepared by the Engineer, Freese & Nichols, Inc , under the City of Pearland's inspection for the prices set forth on the attached bid sheet which bears our signature for identification. It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered made in any part of the work, the unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the work so changed The bidder binds himself upon acceptance of his proposal to execute a contract and furnish performance bond and payment bond each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total contract price, according to the specified forms within fifteen (15) days after notification of award of contract, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated, and furnishing a satisfactory maintenance bond indemnifying the Owner against defective workmanship and material for a period of one (1) year. The undersigned bidder agrees to commence work within ten (10) days after the date of a written notice to commence work. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall complete the work within 60 calendar days. Time for completion shall begin as stated upon the issuance of the notice to commence work. BID SHEET WATER LINE AND FORCE MAIN RELOCATION STATE HIGHWAY 35 AT MARY'S CREEK FNI 05-173 RFB 2006 - 037 SECTION "A" - Water and Force Main Relocation Item No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ITEM DESCRIPTION Mobilization and Right of Way Preparation Traffic Control 16" Welded Steel Water Line in Augered Hole by Directional Drill Method Under Mary's Creek 16" PVC C 905, DR 18 Water Line in Open Cut Approx. 110 LF - 4" Welded Steel Force Main to be Attached to Existing Conc. Headwall Incl. all Piping, Welded & Flanged Fittings, Galvan. Support Brackets(9), Comb. AirNac. Valve, Flexible Couplings, Tie-in to Exist. Lines All Complete, Tested, in Accord. w/ Plans & Spec. 13 14 15 16 16" Gate Valve with Box (MJ) wl Restraints 16" 11 1/4° Bend (MJ) wl Restraints 16" x 8" Reducer (MJ) w/ Restraints 16" Steel Pipe/PVC Pipe Coupling Adapter 4" Steel Pipe/Exist. Pipe Coupling Adapter Tie-in Prop. 16" to existing 8" Waterline Remove Existing 16" Water Line and 4" Force Main Within Limits Shown in Plans Filter Fabric Fence - Install & Remove Construction Exit Type 1 - Install & Remove Trench Safety Site Restoration Incl. Clean, Grading, Ditch Regrading, Hydro -mulching & Block Sodding UNIT LS LS LF LF LS EA EA EA EA EA EA LS LF SY LF LS SUBTOTAL SECTION "A" BID QUANTITY UNIT PRICE 1.0 1.0 400.0 315.0 1.0 2.0 4.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 260.0 200.0 315.0 1.0 BID AMOUNT oi0 SECTION "B" - EXTRA WORK To be done where authorized by Engineer and in quantities to be authorized Contractor shall provide unit prices ONLY for this Section. Item BID I UNIT BID No. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY I PRICE AMOUNT 1 Extra Labor (Unskilled) Man Hr NA NA 2 Extra Labor (Skilled) Man Hr NA NA 3 Extra Excavation (Machine) CY NA NA 4 Extra Concrete, 3000 psi with form work CY NA NA 5 if Extra authorized Cement Stabilized by Engineer Sand, in Place, TN NA NA 6 Extra Reinforcing Steel LB NA NA 7 Extra all classes Cast Iron and or sizes Ductile in place. Iron Fittings, TN NA NA 8 Extra Equal "Uni-Flange", Restraints(Set ' PV-Lock" of 2) or Approved EA NA NA 9 Well Pointing, as Authorized by Engineer LF NA NA SUBTOTAL SECTION "B" $15,000 BID SUMMARY SECTION "A" - Water and Force Main Line Relocation SECTION "B" - EXTRA WORK Secretary of Corporation (Corporate seal if Bidder is Corporation) TOTAL BID Bidder: By: Address izic,2m5L-cx"- $15,000 4,/e ausi Cep , c 6sfeididtio 7x / 75'n Telephone c;i77 j' �d+ 62fl 7 Dated: ' a Attes Receipt and Acknowledgement of the following Addendum to TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS are hereby made: Addendum No. / Dated: Addendum No. Dated: • STATEMENT OF MATERIALS AND OTHER CHARGES Pursuant to the Texas State Tax Code, contracts must be separated for materials to be exempt from the sales tax The following information is provided to qualify as a separate contract. CI Materials Incorporated Into the Project: $ 47, a/02' _ All Other Charges: $ AP•4:2 • 5�- Total: $ C - 4/4 ADDENDUM NO. 1 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND FORCE MAIN RELOCATION STATE HIGHWAY 35 AT MARY'S CREEK RFB 2006 - 037 March 16, 2006 The changes, corrections, additions, and clarifications contained herein are to be incorporated in the plans and specifications and shall take precedence over them in so far as they apply. At the time of issuance, this addendum becomes part of the plans and specifications, and each contractor/vendor in formulating his bid shall take into account the following items: SPECIFICATION: Use the attached specification Section 02636 for "polyurethane coatings on Steel or Ductile Iron Pipe". 1 P,0\00O of 0 TFi1, ,�o°° °qsO or 00 do00e00000000000000000000000 of MEHRAN BAVARIAN r 000000 000000000 00®00000 0 08 m�� ss�O®00000®e c9 �O E �\NWT 3- ld - bpi • ADDENDUM No. 1 - 1 T:PRL05173Addenduml POLYURETHANE COATINGS CITY OF PEARLAND ON STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE SECTION 02636 POLYURETHANE COATINGS ON STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Two -component polyurethane coating system for use as an internal or external coating for steel or ductile iron pipe. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unit Prices. 1. No separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include cost of polyurethane coatings in contract unit pnces for steel pipe or ductile iron pipe. 2. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. B Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If the Contract is a Stipulated Price Contract, payment for work in this Section is included in the total Stipulated Price. 1.03 REFERENCES A AWWA C 210 - Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. B ASTM D 16 - Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products. C ASTM D 1737 - Elongation of Attached Organic Coatings with Cylindrical Mandrel Apparatus. D SSPC-PA 2 - Measurement of Dry Paint Thickness with Magnetic Gauges. E SSPC-PA Guide 3 - A Guide to Safety in Paint Application. F SSPC-PS Guide 17.00 - Guide for Selecting Urethane Painting Systems. G SSPC No. 1 - Solvent Cleaning. H SSPC No. 10 - Near -White Blast Cleaning. 1.04 SAFETY A Secure, from manufacturer, Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for polyurethane coatings and repair materials listed in this Section. 04/2002 02636-1 POLYURETHANE COATINGS CITY OF PEARLAND ON STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE B Safety requirements stated in this specification and in related sections apply in addition to applicable federal, state and local rules and regulations. Comply with instructions of coating manufacturer and requirements of insurance underwriters. C Follow handling and application practices of SSPC-PA Guide 3; SSPC-PS Guide 17.00; Coating Manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheet. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures. B Submit coating manufacturer's catalog sheets and technical information for approval, prior to delivery of pipe. C Obtain from coating manufacturer and submit a coating "affidavit of compliance' to requirements of this Section stating that coatings were applied in factory and in accordance with manufacturer's minimum requirements. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A Use standard containers to prevent gelling, thickening deleteriously or forming of gas in closed containers within period of one year from date of manufacture. B Label each container of separately packaged component clearly and durably to indicate date of manufacture, manufacturer's batch number, quantity, color, component identification and designated name or formula specification, number of coatings together with special instructions. Do not use coating components older than one year. C Deliver coating materials to pipe manufacturer in sealed containers showing designated name, batch number, color, date of manufacture and name of coating manufacturer. D Store material on site in enclosures, out of direct sunlight in warm, ventilated and dry area. E Prevent puncture, inappropriate opening or other action which may lead to product contamination. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 COATING MATERIAL A Coating Standard: ASTM D 16. B Coating System: Use Type V system which is a 2-package polyisocyanate, polyol-cured urethane coating, mixed in 1:1 ratio at time of application. The components shall be balanced viscosities in their liquid state and not require agitation during use. 04/2002 02636-2 POLYURETHANE COATINGS CITY OF PE/IN/AND ON STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE C Exterior Coating Material: CORROPIPE II -TX and Joint Coating Material CORROP 1 PE II-PW, manufactured by Madison Chemical Industries, Inc., 5673 Old Dixie Road, Forest Park, Georgia 30050, or approved equal. D Internal Coating Material: Joint Coating Material CORROPIPE II-PW, manufactured by Madison Chemical Industries, Inc., 5673 Old Dixie Road, Forest Park, Georgia 30050, or approved equal. E Cured Coating Properties: 1. Conversion to Solids by Volume: 97 percent plus or minus 3 percent. 2. Temperature Resistance: Minus 40 degrees F and plus 130 degrees F. 3. Minimum Adhesion: 500 psi, when applied without primer to ductile iron pipe which has been blasted to comply with SSPC-SP 10. 4. Cure Time. For handling in 1 minute at 120 degrees F, and full cure within 7 days at 70 degrees F. 5. Maximum Specific Gravities: Polyisocyanate resin, 1.20. Polyol resin 1.15. 6. Minimum Impact Resistance: 80 inch -pounds using 1-inch diameter steel ball where coating is applied at 30 mils to ductile iron pipe surface which has been blasted to SSPC No. 10 finish. 7. Minimum Tensile Strength: 2000 psi. 8. Hardness: 55 plus or minus 5 Shore D at 70 degrees F. 9. Flexibility Resistance: ASTM D 1737 using 1-inch mandrel. Allow coating to cure for 7 days. Perform testing on test coupons held for 15 minutes at temperature extremes specified in this Paragraph 2.02 REPAIR AND TOUCHUP MATERIAL A CORROPIPE II PW (two -component, brush applied, or approved equal). Mix in accordance with coating manufacturer's recommendations. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A Remove deposits of oil, grease or other organic contaminates before blast cleaning by using solvent wash as specified in SSPC-PA Guide 3. Clean and dry surfaces making them completely dry, fiee of moisture, dust, grit, oil, grease or any other deleterious substances prior to application of coating. B Exterior and Interior Surfaces: SSPC-SP 10, near -white metal blast cleaning. The blasting shall be done with clean, hard, sharp cutting abrasives with no steel or cast iron shot in the mix. C Ductile Iron Pipe: Prior to the start of production blasting, prepare specimens for a white metal blast and a near -white metal blast using the equipment and abrasives proposed for the work. Dunng preparation of the specimens, the blasting intensity and abrasive shall be changed as necessary to provide the degree of cleaning required by SSPC-SP10, 02636-3 04/2002 POLYURETHANE COATINGS CITY OF PEARLAND ON STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE except that the color of the blasted substrate is not expected to match the color of blasted steel Aftet examination and concurrence by the Engineer the production blasting may begin. Monitor and control the production blasting so that production pipe surfaces thatch the surface of the approved blasting specimens. 3.02 THICKNESS A External Coatings: Minimum DFT of 25 mils (0.025 inch). B Internal Coatings: Minimum DFT of 35 mils. C Thickness Determinations' Use Type 1 magnetic thickness gauge as described in SSPC-PA2 specification. Individual readings below 90 percent of specified minimum are not acceptable. Average indi\ idual spot readings (consisting of three point measurements within 3 inches of each other) less than 95 percent of minimum are not acceptable. Average of all spot readings less than minimum thickness specified is not acceptable. 3.03 FACTORY APPLICATION OF POLYURETHANE COATING A Equipment: Two -component, 1:1 mix ratio, heated airless spray unit. B Temperature: Minimum 5 degrees F above dew point temperature. The temperature of the surface shall not be less than 60 degrees F during application. C Humidity: Heating of pipe surfaces may be required to meet requirements of Paragraph 2.01E, Cured Coating Properties, if relative humidity exceeds 80 percent. D Do not thin or mix resins; use as received. Store resins at a temperature above 55 degrees F at all times. E Application: Conform to coating manufacturer's recommendations. Apply directly to substrate to achieve specified thickness. Multiple -pass, one -coat application process is permitted provided maximum allowable recoat time specified by coating manufacturer is not exceeded. F Recoat only when coating has cured less than maximum time specified by coating manufacturer. When coating has cured for more than recoat time, brush -blast or thoroughly sand coating surface. Blow -off cleaning using clean, dry, high pressure compressed air. 04/2002 02636-4 CITY OF PEARL AND POLYURETHANE COATINGS ON STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE G Cure at ambient temperature above 0 degrees F. Do not handle pipe until coating has been allowed to cure as follows: AMBIENT MINIMUM FULL TEMPERATURE CURE TIME Over 70 degrees F 7 days 9 days 70 degrees F 50 to 0 to 50 degrees F 12 days 3.04 JOINTS A Apply coating to unlined pipe surfaces including inside of bell socket and outside of spigot. B Coating thickness on sealing areas of spigot end of pipe exterior: Minimum 8 mils (0.008 inch), maximum of 10 mils (0.010 inch). Maximum 10 mils maybe exceeded in spigot end provided maximum spigot diameter as specified by pipe manufacturer is not exceeded. 3.05 INSPECTION A Engineer may inspect coatings at coating applicator's facilities. B Secure approval of surface preparation by coating manufacturer's representative prior to coating application. C Holiday Inspection: Confoun to AWWA C 210, Section 5 3.3.1. Follow coating manufacturer's recommendation. Conduct inspection any time after coating has reached initial cure. Repair in accordance with Paragraph 3.07, Repair and Field Touchup. 3.06 PIPE INSTALLATION A When required by the Engineer, provide services of manufacturer's representative for period of not less than 2 weeks at beginning of actual pipe laying operations to advise Contractor regarding installation including but not limited to handling and storing, cleaning and inspecting, coatings repairs, and general construction methods as to how they may affect pipe coatings. B Use nylon straps, padded lifts and padded storage skids. Field cuts should be kept to minimum. Repair damage to coating due to handling or construction practices. See Section 02634 - Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings and Section 02635 - Steel Pipe and Fittings for additional requirements. 04/2002 02636-5 POLYURETHANE COATINGS CITY OF PEARLAND ON STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE C Just before each section of pipe is to be placed into the trench, conduct a visual and holiday inspection. Defects in the coating system shall be repaired before the pipe is installed. 3.07 REPAIR AND FIELD TOUCHUP A Apply repair and touchup materials in conformance with factory application of polyurethane coating requirements specified in this Section, excluding equipment requirements. Repair Procedure - Holidays: 1. Remove traces of oil, grease, dust, dirt, and other deleterious materials 2. Roughen area to be patched by sanding with rough grade sandpaper (40 grit). 3. Apply one coat of repair material described above. Work repair material into scratched surface by brushing. C Repair Procedure - Field Cuts or Large Damage: 1. Remove burrs from field cut ends or handling damage and smooth out edge of polyurethane coating. 2. Remove traces of oil, grease, dust, dirt, and other deleterious materials 3. Roughen area to be patched with rough grade sandpaper (40 grit). Feather edges and include overlap of 1 inch to 2 inches of roughened polyurethane in area to be patched. 4. Apply thick coat of repair material described above. Work repair material into scratched surface by brushing. Feather edges of repair material into prepared surface. Cover at least 1 inch of roughened area surrounding damage, or adjacent to field cut. D Repair Procedure - Thermite Brazed Connection Bonds: 1. Remove polyurethane coating with power wire brush from area on metal surface which is to receive thermite brazed connection. 2. Grind metal surface to shiny metal with power grinder and coarse grit grinding wheel. 3. Apply thermite-brazed connection using equipment, charge and procedure recommended by manufacturer of thermite equipment. 4. After welded surface has cooled to temperature below 130 degrees F, apply protective coating repair material to weld, exposed pipe surface and damaged areas of polyurethane coating. 5. Do not cover or backfill freshly repaired areas of coating at thermite-brazed connection until repair material has completely cured. Allow material to cure in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations END OF SECTION 04/2002 02636-6 SECTION D STANDARD FORMS OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ON THE BASIS OF A STIPULATED PRICE THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the __ day of in the year 2006 by and between The City of Pearland, Texas (hereinafter called OWNER) and Haddock Construction Co., Inc. (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK. CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as follows: WATER AND FORCE MAIN RELOCATION STATE HIGHWAY 35 AT MARY'S CREEK Article 2. ENGINEER. The Project has been designed by Freese and Nichols, Inc. who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to act as OWNER S representative, assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to the ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Article 3. CONTRACT TIME. 3.1. The Work will be substantially completed (lines passed pressure and disinfections tests) within 50 calendar days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in the General Conditions, and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with the General Conditions within 60 calendar days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. Contract time will commence to run 10 days after the date of the written Notice to Proceed if not otherwise agreed upon. 3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays expense and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified for Substantial Completion until the Work is T:PRL05- 173 Agreement substantially complete. After Substantial Completion if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time of any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified above for completion and readiness foi final payment. Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE. 4.1. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: Article 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES. CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1. Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR'S Applications for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, on or about the l5th day of each month during construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values established in the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Pi ice Work based on the number of units completed) or, in the event there is no schedule of values, as provided in the General Requirements. Pay estimates must be in and approved by the first day of each month. 5.1 1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with the General Conditions. 90% of Work completed. 90% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documents satisfactory to OWNER as provided in the General Conditions). 5.2 Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with the General Conditions OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER. Article 6. OMITTED T:PRL05-173 Agreement Article 7. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS. In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 7.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Conti act Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance of furnishing of the Work. 7.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and test of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions, and accepts the determination set forth in such reports and drawings upon which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely. 7.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all known reports, studies and drawings which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and no additional examinations, investigation, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 7.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facihties at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facihties are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the result of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. T:PRLO5-173 Agreement 3 Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the following: 8.1. This Agreement (pages 1 to 6 , inclusive). 8.2. Exhibits to this Agreement (pages 1 to 4 , inclusive). (Contractor's Bid Proposal) 8.3. Performance and other Bonds, and Certificate of Insurance. 8.4. Proof of Insurance. 8.5. Notice of Award. 8.6. Specifications and Drawings bearing the title WATER AND FORCE MAIN RELOCATION - STATE HIGHWAY 35 AT MARY'S CREEK, RFB 2006 - 037 as listed and included therein. 8.7. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto All Written Amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to the General Conditions. 8.8. The documents listed in paragraphs 8.2 et seq. above are attached to this agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above). There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions. Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS. 9.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no T:PRL05- 173 Agreement 4 assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contiact Documents. 9.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Article 10. OTHER PROVISIONS. None. (SEE NEXT PAGE) T:PRL.05-173 Agreement RESOLUTION NO. R2006-72 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, AWARDING A BID FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES ASSOCIATED WITH THE STATE HIGHWAY 35 WATER AND FORCE MAIN RELOCATION PROJECT. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That the City opened bids for construction services associated with the State Highway 35 Water and Force Main Relocation Project, and such bids have been reviewed and tabulated. Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to Haddock Construction, in the amount of $157,235.00. Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a contract for construction services associated with the State Highway 35 Water and Force Main Relocation Project. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 22nd day of May , A.D., 2006. TP es Asher fililin tttote%IA APPROVED AS TO FORM: 0,, et 0,4_, DARRIN M COKER CITY ATTORNEY TOM REID MAYOR IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in triplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or identified by OWNER and CONTRACTOR or by ENGINEER on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on OWNER: City of Pearland, Texas BY City Manager [CORPORATE SE Attest Add ving notices 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77588 Telephone 281-652-1600 (If OWNER is a public body, attach evidence of authority to sign and resolution or other documents authorizing execution of Agreement.) $ .I {i ..Iwe••roy • • Pk‘IL %Oar 40 aala d�o1 T:PRLO5- 173 Agreement 0110 6 , 2006. CONTRACTOR: Haddock Construction Co., Inc. BY [CORPORATE SEAL] Attest Address for givin • no ' es P. O. Box 1263 Friendswood, TX 77549 License No, Telephone 281-489-2828 Agent for service of process: (If CONTRACTOR is a corporation, attach evidence of authority to sign.) UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY 118 Second Avenue SE PO Box 73909 Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52407-3909 (A Stock Company) Bond # 54-156941 TEXAS STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND —Public KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Haddock Construction Co., Inc. (hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal and United Fire & Indemnity Company (hereinafter called the Surety), as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland, Texas 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 (hereinafter called the Obligee), as Obligee, in the amount of One Hundred Fifty -Seven Thousand Two Hundred Thirty -Five and No/100*** (157 235.00***) Dollars for the payment where of, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain contract with the Obligee, dated the day of , to Water and Force Main Line Relocation State Highway 35 at Mary's Creek which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof and to the same extent if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obliga- tion shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Code to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this end day of June , 2006 . ioi Co., Inc. Principal By: By: UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY Surety intg z lact4 Donna Weinel , Attorney -in -Fact STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 2253 OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE CONT 0189 Page 1 of 2 UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY CEDAR RAPIDS IOWA UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY GALVESTON TEXAS CERTIFIED COPY OF POWER OF ATTORNEY (Original on file at Home Office of Company — See Certification) KNOW';ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, That United Fire& Casualty Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Iowa, and United Fire & Indemnity Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas (herein collectively called the Companies), and having its principal office in Cedar Rapids State of Iowa, does make, constitute and appoint A. A. SHOTWELL"JR., OR MARK SMITH, OR BE 11 Y BUSH, OR PATSY BEALL, OR JOE BLACKERSHEAR, OR DONNA WEINEL, ALL INDIVIDUALLY of TEXAS CITY, TX. Its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in Fact with power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute in it behalf all lawful bonds undertakings and other obligatory nstruments of similar nature as follows: ANY AND ALL BONDS And to bind the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies and all of the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given and hereby ratified and confirmed. The Authority hereby granted is continuous and shall remain 'n full force and effect until revoked by UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY AND UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY This power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By -Law duly adopted by Board of Directors of the United Fire & Casualty Company April 18, 1973 and pursuant to and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of United Fire & Indemnity Company January 28 2004:' "Article V — Surety Bonds and Undertakings" Section 2 Appointment of Attorney -in -Fact. "The President or any Vice President, or any other officer of the Companies may, from time to time, appoint by written certificates attorneys -in -fact to act in behalf of the Companies in the execution of policies of insurance, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature. The signature of any officer authorized hereby and the Corporate seal, may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or special power of attorney or certification of either authorized hereby such signature and seal, when so used, being adopted by the Companies as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Companies, to be valid and binding upon the Companies with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority shall have full power to bind the Companies by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach the seal of the Companies thereto. The President of any Vice President, the Board of Directors or any other officer of the Companies may at anytime revoke all power and authority previously given to any attorney-m-fact, N WITNESS WHEREOF, the COMPANIES have caused these presents to be signed by its vice president and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 30TH day of NOVEMBER, 2005 ifi `�kti4ti �f n i CORPORATE 0 S. Rio 2. SEAL it State of Iowa, County of Linn, ss: On 30TH day of NOVEMBER, 2005 before me personally came Randy A. Ramlo To me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say; that he resides in Cedar Rapids State of Iowa; that he is a Vice President of the.,. UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, and an Assistant Vice President of the UNITED FIRE& INDEMNITY COMPANY, the corporation described in and which' executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation UNITED FIRE& CASUALTY COMPANY UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY r 1 Mr13Y A..,ANSEA ! 't %� C f r� j%l' (-�li%k COMMI;;J'N NUMB 1>',3 nt 1 1 • MY£OMM!ssJ t Notary Pubh %' M commission expires. y comm p 10/26/07' I, David A. Lange, Secretary of UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY and Assistant Secretary of UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing copy of the Power of Attorney and affidavit, and the copy of the Section of the by- laws and resolutions of said Compan es as set forth in said Power of Attorney, with the ORIGINALS ON FILE IN THE HOME OFFICE OF SAID COMPANIES and that the same are correct transcripts thereof, and of the whole of the said originals and that the said Power of Attorney has not : been revoked and is now in full force and effect. In testimony of whereof I have hereunto subset ibed my name and affixed this 2nd day of June 200b CORPORATE `xcutc,,_ O. CORPORATE the corporate seal of thesaid Companies By: SEAL • _..—E. 1.2 SEAL Secretary 6 UNITED FIRE GROUP IMPORTANT NOTICE TO OBTAIN INFORMATION OR MAKE A COMPLAINT: United Fire & Casualty Company United Life Insurance Company Addison Insurance Company Lafayette Insurance Company Insurance Brokers & Managers, Inc. American Indemnity Companies You may call United Fire Group's toll free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 800-343-9130 You may also write to United Fire Group at: United Fire Group Attn: Bond Department P.O. Box 73909 Cedar Rapids IA 52407-3909 -or street address - United Fire Group Attn: Bond Department 118 Second Avenue SE Cedar Rapids, IA 52401 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P.O Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 ATTACH THIS NOTICETO YOUR BOND. This notice is for information only and does not become a part or a condition of the attached document and is given to comply with Section 2253.48, Governmental Code, and Section 53-202, Property Code, effective September 1, 2001. HOME OFFICE: 118 Second Avenue SE, PO Box 73909, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52407-3909 Phone: 319-399-5790 FAX: 319.399-5425 UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY 118 Second Avenue SE PO Box 73909 Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52407-3909 (A Stock Company) Bond # 54-156941 TEXAS STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND —Public KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Haddock Construction Co., Inc. (hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal and United Fire & Indemnity Company (hereinafter called the Surety), as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland, Texas 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 (hereinafter called the Obligee), as Obligee, in the amount of One Hundred Fifty -Seven Thousand Two Hundred Thirty -Five and No/100*** (157,235.00***) Dollars for the payment where of, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, execu- tors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain contract with the Obligee, dated the day of , to Water and Force Main Line Relocation State Highway 35 at Mary's Creek which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof and to the same extent if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Code to the same extent as if it were copiedat length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 2nd day of June , 2006 . By: By Haddock Constructien Co., Inc. Principal UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY Surety aka tdiAitti Donna Weinel , Attorney -in -Fact STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 2253 OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE CONT 0189 Page 2 of 2 :a UNITED FIRE '& CASUALTY COMPANY CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY GALVESTON TEXAS CERTIFIED COPY OF POWER OF ATTORNEY (Original on file at Home Office of Company — See Certification) KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, That United Fire & Casualty Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Iowa, and United Fire & Indemnity Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas (herein collectively called the Companies), and having its principal off ce in Cedar Rapids, State of Iowa, does make, constitute and appoint A. A. SHOTWELL JR., OR MARK SMITH, OR BETTY BUSH, OR PATSY BEALL,'OR JOE BLACKERSHEAR, OR DONNA WEINEL, ALL INDIVIDUALLY of TEXAS CITY, TX. Its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute in it behalf all lawful bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature as follows: ANY AND ALL BONDS And to bind the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies and all of the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given and hereby ratif ed and confirmed. The Authority hereby granted is continuous and shall remain in full force and effect until revoked by UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY AND UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY This power of Attorney is made and executedpursuant to and; by authority of the following By -Law duly adopted by Board of Directors of the United Fire & Casualty Company April 18, 1973 and pursuant to and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of United Fire & Indemnity Company January 28, 2004.' "Article V - Surety Bonds and Undertakings" Section 2 Appointment of Attorney -in -Fact. "The President or any Vice President, or any other officer of the Companies may, from time to time, appoint by written certificates attorneys -in -fact to act in behalf of the Companies in the execution of policies of insurance, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature. The signature of any officer authorized hereby and the Corporate seal, may be affixed by facs mile to any power of attorney or special power of attorney or certification of either authorized hereby; such signature and seal when so used, being adopted by the Companies as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Companies, to be tialid and binding upon the Companies with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority shall have full power to bind the Companies by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach the seal of the Companies thereto. The President of any Vice President, the Board of Directors or any other officer of the Compan es may at any time revoke all power and authority previously given to any attorney -in -fact. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the COMPANIES have caused these presents to be signed by its vice president and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 30TH day of`NOVEMBER, 2005 4 qF n `V CORPORATE S 1 CORPORATE _._1x - SEAL �?; k SEAL "4 APtv5 ‘‘.•'• State of Iowa, County of Linn, ss: By: UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY i' �• Vice President On 30TH day of NOVEMBER, 2005, before me personally came Randy A. Ramlo To me known, who be ng by me duly sworn, did depose and say; that he resides in Cedar Rapids State of Iowa; that he is a Vice President of the UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, and an Assistant Vice President of the UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY' COMPANY, the corporation described` in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation te NlriRY A JAN`.3*P: OOMMI . 11 N NUMBER 7' 3xt3l f t ! I �. /1 L Y{C ��tf • Notary Public' J My commission exp res: IO/26/07 I, David A. Lange, Secretary ofUNITED`FIRE &CASUALTY COMPANY and Assistant Secretary ofUNITED FIRE :& INDEMNITY COMpANy,IldOhliete.byeertify thatIlliaye compared the foregoing copy of he Power of Attorney and affidavit, and the copy of the Section of the by- laws and resolutions of said Companies as set forth in said.Power •of Attorney, with the ORIGINALS E ON FILE IN THEHOMOFFICE OF SAID COMPANIES and that'the same are correct transcripts thfereof, and othe'whole of the. said originals, and that the said•Power of Attorney has not • been revoked and is now in full forceand effect. • In testimony of whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Compan this grid day of :Tune 20 n F �' 0 p ice/ Qk. � .gi CORPORATE ., �+7 CORPORATE •� SEAL /111111b. ; ::. toi UNITED FIRE GROUP IMPORTANT NOTICE TO OBTAIN INFORMATION OR MAKE A COMPLAINT: United Fire & Casualty Company United Life Insurance Company Addison Insurance Company Lafayette Insurance Company Insurance Brokers & Managers, Inc. American Indemnity Companies You may call United Fire Group's toll free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 800-343-9130 You may also write to United Fire Group at: United Fire Group Attn: Bond Department P.O. Box 73909 Cedar Rapids IA 52407-3909 -or street address - United Fire Group Attn: Bond Department 118 Second Avenue SE Cedar Rapids, IA 52401 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P.O Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND This notice is for information only and does not become a part or a condition of the attached document and is given to comply with Section 2253.48, Governmental Code, and Section 53-202, Property Code, effective September 1, 2001. HOME OFFICE: 118 Second Avenue SE, PO Box 73909, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52407-3909 Phone: 319-399-5790 FAX 319-399-5425 UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY 118 Second Avenue SE PO Box 73909 Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52407-3909 (A Stock Company) Bond No.: 54-156941 MAINTENANCE BOND KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESEN is: That we Haddock Construction Co., Inc. of Rosharon, Texas as Principal, and UNI I'ED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY , an Iowa corporation of Cedar Rapids, Iowa, and authorized to do business in the state of Texas as Surety, are held and firmly hound unto City of Pearland, Texas 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 in the penal sum of One Hundred Fifty -Seven Thousand Two Hundred Thirty -Five and No/100**e$ 157,235.00*** ) Dollars, lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, the Principal and Surety bind themselves, their, and each of their heirs, executors, and administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal entered into a certain contract, dated the day of , to furnish all the material and labor necessary for the construction of Water and Force Main Line Relocation State Highway 35 at Mary's Creek in conformity with certain specifications, and WHEREAS, a further condition of said contract is that the said Principal should furnish a bond of indemnity, guaranteeing to reme- dy any defects in workmanship or materials that may develop in said work within a period of One years from the date of acceptance of the work under said contract and WHEREAS, the said UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, of Cedar Rapids, Iowa, for a valuable consideration, has agreed to join with said Principal in such bond or guarantee, indemnifying said City of Pearland Texas as aforesaid; Now, THEREFORE, the Condition of This Obligation is Such, that if the said Principal does and shall, at his/her own cost and expense, remedy any and all defects that may develop in said work, within the period of One years from the date of acceptance of the work under said contract, by reason of bad workmanship or poor material used in the construction of said work, and shall keep all work in continuous good repair during said period, and shall in all other respects, comply with all the terms and conditions of said contract with respect to maintenance and repair of said work, then this obligation to be null and void; otherwise to be and remain in full force and virtue in law SIGNED AND DELIVERED this 2nd clay of June 2006 . By Haddock Cons uction Co., Inc. r,P < cipal By UNITED TIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY Ain Donna Weikel Attorney -in -Fact CONT 00060697 UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY, COMPANY CEDAR RAPIDS IOWA UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY GALVESTON TEXAS CERTIFIED COPY OF POWER OF ATTORNEY (Original on file at Home Office of Company — See Certification) KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, That United Fire & Casualty Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under the •laws of the State of Iowa, and United Fire & Indemnity Company a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas (herein collectively called the Companies), and having its principal office in Cedar Rapids, State of Iowa, does make, constitute and appoint A A. SHOTWELL JR., OR MARK,SMITH, OR BETTY BUSH, OR PATSY BEALL, OR JOE BLACKERSHEAR, OR DONNA WEINEL, ALL INDIVIDUALLY of TEXAS CITY, TX. Its trueand lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute in it behalf all lawful bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature as follows: ANY AND ALL BONDS And to bind the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies and all of the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given and hereby ratified and confirmed. The Authority hereby granted is continuous and shall remain in full force and effect untilrevoked by UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY AND UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY This power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By -Law duly adopted by Board of Directors of the United Fire & Casualty Company April 18, 1973 and pursuant to and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of United Fire & Indemnity Company January 28 2004. "Article V — Surety Bonds and Undertakings" Section 2, Appointment of Attorney -in -Fact. "The President or any Vice President, or any other officer of the Companies may, from time to time appoint by written; certificates attorneys -in -fact to act in behalf of the Companies in the execution of policies of insurance, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature. The signature of any officer authorized hereby, and the Corporate seal, may be affixed by facs mile to any power of attorney or special power of attorney or certification of either authorized hereby; such signature and seal, when soused, being adopted by the Companies as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Companies, to be valid and binding upon the Companies with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority shall have full power to bind the Companies by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach the seal of the Companies thereto. The President of any Vice President, the Board of Directors or any other officer of the Companies may at any time revoke all power and authonty previously given to any attorney -in -fact. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the COMPANIES have caused these presents to be signed by its vice pres dent and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 30TH day of NOVEMBER, 2005 '� 00 I. CORPORATE\ o``,. '1/ t&p 19 Il State of Iowa, County of Linn, ss: „; iN 718,1�� V%'o�� 1-11 CORPORATE SEAL n lul UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY a74.- 4124 Vice President On 30TH day of NOVEMBER, 2005 before me personally came Randy A. Ramlo To me known, who being by me duly sworn, did deposeand say that he resides in Cedar Rapids, State of Iowa; that he is a Vice: President of the UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY' COMPANY, and an Assistant Vice President of the UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY' COMPANY, the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation that the seal affixed to the said instrument s such corporate seal; that it was so affixed pursuant to authority given ;by'the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation W& AAY •+ T cOMM1` 1: N NUMBER ;;32731 • toy OM IS , Ic� �,, ��Ftkl Notary Publf My commission expires: 10/26/07 I, David A. Lange, Secretary of UNI I'ED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY and Assistant Secretary of UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing copy of the Power of Attorney and affidavit, and the copy of the Section of the by- laws and resolutions of said Companies as set forth in said Power of Attorney, with the ORIGINALS' ON FILE IN THE HOME OFFICE OF SAID COMPANIES and that the same are correct transcripts thereof, and of the whole of the said `originals, and that the said Power of Attorney has not been resoked and is now in full force and effect. .A In testi this y,Gul/t/C //,'' kY C e ti.e CORPORATE :7 1 06* SEAL44. *t. III( iln0‘ of whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Companies ay of jUne 20 OE' ,40sOlilll n11'/"/�//t P CORPORATEI t t II:. rye totsrottpcsic, By: Secretary to) UNITED FIRE GROUP IMPORTANT NOTICE TO OBTAIN INFORMATION OR MAKE A COMPLAINT: United Fire & Casualty Company United Life Insurance Company Addison Insurance Company Lafayette Insurance Company Insurance Brokers & Managers, Inc. American Indemnity Companies You may call United Fire Group's toll free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 800-343-9130 You may also write to United Fire Group at: United Fire Group Attn: Bond Department PO Box 73909 Cedar Rapids IA 52407-3909 -or street address - United Fire Group Attn: Bond Department 118 Second Avenue SE Cedar Rapids, IA 52401 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P.O Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND This notice is for information only and does not become a part or a condition of the attached document and is given to comply with Section 2253.48 Governmental Code, and Section 53-202, Property Code, effective September 1, 2001. HOME OFFICE: 118 Second Avenue SE, PO Box 73909, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52407-3909 Phone: 319-399-5790 FAX: 319-399-5425 ACORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MMIDD/YYYY) 06/12/2006 PRODUCER (409)934-8000 FAX (409)935-1883 Rust, Ewing, Watt & Haney, Inc. 7900 Emmett F Lowry Expressway Texas City, TX 77591-2457 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURED Haddock Construction Co., Inc. P.O. Box 1263 Friendswood, TX 77549-1263 INSURER A: Amerisure Mutual Insurance Co 23391 INSURER B: INSURER C: INSURER D: INSURER E: COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACTOR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAYBE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR I TR ADD'L NSR L TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY DATE EFFECTIVE (MM/DD/YY) POLICY DATE EXPIRATION (MM/DD/YY) LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY CPP2000083 07/01/2005 07/01/2006 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY DAMAGE TO RENTED PRFMISFS (Fa occurence) S Z00000 , CLAIMS MADE X OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) S 5,000 A PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 POLICY n PRO- JECT ri LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY CA2000092 07/01/2005 07/01/2006 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT X ANY AUTO (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000 ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY A SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) $ X HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY X NON -OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY: AGG $ EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY CU2000080 07/01/2005 07/01/2006 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 2,000,000 X OCCUR CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 A s DEDUCTIBLE S X RETENTION S 10,000 $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND WC2000078 07/01/2005 07/01/2006 X WOCIATIUS- OTH- ER EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 500,000 ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE A OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 500,000 If yes, describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 500, 000 T IGn�Eand R Marine IM2000081 07/01/2005 07/01/2006 Leased/Rented $250,000 Max Any A One Item $600,000 Aggregate DESCRIPTION Blanket and insured Blanket OF Additional and OPERATIONS Waiver the certificate 1 LOCATIONS Insured of / VEHICLES Subrogation and holder. / Waiver EXCLUSIONS applies of ADDED Subrogation to BY ENDORSEMENT Work Comp / applies SPECIAL all PROVISIONS to Auto, as required General by written Liability contract and between Umbrella the CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, TX 77581 ACORD 25 (2001/08) SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 10 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE / George Blystone CIC/LISAM . d'. �`'f ACORD CORPORATION 1988 IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. ACORD 25 (2001/08) SECTION E GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1 1.01 Owner, Contractor and Engineer 1 1.02 Contract Documents 1 1.03 Subcontractor 1 1.04 Written Notice 1 1.05 Work 1 1.06 Extra Work 2 1.07 Working Day 2 1.08 Calender Day 2 1.09 Substantially Completed 2 1.10 Interpretation of Words and Phrases 2 1.11 Referenced Standards 3 1.12 Special Conditions 3 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 3 2.01 Adequacy of Design 3 2.02 Right of Entry 3 2.03 Ownership of Drawings 3 2.04 Changes and Alterations 3 2.05 Damages 4 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 4 04/2002 00700-i CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3.01 Owner -Engineer Relationship 4 3.02 Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible 4 3.03 Preliminary Approval 4 3.04 Inspection by Engineer 5 3.05 Determination of Questions and Disputes 5 3.06 Objections 6 3.07 Recommendation of Payment 6 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 6 4.01 Independent Contractor 6 4.02 Contractor's Understanding 7 4.03 Laws and Ordinances 7 4.04 Assignment and Subletting 7 4.05 Performance and Payment Bonds 7 4.06 Insurance 8 4.07 Certificate of Insurance 9 4.08 Permits and Fees 10 4.09 Texas State Sales Tax 10 4.10 Contractor's Duty and Superintendence 10 4.11 Character of Workers 10 4.12 Labor, Equipment, Materials, Construction Plant and Buildings 11 4.13 Sanitation 11 4.14 Cleaning and Maintenance 11 4.15 Performance of Work 11 4.16 Right of Owner to Modify Methods and Equipment 12 04/2002 00700-ii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.17 Layout of Work 12 4.18 Shop Drawings 12 4.19 Engineer -Contractor Relationship; Observations 13 4.20 Observation and Testing 13 4.21 Defects and Their Remedies 14 4.22 Liability for Proper Performance 14 4.23 Protection Against Accident To Employees and the Public 15 4.24 Protection of Adjoining Property 15 4.25 Protection against Claims of Subcontractors, Laborers, Materialmen and Furnishers of Machinery and Supplies 15 4.26 Protection Against Royalties or Patented Invention 16 4.27 Indemnification 16 4.28 Losses From Natural Causes 17 4.29 Guarantee 17 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 18 5.01 Time and Order of Completion 18 5.02 Extension of' Time 18 5.03 Hindrances and Delays 18 5.04 Liquidated Damages for Delay 19 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 19 6.01 Discrepancies and Omissions 19 6.02 Quantities and Measurements 19 6.03 Estimated Quantities 20 6.04 Price of Work 20 04/2002 00700-iii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.05 Payments 20 6.06 Partial Payments 20 6.07 Use of Completed Portions 21 6.08 Final Completion and Acceptance 22 6.09 Final Payment 22 6.10 Correction of Work Before Final Payment 22 6.11 Correction of Work After Final Payment 23 6.12 Payments Withheld 23 6.13 Delayed Payments 23 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS - 24 7.01 Change Orders 24 7.02 Minor Changes 24 7.03 Extra Work 24 7.04 Time of Filing Claims 26 8.0 ABANDONMENT OF CONTRACT 1 26 8.01 Abandonment by Contractor - 26 8.02 Abandonment by Owner 28 9.0 ARBITRATION 28 9.01 Arbitration 28 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 - WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE Al ATTACHMENT NO. 2 - AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE B1 04/2002 00700-iv CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 1.01 OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER. The OWNER, the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER are those persons or organizations identified as such in the Agreement The term ENGINEER means a person authorized to act as a representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide engineering services required in connection with the preparation and performance of this Contract. 1.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The contract documents shall consist of all of the documents contained, assembled and bound with these General Conditions of Agreement, including, whether or not labeled as such, Notice to Bidders (Advertisement) General Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Addenda, signed Agreement, Performance and Payment Bonds (if required), Special Bonds (when required) General Conditions of Agreement, Special Conditions of Agreement (if any), Insurance Certificate, Technical Specifications, Plans and all modifications thereof incorporated in any of the documents before the execution of the Agreement, and any other document, whether or not labeled, which shall become a part of the set of documents bound together with the General Conditions of Agreement. The contract documents are complementary, and what is called for by any one shall be as binding as if called for by all. Any conflicts between any of the contract documents shall be resolved first by reference to these General Conditions of Agreement; and in the event the General Conditions of Agreement do not address such conflict, then the designated ENGINEER shall resolve any conflict by a written interpretation, copies of which shall be forwarded to all parties to the Contract, and the original shall be attached to and shall become a part of these General Conditions of Agreement and thus a part of the contract documents. 1.03 SUBCONTRACTOR. The term "subcontractor", as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents OWNER shall have no responsibility to any subcontractor employed by CONTRACTOR for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents and any such subcontractor shall look exclusively to CONTRACTOR for any payments due subcontractor. 1.04 WRITTEN NOTICE. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the film or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the last known business address or registered office of such individual, firm or corporation. 1.05 WORK. Unless otherwise stipulated the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities or services of any nature whatsoever 04/2002 00700-1 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The CONTRACTOR shall, if required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well-known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials shall be furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents. 1.06 EXTRA WORK. The term "Extra Work", as used in this Contract, shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, to be done by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work shown upon the plans or reasonably implied by the specifications, and which shall, prior to the commencement of such work, be authorized in writing by the ENGINEER. 1.07 WORKING DAY. A "working day" is defined as any day not including Saturdays, Sundays or any legal holidays, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the CONTRACTOR, will permit construction of the principal units of the work for a period of not less than seven (7) hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. 1.08 CALENDAR DAY. A "calendar day" is any day of the week or month, no days being excepted. 1.09 SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED. The tend "substantially completed' , as used in this Contract, means that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but shall require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 1.10 INTERPRETATION OF WORDS AND PHRASES Whenever the words"directed", "permitted 'designated' , 'required", "considered necessary", "prescribed" or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative is intended. Similarly, the words 'approved" "acceptable", "satisfactory' or words of like import shall mean that no exception is taken, but does not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for performance of project requirements. Whenever in the Specifications or drawings accompanying this Agreement, the terms of description of various qualities relative to finish, workmanship or other qualities of similar kind which cannot, from their nature, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such cases, any question of the fulfillment of said Specifications shall be decided by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations of the meaning of the words, terms or clauses defining the character of the work. • 04/2002 00700-2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.11 REFERENCED STANDARDS. No provision of any referenced standard specification, or manual shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner, Engineer, Contractor, or their consultants, employees or representatives from those set forth in the Contract Documents nor shall it be effective• to assign to the Engineer or its consultants, employees, or representatives any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or perfoimnance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibilities contrary to provisions of the Contract Documents. 1.12 SPECIAL CONDITIONS. In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this Contract, then in such event the special conditions shall control. 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 2.01 ADEQUACY OF DESIGN. It is understood that the OWNER believes it has employed competent engineers and/or designers. It is, therefore, agreed that the OWNER shall be responsible for the adequacy of the design, sufficiency of the contract documents, the safety of the structure and the practicability of the operations of the completed project, provided that the CONTRACTOR has complied with the requirements of the said contract documents, all approved modifications thereof and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the OWNER The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the CONTRACTOR to show that he has complied with the requirements of the contract documents and approved modifications thereof and all approved additions and alterations, thereto, as the same shall have been interpreted by the ENGINEER. 2.02 RIGHT OF ENTRY. The OWNER reserves the right to enter the property or location on which the work herein contracted for is to be constructed or installed, for itself or such agent or agents as it may select, for the purpose of inspecting the work, or for the purpose of constructing or installing such collateral work as the OWNER may desire. The OWNER shall have the right to make inspections at all reasonable times, and the CONTRACTOR shall have no cause to complain if his work shall be delayed by reason of such inspection, construction or installation of collateral work. 2.03 OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS. All drawings, specifications and copies thereof furnished by the OWNER shall not be reused on other work and, with the exception of the sets foaming the part of the signed contract documents, are to be returned to the OWNER on request at the completion of the work. All drawings and models are the property of the OWNER. 2.04 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the OWNER may see fit, in the line, grade form, dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of construction without affecting the validity of this Contract and the accompanying Performance and Payment Bonds. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with If the 04/2002 00700-3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS amount of work is increased and the work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price, if any, established for such work under this Contract, except as hereinafter provided for unit price items under Article 6 of this Contract; otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Article 7 hereof for Extra Work. In case the OWNER shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the OWNER shall compensate the CONTRACTOR for any material or labor so used and for any actual loss occasioned by such change due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned. 2.05 DAMAGES. In the event the CONTRACTOR is damaged in the course of the completion of the work by the act, negligence, omission mistake or default of the OWNER, thereby causing loss to the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER agrees that he will reimburse the CONTRACTOR for such loss. In the event the OWNER is damaged in the course of the work by the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the CONTRACTOR, or should the CONTRACTOR unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for such loss. 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 3.01 OWNER -ENGINEER RELATIONSHIP. The ENGINEER shall serve as the OWNER'S representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations on the authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER s representative during construction are set forth in the contract documents;, and the ENGINEER shall not have authority to extend the OWNER's liability or to bind the OWNER for any additional liability of any nature whatsoever without the written consent of the OWNER. The ENGINEER shall advise the OWNER as to the progress of the work, and any instructions by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR shall be issued through the ENGINEER. It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the work; therefore, written decisions or directions rendered by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall be, promptly carried out, and any claim arising therefrom shall be adjusted as hereinafter provided. Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the ENGINEER shall review all work included herein and shall have the authority to issue written stop work orders whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the proper execution of this Contract. 3.02 KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPEC1H'ICATIONS ACCESSIBLE. The ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with an adequate and reasonable number of copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one copy of the same constantly accessible on the job site, with the latest revisions noted thereon. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preserving the Plans and Specifications for reference and review by the OWNER or the ENGINEER. 3.03 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL. The ENGINEER shall not have the power to waive the obligations imposed under this Contract for the furnishing by the CONTRACTOR of good material, and for perfouluing good work as herein described, and in full accordance with the Plans and Specifications, 04/2002 00700-4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS without alteration, deletion or change. No failure or omission of the ENGINEER to discover, object to or condemn any defective work or material shall release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to fully and properly perform the Contract, including without limitation the obhgation to at once tear out, remove and properly replace any defective work or material at any time prior to final acceptance, upon discovery of such defective work or material; provided however, that the ENGINEER shall, upon request of the CONTRACTOR, inspect and accept or reject any material furnished, and in the event the material has been once accepted by the ENGINEER, such acceptance shall be binding on the OWNER, unless it can be clearly shown that such material furnished does not meet the specifications for this work. Any questioned work may be ordered taken up or removed for re-examination by the ENGINEER prior to final acceptance, and if found not to be in accordance with the specifications for said work, all expense of removing, re-examination and replacement shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR otherwise the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Work and shall be paid for by the OWNER, provided that where inspection or approval is specifically required by the Specifications prior to perfonnance of certain work, should the CONTRACTOR proceed with such work without requesting prior inspection or approval, he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing and replacing this work if so directed by the ENGINEER. 3.04 INSPECTION BY ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress and quality of the executed work and to determine if such work generally meets the essential perfoxuuance and design features and the technical, functional and/or engineering requirements of the contract documents, and is in all other respects being performed in compliance with the contract documents. However, the ENGINEER shall not be responsible for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality and/or quantity of the work, nor shall the ENGINEER be in any way responsible, directly or indirectly, for the construction means, methods techniques, sequences, quality, procedures, programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident to the work being performed or any part thereof. The ENGINEER shall use reasonable care to prevent deviation from the intent and substance of the contract documents by the CONTRACTOR in the perfonuance of the work and any part thereof and, on the basis of such on -site observations, will keep the OWNER infounied of the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the work of the CONTRACTOR. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other contract document, the ENGINEER shall not be in any way responsible or liable for any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, any subcontractor s agents, servants or employees or any other person, firm or corporation performing or attempting to perform any of the work. 3.05 DETERMINATION OF QUESTIONS AND DISPUTES In order to prevent delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is agreed that the ENGINEER shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under this Contract. The ENGINEER shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction thereof, as well as all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the work or the interpretation of the contract documents In the event the ENGINEER shall become aware of or shall receive information that there is a dispute or a possible dispute as to the reasonable interpretation of the terms and conditions of the contract documents, or any 04/2002 00700-5 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS other dispute, claim or question, the ENGINEER shall, within a reasonable time, provide a written interpretation of the contract documents or a written decision on all claims of the parties hereto and on all questions arising relative to the execution of the work, copies of which shall be delivered to all parties to the Contract, and the original thereof shall become a part of the contract documents and shall be binding and final as to all parties to the Contract. 3.06 OBJECTIONS. In the event the ENGINEER renders any decision which, in the opinion of either the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR, is not in accordance with the meaning and intent of this Contract, either party may, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such decision, file its written obj ection to the decision with the ENGINEER; and the ENGINEER shall upon receipt of such written objection and within twenty (20) days thereafter, review the same and render a written affirmation or modification of the original interpretation, which shall become a part of the contract documents. Either party who shall remain aggrieved after the ENGINEER has rendered his affirmation or modification of his previous decision, shall have the right, within a period not to exceed sixty (60) days after the ENGINEER has filed his affirmation or modification of the decision with the District Secretary, to file suit in the District Court, seeking a declaratory judgment or other relief to determine the intent of the contract documents. If any aggrieved party shall fail to file such a petition with the District Court within the time specified, the decision of the ENGINEER shall become final and binding and non -appealable. 3.07 RECOMMENDATION OF PAYMENT. The ENGINEER shall review the CONTRACTOR's application for payment and supporting documents, shall determine the amount owed to the CONTRACTOR and shall provide written recommendation to the OWNER for payment to the CONTRACTOR in such amount. Such recommendation of payment to CONTRACTOR shall constitute a representation to the OWNER of the ENGINEER'S judgment that the work has progressed to the point indicated, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief; however, such recommendation of an application for payment to CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed to be a representation by the ENGINEER that any examination has been made to determine how or for what purpose CONTRACTOR has used the monies paid on account of the contract price. As a condition of final payment, the CONTRACTOR shall execute an Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, in a faun as included herein and made a part of these contract documents being its agreement to accept the amount recommended by the ENGINEER as full payment for the work that has been completed as set out in the CONTRACTOR's application for payment and supporting data. 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.01 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR is, and shall remain, an independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing the work under this Contract, with full and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise and control his own employees and to determine the means, method and manner of performing such work, so long as such methods do not adversely affect the completed improvements or any other property abutting or adjoining the work area, the OWNER and ENGINEER being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of such completed improvements to the Plans, Specifications and Contract. The fact that the OWNER, or ENGINEER as the Owner's representative shall have the right to observe CONTRACTOR's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the 04/2002 00700-6 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OWNER and the ENGINEER hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or affect the status of the CONTRACTOR as an independent contractor with respect to either the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative or to the CONTRACTOR's own employees or to any other person, firm or corporation. 4.02 CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING.. It is understood and agreed that the CONTRACTOR has by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions and all other matters which in any way affect the work under this Contract. It is further understood that the CONTRACTOR has satisfied himself as to the terms, meaning and intent of all of the contract documents and understands the meanings of all parts of such documents or other factors affecting the work, which were not previously understood. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obhgations herein contained. 4.03 LAWS AND ORDINANCES The CONTRACTOR shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state or local laws, ordinances and regulations, regardless of whether the same are adopted before or after the execution of this Contract, which in any manner affect the Contract or the work, and shall indemnify, save and hold hauniless the OWNER and the ENGINEER against any claim arising out of the violation of any such laws ordinances and regulations whether by the CONTRACTOR or his employees. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the Plans and Specifications are at variance with federal or state laws or the ordinances or regulations of the City, he shall promptly notify the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be made as provided in the Contract for changes in the work. If the CONTRACTOR perfou ns any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the ENGINEER, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The OWNER is a Political Subdivision of the State of Texas, and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the OWNER may enter into contracts, shall be controlling and shall be considered as part of this Contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. The Code of Ordinances and other applicable regulations of the OWNER shall be deemed to be embodied in this Contract. 4.04 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this Contract and that he will not assign by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet said Contract without the written consent of the ENGINEER and that no part or feature of the work will be sublet to anyone objectionable to the ENGINEER or the OWNER. In addition, the OWNER reserves the right to disapprove the subletting of this Contract or any portion hereof on any basis whatsoever. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the work or materials required in the performance of this Contract shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligations to the OWNER, as provided for by this Agreement. 4.05 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS. In the event the contract price shall be in 04/2002 00700-7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS excess of $25,000.00, the CONTRACTOR shall execute separate Performance and Payment Bonds, each in the sum of one hundred percent (100%) of the total contract price, which shall be increased at any time to cover any change orders, additives or add-ons, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. If the contract price does not exceed $25,000.00, the statutory bonds will not be required. All required bonds shall be submitted on forms approved by the OWNER for this purpose, guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work and fulfillment of any guarantees required, and further guaranteeing payment to all persons supplying labor and materials or furnishing him any equipment in the execution of the Contract. It is agreed that the Contract shall not be in effect until such Performance and Payment Bonds are furnished and approved by the OWNER. Each such bond shall be executed by a corporate surety or corporate sureties duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas. The cost of the premium for the Perfoiniance and Payment Bonds shall be included in the CONTRACTOR's Proposal 4.06 INSURANCE The CONTRACTOR, at his own expense, shall procure, maintain and keep in force throughout the life of this Contract, and for one additional year, insurance as hereinafter specified. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this Contract, whether perfonned-by the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. No policy shall be written on a "claims made" form. The OWNER, the ENGINEER, their agents and employees shall be named as additional insureds on CONTRACTOR'S Commercial General Liability, Automobile Liability and excess or Umbrella Liability policies. OWNER may waive the additional insured requirement under the Commercial General Liability policy if an owner's and contractor's Protective Liability policy with general aggregate limits of $2,000,000.00, with $1,000,000.00 per occurrence limit, is provided. The contractual liability coverage in the Commercial General Liability policy shall not be excluded. The following insurance coverages will be carried and certified. (1) Worker's Compensation Insurance and Employer's Liability Insurance. Attachment No. 1 to these General Conditions contains statutory requirements for Worker's Compensation Insurance. The Employer's Liability Insurance shall have limits as follows: Bodily injury by accident: $500,000 each accident Bodily injury by disease: $500,000 policy limit Bodily injury by disease: $500,000 each employee (2) Commercial General Liability Insurance: Including Contractor's Protective Liability, Broad 04/2002 00700-8 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS (3) Form Property Damage, Contractual Liability, Bodily Injury, Personal Injury, and Products and Completed Operations (for a period of one year following completion of the Work under this Agreement) Combined single limit of $1,000 000 each occurrence, Subject to general aggregate $2,000,000; Products and Completed Operations, $1,000,000 aggregate Automobile Liability Insurance: Bodily injury per person: $250,000 Bodily injury per accident: $500,000 Property damage $250,000 Or a policy providing combined single limits of $750,000. (4) OWNER, at its own discretion, may require an umbrella or excess limits liability policy. (5) All coverages shall be endorsed to waive the carrier's right of subrogation against the Owner. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail to provide insurance as herein required, or be subject to claim, demand or litigation growing out of or arising from a claim not contemplated herein, such failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR shall not serve to release or in any way discharge or shift the liability of the CONTRACTOR to the ENGINEER or OWNER BUT THE CONTRACTOR DOES HEREIN AGREE TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING BY REASON OF ANY OF THE CIRCUMSTANCES HEREIN ENUMERATED, OR ANY OTHER CLAIMS OR DEMANDS MADE BY ANY PERSON, GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING BY REASON OF THE WORK PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 4.07 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Within ten (10) days after notification of award of Contract, the CONTRACTOR and each subcontractor shall submit to the OWNER for approval, certificates of insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the insurance company, setting forth: (1) The name and address of the insured; (2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies; (3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. 04/2002 00700-9 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS (4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by such certificates (5) A statement that the insurance of the type afforded by the policy applies to all of the operations of whatever character, which are undertaken by the insured dunng the performance of this Contract, provided such operations are required in the perfotinance of the Contract; (6) A provision that the policy may be canceled or materially changed only by mailing written notice to the named insured at the address shown in the policy, stating when, not less than thirty (30) days thereafter, cancellation or change of such policy shall be effective, with a copy of such letter of intent to the OWNER. 4.08 PERMITS AND FEES. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for all construction permits, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work and which are legally required at the time bids are received. 4.09 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX Materials incorporated into this project are exempt from State Sales according to provisions of the Texas Tax Code, Chapter 151, Subsection H. The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax pennit or exemption certificate which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the work without paying tax at the time of purchase. 4.10 CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE The CONTRACTOR shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this Contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative. The superintendent shall represent the CONTRACTOR in his absence and shall act as the employee or agent of the CONTRACTOR and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the CONTRACTOR is essential to the proper performance of the work, and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the CONTRACTOR. The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the CONTRACTOR, and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative will be responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or any of its agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work. 4.11 CHARACTER OF WORKERS. The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this Contract, to do the work, and agrees that whenever the ENGINEER shall inform him in writing that any worker or workers on the work are, in his opinion incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, or in the ENGINEER's opinion, are not using their best efforts for the progress of the work, such worker or workers shall be discharged from 04/2002 00700-10 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the ENGINEER's written consent. 4.12 EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION PLANT AND BUILDINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this Contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that the OWNER shall furnish same; and further, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation and protection of all materials, supplies machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, all means of construction and any and all parts of the work, whether the CONTRACTOR has been paid, partially paid or not paid for such work, until the entire work is completed and accepted. The building of structures for housing workers, or the erection of tents or other forms of protection, will be permitted only at such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structures shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER. Any structures of any nature constructed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof; and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER or OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings. 4.13 SANITATION. Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the ENGINEER and their use shall be strictly enforced. Any structures of any nature constructed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof, and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER or OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings. 4.14 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE The CONTRACTOR shall at all times keep and maintain the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at the completion of the work, he shall remove all such debris and also his tools, scaffolding and surplus materials and shall leave the work broom -clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute, the OWNER may remove the debris and charge the cost to the CONTRACTOR. 4.15 PERFORMANCE OF WORK It is further agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all work must be done and all material must be furnished in accordance with the generally accepted practice for such materials furnished or work completed. 04/2002 00700-11 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 4.16 RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT. If at any time the methods or equipment used by the CONTRACTOR are found to be inadequate to secure rate of progress required under this Contract, the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative may order the CONTRACTOR in writing to improve their efficiency, and the CONTRACTOR shall comply with such order. If at any time the working force of the CONTRACTOR is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the CONTRACTOR shall, if so ordered in writing, increase his force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress. 4.17 LAYOUT OF WORK. Except as specifically provided herein, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out work and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. 4.18 SHOP DRAWINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own work or in that of any other contractor, six (6) checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules required for the work of the various trades. Contractor will check and approve shop drawings for compliance with requirements of Contract and will so certify by stamp on each drawing prior to submittal to ENGINEER. Any drawings submitted without Contractor's stamp of approval will not be considered and will be returned to him for proper submission. The ENGINEER shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, indicating desired corrections. The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with him two (2) corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The ENGINEER's approval of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for deviations from drawings or specifications, unless he has in wnting, called the ENGINEER's attention to such deviations at the time of the submission, and the ENGINEER has acknowledged such deviations in writing, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to fully and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the required contract work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and within the contract time. Such review by the ENGINEER shall be for the sole purpose of determining the sufficiency of said drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with the Plans and Specifications, and shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his duty as an independent contractor as previously set forth, it being expressly understood and agreed that the ENGINEER does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property during CONTRACTOR's performance hereunder, and any action taken by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility and liability, as set out in the contract documents. 04/2002 00700-12 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 4.19 ENGINEER -CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP; OBSERVATIONS. It is agreed by the CONTRACTOR that the ENGINEER, as the OWNER's representative, shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint such subordinate engineers, supervisors or observers as the said ENGINEER may from time to time deem proper to observe the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefor. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or observers for the proper observation and examination of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or observers so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying Plans and Specifications, provided, however, should the CONTRACTOR object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or observer, the CONTRACTOR may, within six (6) days, make written appeal to the ENGINEER for his decision. 4.20 OBSERVATION AND TESTING. The OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe and test the work. The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at any location wherever work is in preparation or progress. The CONTRACTOR shall ascertain the scope of any observation which may be contemplated by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. The OWNER or the ENGINEER may reject any work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors, and regardless of whether the ENGINEER has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise If any work is covered without approval or consent of the OWNER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for examination, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for the OWNER or the ENGINEER to make observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event the OWNER or the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents. If any work which is required to be inspected, tested or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the OWNER or the ENGINEER it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation and testing, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of such tests, inspections or approval and any work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective. Such defective work shall be corrected at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. 04/2002 00700-13 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS Neither observations by the OWNER or by the ENGINEER, nor inspections, tests or approvals made by the OWNER, the ENGINEER or other persons authorized under this Agreement to make such inspections, tests or approvals, shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. 4.21 DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDI HS. It is further agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the ENGINEER as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Plans and Specifications, the CONTRACTOR shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the ENGINEER, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with this Contract. It is further agreed that any such remedial action contemplated herein shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense 4.22 LIABILITY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE Engineering construction drawings and specifications, as well as any additional instructions and information concdrning the work to be performed, passing from or through the ENGINEER, shall not be interpreted as requiring or allowing the CONTRACTOR to deviate from the Plans and Specifications contained as a part of the contract documents, the intent of such drawmgs specifications and any other such instructions being to define with particularity the agreement of the parties as to work the CONTRACTOR is to perfozzzu. CONTRACTOR shall be fully and completely liable and contractually bound, at his own expense, for design, construction, installation and use or non-use of all items and methods instant to the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all temporary supports, shoring, bracing, scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or devices, similar items or devices used by him during construction, and work performed either directly or incident to construction, and for all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to person or property, whether such damage be suffered by the ENGINEER, the OWNER or any other person not a party to this Contract. Any review of work in progress or any visit or observation during construction, or any clarification of Plans and Specifications by the ENGINEER or OWNER, or any agent, employee or representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the project site or by means of approval of shop drawings for construction or construction processes, or by other means or methods, is agreed by the CONTRACTOR to be for the purpose of observing the extent and nature of work completed or being perfozzned, as measured against the drawings and specifications which are part of the Contract, or for the purpose of enabling the CONTRACTOR to more fully understand the Plans and Specifications so that the completed construction work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR from full and complete responsibility for proper performance of his work on the project, including, without limitation, the propriety of means and methods of the CONTRACTOR in performing said Contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for accomplishing such performance. Any action by the ENGINEER or the OWNER in visiting or observing during construction, or any clarification of Plans and Specifications shall not constitute a waiver of CONTRACTOR'S liability for damages as herein set out. Deviation by the CONTRACTOR from Plans and Specifications, whether called to the CONTRACTOR's attention or not, shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR from his responsibility to complete all work in accordance with said Plans and Specifications, and further shall 04/2002 00700-14 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS not relieve CONTRACTOR of his liability for loss, damage or injury as herein set out. 4.23 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC. The CONTRACTOR shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Worker's Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Worker's Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction' of the Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The CONTRACTOR shall provide such machinery guards, safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks and other safety devices. All accidents or injuries to CONTRACTOR's employees working on the job site must be reported to the ENGINEER immediately. The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, in his sole discretion as an independent contractor. Inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses, are intended as reminders to the CONTRACTOR of his duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the CONTRACTOR or any of his subcontractors. 4.24 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY. The CONTRACTOR shall employ proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this Agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjoining property. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND ENGINEER AGAINST ANY CLAIM OR CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES DUE TO ANY INJURY TO ANY ADJACENT OR ADJOINING PROPERTY, ARISING OR GROWING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT. 4.25 PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLE Ft S. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE WILL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF THE LAWFUL DEMANDS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, WORKERS, MECHANICS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY AND PARTS THEREOF EQUIPMENT, POWER TOOLS AND ALL SUPPLE 1-4S, INCLUDING COMMISSARY, INCURRED IN THE FURTHERANCE OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT. When so desired by the OWNER the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. 04/2002 00700-15 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so, then the OWNER may, at the option of the OWNER, either pay directly any unpaid bills of which the OWNER has written notice, or withhold from the CONTRACTOR s unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to liquidate any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payments to the CONTRACTOR shall be resumed in full, in accordance with the terms of this Contract. Any and all communications between any parties under this paragraph shall be in writing. 4.26 PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENTED INVENTION. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright, by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner thereof. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND ALL SUITS OR CLAIMS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND SHALL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS ON ACCOUNT THEREOF, EXCEPT THAT THE OWNER SHALL DEFEND ALL SUCH SUITS AND CLAIMS AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SUCH LOSS WHEN A PARTICULAR DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS OR THE PRODUCT OF A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER OR MANUFACTURERS IS SPECIE( I-1,D OR REQUIRED BY THE OWNER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF CHOICE OF ALTERNATE DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS IS ALLOWED TO THE CONTRACTOR, THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS ON ACCOUNT THEREOF. In addition, if the material or process specified or required by the OWNER is an infringement, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly advises the OWNER of such infringement. 4.27 INDEMNIFICATION. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees and all other persons, as well as for the protection of the improvements being erected and the property of himself or any other person, as a result of his operations hereunder. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER MADE BY ANY EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OF CONTRACTOR, OR BY ANY UNION TRADE ASSOCIATION, WORKER'S ASSOCIATION OR OTHER GROUPS, ASSOCIATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS, ALLEGEDLY REPRESENTING EMPLOYEES OF THE CONTRACTOR, IN ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS EMPLOYEES, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INVOLVING, GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING FROM CLAIMS BY SUCH EMPLOYEES FOR WAGES, SALARY, WORKING CONDITIONS OR ANY OTHER COMPLAINT OR CLAIM WHICH MAY BE MADE THE CONTRACTOR, HIS SURETI1-1,S AND INSURANCE CARRIERS SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ALL DAMAGES, CLAIMS, LOSSES DEMANDS SUITS, JUDGMENTS AND COSTS OF ANY CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY S FEES AND EXPENSES, AND SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PAY ANY JUDGMENT THEREFOR, WITH COSTS, WHICH MAY BE 04/2002 00700-16 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OBTAINED AGAINST THE OWNER AND/OR THE ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH DAMAGES, CLAIM, LOSS, DEMAND, SUIT, JUDGMENT, COST OR EXPENSE: (1) IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR DEATH OR INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY, INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM; AND (2) IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF THE CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, THEIR AGENTS OR. EMPLOYEES OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY ONE OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT IT IS CAUSED IN PART BY A PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER. The obligation of the CONTRACTOR under this Agreement shall not extend to the liability of the ENGINEER, his agents or employees, arising out of the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, reports, surveys designs or specifications,or the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the ENGINEER, his agents or employees, provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 4.28 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES All loss or damage to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the work to be done or from any unforeseen circumstances in the prosecution of the same, or from the action of the elements,or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which maybe encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense. 4.29 GUARANTEE. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the OWNER with a written guarantee on all workmanship and materials provided by hin for the project. The written guarantee shall be made out to the OWNER and in a form satisfactory to the OWNER'S legal counsel, guaranteeing all the work under the Contract to be free from faulty material in every particular and free from improper workmanship; and against unusual damage from proper and usual use; and agreeing to replace or to re - execute without cost to the OWNER such work as may be found to be improper or imperfect, and to make good all damages caused to other work or material, due to such defective work or due to its required replacement or re -execution. This guarantee shall be made to cover a period of one year from the date of acceptance of work under the Contract, as evidenced by the OWNER'S Certificate of Accceptance, of the work. Neither the Certificate of Acceptance, final payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for neglect or faulty material or workmanship durmg the period covered by the guarantee. The one year period of any guarantee clauses will not limit the OWNER'S other rights under common law to have defects remedied when discovered after one year. 04/2002 00700-17 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.01 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION. It is the meaning and intent of this Contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed to prosecute his work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conducive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and the time of prosecution shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this Contract, the Plans and Specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the Proposal; provided, also, that when the OWNER is having other work done, either by contract or by his own force, the ENGINEER may direct the time and manner of constructing the work done under this Contract, so that conflict will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the OWNER shall be harmonized. The CONTRACTOR shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the ENGINEER, schedules which shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes to carry on the work, with dates on which the CONTRACTOR will start the several parts of the work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. 5.02 EXTENSION OF TIME The CONTRACTOR agrees that he has submitted his Proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing m this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions as hereinafter set forth and that he shall not be entitled to, nor will he request, an extension of time on this Contract, except when completion of the work has been delayed by any act or neglect of the OWNER, the ENGINEER, or any employee of either, by other contractors employed by the OWNER, by changes ordered in the work, by strikes, lockouts fires and unusual delays by common carriers, by unavoidable cause or causes beyond the CONTRACTOR'S control or by any cause which the ENGINEER shall decide justifies the delay. The CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER prompt notice, in writing, of the cause of such delay; and within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request for an extension of time shall from the CONTRACTOR, supported by all requested documentation, the ENGINEER shall submit such written request, together with his written recommendation, to the OWNER for consideration, and the OWNER shall grant an extension of time for completing the work, sufficient to compensate for the delay. 5.03 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. In executing the Contract Agreement, the CONTRACTOR agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such work, whether growing out of delays in securing material or workmen or otherwise. No claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for damages resulting from hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of any portion of the work embraced in this Contract, except where the work is stopped by order of the OWNER, or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative for the OWNER's convenience, in which event such expense as in the judgement of the ENGINEER is caused by such stoppage of said work shall be paid by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR. 04/2002 00700-18 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 5.04 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY. It is understood and agreed that time is of the essence, and that the CONTRACTOR will commence said work on the date specified and will complete said work within the time specified in the Proposal It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER that the time for the completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that a breach of this Contract as to completion on time will cause damage to the OWNER and that such damages cannot be accurately measured or that ascertainment will be difficult. Therefore, the parties agree that for each and every calendar day the work or any portion thereof shall remain uncompleted after the expiration of the time limit set in the Contract or as extended by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall pay, as minimum liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, the amount set out in the Proposal. However, the foregoing agreement as to liquidated damages constitutes only an agreement by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as to the minimum amount of damages which the OWNER will sustain in any event by reason of the CONTRACTOR'S failure to complete the work within the specified time. Should the OWNER suffer damage over and above the minimum amount specified, by reason of the CONTRACTOR'S failure to begin the work when ordered, carry it forward uninterruptedly after beginning, or complete it within the specified time in strict accordance with the Plans and Specifications, the OWNER may recover such additional amount. The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages whether it be the minimum amount stipulated above or otherwise, from any monies owing by it to said CONTRACTOR or the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and the sureties of his bond; all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any one remedy. 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 6.01 DISCREPANC I1-4S AND OMISSIONS. It is agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all work described in the Proposal, the Plans and Specifications and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the CONTRACTOR and that such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these contract documents as interpreted by the ENGINEER. If the CONTRACTOR finds any discrepancies or omissions in these Plans, Specifications or contract documents, he should notify the ENGINEER and obtain a clarification before the bids are received, and if no such request is received by the ENGINEER prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the CONTRACTOR fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in his Proposal to complete the work in accordance with these Plans and Specifications. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) days prior to the opening of bids. 6.02 QUANTITJ RS AND MEASUREMENTS. No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. 04/2002 00700-19 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS 6.03 ESTIMATED QUANTITTFS This Agreement including the Specifications, Plans and estimate, is intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this Contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing the proposals offered for the work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this Contract may differ somewhat from the estimates and that the items listed or estimated quantities stated shall not give rise to a claim by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER for compensation, unless the work shall have actually been authorized, and performed and material supplied. Where payment is based on the unit price method, the CONTRACTOR agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits or otherwise, on account of any differences which may be found between the quantities of work actually done and the material actually furnished under this Contract and the estimated quantities contemplated and contained in the Proposal. 6.04 PRICE OF WORK. In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by the CONTRACTOR, and upon the completion of all work and the delivery of all materials embraced in this Contract in full conformity with the specifications and stipulations herein contained, the OWNER agrees to pay to the CONTRACTOR the prices set forth in the Proposal attached hereto, which is made a part of this Contract, for the material actually used and services actually performed however, the OWNER does not assume any obligation to pay for any services or material not actually authorized and used. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to receive such prices as payment in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, and for all expenses incurred by him, and for full performance of the work and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this Agreement, the attached Plans and Specifications and contract documents, and the requirements of the ENGINEER. 6.05 PAYMENTS. No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the Contract either in whole or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective work. CONTRACTOR shall, at any time requested during the progress of the work, furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with a verifying certificate showing the CONTRACTOR's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the work Before final payment is made, the CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the OWNER, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding liens against OWNER's premises by reason of any work under the Contract. Acceptance by CONTRACTOR of final payment of the contract pnce shall constitute a waiver of claims against OWNER which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this Contract. 6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS On or before the tenth day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER, for approval or modification, an application for partial payment being a statement showing as completely as practicable, the total value of the work done by the CONTRACTOR up to and including the twenty-fifth day of the preceding month; said statement shall also include the value of all sound materials to be fabricated into the work and stored in accordance with manufacturer s recommendation at the Contractor's fully secured and insured designated area. No payment will be made for materials stored until Owner has accepted the Contractor's designated area and 04/2002 00700-20 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS proof of insurance for materials stored has been provided. The ENGINEER shall then review such statement and application for partial payment and the progress of the work made by the CONTRACTOR and, if found to be in order, shall prepare a certificate for partial payment and shall deliver his certifications for payment to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall then, prior to payment by the OWNER, certify and attest to the certification that he is in accord with the certification and agrees to accept the amounts set out therein and the total set out therein for the work and for the prices contained in the certification. If the CONTRACTOR does not agree or desires to protest the ENGINEER's certification, the same shall not be certified by the ENGINEER to the OWNER for payment until such dispute has been resolved, and the CONTRACTOR agrees that any claim by the CONTRACTOR for additional compensation, of any nature whatsoever, not contained in the ENGINEER's certification, shall be waived, and further contracts and agrees, upon acceptance of the CONTRACTOR's payment, that this shall constitute full and final payment for work perfoiiiied by the CONTRACTOR contained in the CONTRACTOR's statement which shall be attached to the ENGINEER's certification. The OWNER shall then pay the CONTRACTOR, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the ENGINEER's recommendation for payment, the total amount of the ENGINEER's Certificate of Partial Payment, less ten percent (10%) of the amount thereof up to and including the first Four Hundred Thousand ($400,000.00) dollars and five percent (5%) on the amount thereafter. Such retainage shall be retained until final payment and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by the -OWNER under the Willis of this Agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion, as certified by the ENGINEER, and some unexpected or unusual delay occurs, through no neglect or fault on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER, pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER'S option, maybe relieved of the obligation to fully complete the work, and thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive at the OWNER'S option, payment of the balance due him under the Contract, subject only to the conditions set forth under "6.09 FINAL PAYMENT." The Owner at its option and in compliance with state law may reduce retainage to less than the above - stated percentages. 6.07 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS. The OWNER shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the work, notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired; but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the contract documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the work, the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as may be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER, by letter executed by a duly qualified officer of CONTRACTOR, that in CONTRACTOR's opinion, the Contract is "substantially completed' . When so notifying the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the ENGINEER, in writing, a detailed 04/2002 00700-21 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS list of unfinished work. The ENGINEER will review the CONTRACTOR's list of unfinished work and will add thereto such items as the CONTRACTOR failed to include. The substantial completion of the structure or facility shall not excuse the CONTRACTOR from performing all of the work undertaken, whether of a minor or major nature, and thereby completing the structure or facility in accordance with the contract documents. 6.08 FINAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE Within ten (10) days after the CONTRACTOR has given the ENGINEER written notice that the work has been completed or substantially completed, the ENGINEER and the OWNER shall inspect the work; and within said time, if the work be found to be completed or substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the ENGINEER shall issue to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR his Certificate of Completion. Thereupon it shall be the duty of the OWNER, within ten (10) days, to issue a Certificate of Acceptance of the work to the CONTRACTOR or to advise the CONTRACTOR in writing of the reason for non -acceptance. 6.09 FINAL PAYMENT. Upon the issuance of the CERTIFICATE of Completion and OWNER's Certificate of Acceptance, the ENGINEER shall proceed to make final measurements and prepare a final statement of the value of all work performed and matenals furnished under the terms of the Agreement and shall present the same to the CONTRACTOR for acceptance. The CONTRACTOR, if he finds such statement to be in order, including all work upon which a claim for payment may be made, shall note his acceptance thereon, and by accepting the same, the CONTRACTOR agrees to release any and all claims of any nature whatsoever against the OWNER or the ENGINEER, growing out of or by reason of the performance of the Contract, the construction of the work, for Extra Work, or for any other reason whatsoever, either growing out of the Contract and the documents attached thereto or otherwise. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall execute a full and final release in a fonn provided by the OWNER, a copy of which, titled 'Attachment No. 2 to General Conditions', is attached to these contract documents and made a part hereof, which shall be presented to the OWNER with the ENGINEER's final statement and any Change Orders or additions or deletions therefrom, duly attested by the CONTRACTOR, requesting payment. The OWNER shall pay to the CONTRACTOR, on or after the 30th day and before the 35th day after the date of the Certificate of Completion, the balance due the CONTRACTOR under the terms of the Agreement, provided the CONTRACTOR has duly executed and returned all documents requiring execution or approval as herein provided, or as may be provided by the OWNER, and that he has fully performed his contractual obligations under the terms of this Contract. Neither the Certificate of Acceptance nor the final payment nor any provision in the contract documents shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required by law or by the contract documents. 6.10 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from OWNER's premises all materials deemed unsuitable by the ENGINEER on account of failure to conform to the Contract whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, promptly replace such unsuitable materials with other 04/2002 00700-22 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS materials conforming to the requirements of the Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement If CONTRACTOR does not remove and replace any such unsuitable work within a reasonable time after receipt of a written notice from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, the OWNER may remove, replace and remedy such work at CONTRACTOR's expense. 6.11 CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT Neither the final payment nor certificate nor any provision in this Contract shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and he shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion. The OWNER or the ENGINEER shall give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 6.12 PAYMENTS WITHHELD. The OWNER may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certificate or withhold partial or full payment to such extent as may be necessary to protect himself from loss on account of: (1) Defective work not remedied; (2) . Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims; (3) •Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments properly to subcontractors or for material or labor; (4) Damage to another contractor; (5) Reasonable doubt that the work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the contract amount; (6) 'Reasonable indication that the work will not be completed within the contract time. (7) Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to execute any and all documents, releases or other documents presented to the CONTRACTOR for execution, as provided for herein or otherwise. (8) Liquidated damages due to late completion. When the above grounds are removed or the CONTRACTOR provides a Surety Bond satisfactory to the OWNER, which will protect the OWNER in the amount withheld, payment may be made for the amounts withheld because of them. However, the OWNER shall have the discretion of withholding or making payment in the event any of items (1) through (8) shall be applicable to the work or progress thereof. 6.13 DELAYED PAYMENTS. Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR of the sum named in any partial or final statement, when payment is due, after the same 04/2002 00700-23 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS has been recommended for payment by both the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR and the CONTRACTOR has met all other conditions stipulated herein or in the contract documents entitling the CONTRACTOR to payment, then the OWNER shall pay to the CONTRACTOR, in addition to the sum shown as due by such statement, interest thereon at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum from date due, as provided under "6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS" and "6.09 FINAL PAYMENT", until fully paid which shall fully liquidate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growmg out of such delay in payment; but the right is expressly reserved to the CONTRACTOR, in the event payments be not promptly made as provided under ` 6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS", to at any time thereafter treat the Contract as abandoned by the OWNER and to recover compensation as provided under "8 ABANDONMENT OF CONTRACT", unless such payments are withheld in accordance with the provisions of "6.12 PAYMENTS WITHHELD". 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 7.01 CHANGE ORDERS. Without invalidating this Agreement, the OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions to the work; such changes will be authorized by Change Order to be prepared by the ENGINEER for execution by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The Change Order shall set forth the basis for any change in contract price, as hereinafter set forth for Extra Work, and any change in contract time which may result from the change. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall refuse to approve a Change Order which has been prepared by the ENGINEER, the ENGINEER may instruct the CONTRACTOR, in writing, to proceed with the work as set forth in the Change Order, and the CONTRACTOR may make a claim against the OWNER for Extra Work involved therein. However, the CONTRACTOR shall only be entitled to payment upon the execution of the final certification and release in a form as provided for herein, and CONTRACTOR shall approve such certification before the OWNER shall be obligated to make payment 7.02 MINOR CHANGES The ENGINEER may authorize minor changes in the work not inconsistent with the overall intent of the contract documents and not involving an increase in contract price. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any minor changes or alteration authorized by the ENGINEER involves Extra Work or entitles him to an increase in the contract price, the CONTRACTOR shall make written request to the ENGINEER for a written Field Order. In such case the CONTRACTOR, by copy of his communication to the ENGINEER or otherwise in writing, shall advise the OWNER of his request to the ENGINEER for a written Field Order and that the work involved may result in an increase in the contract price. Any request by the CONTRACTOR fora change in contract price shall be made prior to beginning the work covered by the proposed change. 7.03 EXTRA WORK. It is agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall perform all Extra Work under the direction of the ENGINEER when presented with a wntten work order signed by the ENGINEER, subject, however to the right of the CONTRACTOR to require written confirmation of such Extra Work order by the OWNER. It is agreed that the basis of compensation to the CONTRACTOR for ee 04/2002 00700-24 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS work either added or deleted by a Change Order or for which a claim for Extra Work is made, shall be deteiinined by one or more of the following methods: Method (A) -- By agreed unit prices; or Method (B) -- By agreed lump sum; or Method (C) -- If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) be agreed upon before the Extra Work is commenced, then the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the "actual field cost" of the work, plus fifteen percent (15%). In the event said Extra Work is performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "actual field cost' is hereby defined to include the cost to the CONTRACTOR of all workers, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and materials, supplies, trucks, rentals of machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such Extra Work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred together with all power, fuel, lubricants water and similar operating expenses, plus all necessary incidental expenses incurred directly on account of such Extra Work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits and other payroll taxes, and a rateable proportion of premiums on Performance and Payment Bonds and Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Worker's Compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by law or ordinance, or directed by the OWNER, or by them agreed to. The ENGINEER may direct the form in which accounts of the "actual field cost' shall be kept and the records of these accounts shall be made available to the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER or OWNER may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise these matters shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using one hundred percent (100%), unless otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America where practicable, and the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written Extra Work Order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the "actual field cost" to be paid to the CONTRACTOR, shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the "actual field cost' as herein defined, save that where the CONTRACTOR's camp or field office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost.' No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by the ENGINEER. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the CONTRACTOR to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, he shall make written request to the ENGINEER for written order authorizing such Extra Work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work or as to the payment therefor, and the ENGINEER insists upon its performance the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work after making written request for written order and shall keep an accurate account of the "actual field cost" thereof, as 04/2002 00700-25 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS provided under Method (C). The CONTRACTOR shall then have the right to submit his claim directly to the OWNER by proper certification and attestation, on forms provided by the OWNER If the OWNER shall fail to pay or guarantee to pay said amount claimed within thirty (30) days of the date of submission, the CONTRACTOR shall have the right to file suit in the applicable District Court, for declaratory judgment or other relief, to determine his rights to such claim, and if he shall fail to file suit within sixty (60) days after the date of presentment to the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall lose and forfeit his right to make such claim for Extra Work at any later date, and all claims held by the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed forfeited and forever barred if the CONTRACTOR shall accept final payment without having first filed suit in the District Court. 7.04 TIME OF FILING CLAIMS. It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the CONTRACTOR shall be in writing and filed with the ENGINEER within thirty (30) days after the ENGINEER has given any directions, order or instruction to which the CONTRACTOR desires to take exception. The ENGINEER shall reply within thirty (30) days to such written exceptions by the CONTRACTOR and render his final decision in writing. In case the CONTRACTOR should desire to appeal from the ENGINEER's decision, the CONTRACTOR may request a meeting between representatives of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for the purposes of appealing the ENGINEER's decision directly to the OWNER, such meeting to occur within ten (10) days after the date of the delivery to the CONTRACTOR of the ENGINEER's final decision. If the CONTRACTOR shall still be aggrieved after a meeting with the OWNER and/or his representative, the CONTRACTOR shall have sixty (60) days after the date of the delivery to the CONTRACTOR of the ENGINEER s final decision, to appeal the same to the applicable District Court, by filing suit for declaratory judgment or other appropriate relief. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail, for any reason, to file suit, and shall accept final payment for all work completed, the OWNER shall be released of any and all liability, and the action by the CONTRACTOR in accepting final payment shall constitute a final bar and satisfaction of all claims held by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER. 8.0 ABANDONMENT OF CONTRACT 8.01 ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR. In case the CONTRACTOR should abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within ten (10) days after written notification from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the orders of the ENGINEER when such orders are consistent with the contract documents, then and in that case, where Perform lance and Payment Bonds exist, the sureties on these bonds shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work, and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR. After receiving said notice of abandonment, the CONTRACTOR shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment, tools, or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under contract for the work may be held for use on the work by the OWNER or the surety on the Perfoutuance Bond, or another contractor in completion of the work and the CONTRACTOR shall not receive any rental or credit therefor, it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement. 04/2002 00700-26 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS Where there is no Performance Bond or in case the surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinabove provided for within ten (10) days after the service of such notice, then the OWNER may provide for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners: (a) The OWNER may thereupon employ such force of workers and use such machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as the OWNER may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said CONTRACTOR, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then said CONTRACTOR shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by such CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER, or (b) The OWNER, under sealed bids, under the times and procedures provided for by law, may lathe contract for completion of the work under substantially the same Willis and conditions which are provided in this Contract. In case of any increase in cost to the OWNER under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this Contract, such increase shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR, and the surety shall be and remain bound therefor. However, should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this Contract the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall be credited therewith. When the work shall have been substantially completed, the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be so notified and Certificates of Completion and Acceptance, as hereinabove provided, shall be issued A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified by the ENGINEER as being correct, shall then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his surety, whereupon the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement, within fifteen (15) days after the date of such Certificate of Completion. The OWNER, prior to incurring an obligation to make payment hereunder, shall have such statement of completion attested to by the CONTRACTOR as accurate, and upon payment of the sum stated therein, the OWNER shall be entitled to full and final release of any claims or demands by the CONTRACTOR. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the OWNER had the work been completed by the CONTRACTOR under the Willis of this Contract, or when the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the OWNER, then all machinery, equipment, tools or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned,over to the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety fail to pay the amount due the OWNER within the time designated above, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, 04/2002 00700-27 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS materials or supplies on the site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR and his surety at the respective addresses designated in the Contract, provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the CONTRACTOR and his surety, subject only to the duty of the OWNER to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, the OWNER may sell such property, equipment, tools materials or supplies, and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the CONTRACTOR and his surety Such sale may be made at .either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the OWNER may elect. The OWNER shall release any machinery equipment, tools, materials or supplies, which remain on the work, and belong to persons other than the CONTRACTOR or his surety, to their proper owners. The books on all operations provided herein shall be open to the CONTRACTOR and his surety. 8.02 ABANDONMENT BY OWNER. In case the OWNER shall fail to comply with the terms of this Contract (a disputed or unilateral claim by the Contractor cannot by itself constitute 'abandonment") and should fail or refuse to comply with said terms within ten (10) days after written notification by the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR may suspend or wholly abandon the work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of the work that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACTOR and have not been wrought into the work. And thereupon, the ENGINEER shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the value of all work actually completed by said CONTRACTOR (at the prices stated in the attached Proposal where unit prices are used), the value of all partially completed work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this Contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the CONTRACTOR to carry the whole work to completion and which cannot be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make a final statement of the balance due the CONTRACTOR by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the OWNER and all other sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement, and shall present the same to the CONTRACTOR for the CONTRACTOR's approval; and upon the CONTRACTOR s approving the same as being true, correct and accurate, and upon payment of said sum, the CONTRACTOR shall release the OWNER of any and all liability growing out of or by reason of said Contract, and then the same shall be presented to the OWNER, who shall pay to the CONTRACTOR, on or before thirty (30) days after the date of notification by the CONTRACTOR of the balance shown by said final statement as due the CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Agreement. 9.0 ARBITRATION 9.01 Any party to this Contract, upon the written agreement and acquiescence of all other parties may submit any question or dispute under the terms and provisions of the contract documents, to arbitration under such procedure and agreements as the parties shall make in writing prior to arbitration. The results of arbitration shall be binding and shall constitute an amendment to the contract documents when accepted in writing by the parties to the Contract. 04/2002 00700-28. CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS ATTACHMENT NO. 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE A. DEFINITIONS: Certificate of coverage ("certificate' ) - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83 or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's/person s work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in 406.096) - includes persons or entities perfouluing or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perfouu on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators,' employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401 011 (44) for employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the Owner prior to being awarded the contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the 04/2002 00700-Al CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. F. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter G. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any changes that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. H. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. NOTICE REQUIRED WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by worker's compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identify of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission at (512) 440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." I. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011 (44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; 04/2002 00700-A2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS (2) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project: provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage, showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (3) (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (5) (b) a new certificate of coverage shown extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage penod shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perfoixn as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage agreements will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission s Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contractor void if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. (7) ee 04/2002 00700-A3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS ATTACHMENT NO. 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE In order to insure that the rights, obligations and responsibilities of all parties to the original contract document are fully protected, which contract document was signed and executed on the day of 20 by , referred to therein as CONTRACTOR and hereinafter referred to as CONTRACTOR, and , hereinafter referred to as OWNER, on the _ day of , 20 , and further in consideration for the final payment of all sums due and claimed by the CONTRACTOR • against OWNER, the CONTRACTOR makes the following representations to OWNER, either individually if a proprietorship, jointly by all partners if a partnership, or if a corporation, by action of the president and secretary of said corporation, as duly authorized by appropriate action of the stockholders and/or board of directors of said corporation, their signatures hereon constituting a representation under oath by said individuals that they have the power and authority to execute this Agreement for and on behalf of the said corporation: I. The Contractor has received (number) payments pursuant to (number) of Contractor Payment Estimates, copies of which are attached hereto and marked Exhibit "A", presented to OWNER and paid during the progress of the job referred to in the Contract between the parties; and in this regard, the undersigned CONTRACTOR represents to OWNER that it does not claim nor intend to claim at any future date, any additional sums of money of any nature whatsoever under and by virtue of the payment estimates previously submitted to the ENGINEER for approval, or any other sums of money 04/2002 00700-B i CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS of any nature whatsoever for materials furnished and used in the job or for work done, and hereby releases and discharges OWNER from any liabilities of any nature whatsoever, for any claims of any nature made by the CONTRACTOR at some future date, or by its successors or assigns. II. The undersigned CONTRACTOR further represents to OWNER that the Final Payment Estimate and Change Order, if any, submitted by the CONTRACTOR to OWNER, whether or not modified, corrected or changed in some way by deletions or other modifications by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER, a copy of which is attached hereto and marked Exhibit "B", is true, correct and accurate; and if is further agreed and stipulated by the undersigned CONTRACTOR that upon the receipt of final payment in the amount as set out on the Final Payment Estimate and Change Order, the CONTRACTOR, by execution of this instrument of release, does, therefore, release and forever discharge OWNER of and from all manner of debts, demands, obligations, suits, liabilities and causes of action of any nature whatsoever under and by virtue of the terms and provisions of the Contract hereinbefore referred to, and any change or modification thereof, or in any manner growing out of or arising from or by virtue of the work, labor and services performed by the CONTRACTOR. III. CONTRACTOR, in addition to the provisions set out in the contract document, agrees to indemnify and hold OWNER harmless from any and all causes of action, claims, demands or suits made by any person or other entity against OWNER, by reason of the work performed by such CONTRACTOR, and agrees to defend or to cause the same to be defended at the CONTRACTOR's sole expense and obligation, whenever such actions may be brought, and further to pay all costs incurred by 04/2002 00700-B2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OWNER in the defense thereof, including administrative costs and attorney's fees, and further to pay any judgments or settlements which may be entered into or agreed to against or for the benefit of OWNER It is, however, specifically agreed that OWNER shall not enter into any settlement agreements without the acquiescence and agreement of the CONTRACTOR. IV. The CONTRACTOR, acting by and through the person or persons whose names are subscribed hereto, does solemnly swear and affirm that all bills and claims have been paid to all materialmen, suppliers, laborers, subcontractors, or other entities performing services or supplying materials, and that OWNER shall not be subject to any bills, claims, demands, litigation or suits in connection therewith. V. It is further specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractors's Sworn Release shall constitute a part of the original Contract of the parties heretofore previously referred to, and it is also specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not act as a modification, waiver or renunciation by OWNER of any of its rights or remedies as set out in the contract itself, but this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a supplement thereto for the additional protection of OWNER. VI. This Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall be considered to be continuing and binding upon the parties hereto and shall not terminate upon receipt and acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of final payment, but shall be deemed continuing so long as any actions, claims or other demands contemplated herein against OWNER, may lawfully be brought under applicable statutes 04/2002 00700-B3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS of limitations, and shall in addition be deemed to be continuing for such additional period of time as shall be necessary to compensate and repay to OWNER, all costs or damages incurred by it by reason of such claims. 20 SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the day of CONTRACTOR Signature Print Name: [If CONTRACTOR is a proprietorship, owner must sign; if a partnership, each partner must sign, if a corporation, the following language should be used.] SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the day of , 20 , by a Texas corporation, under authority granted to the undersigned by said corporation as contairfed in the Charter, By -Laws or Minutes of a meeting of said corporation regularly called and held. CONTRACTOR By: President ATTEST: Corporate Secretary (Corporate Seal) 04/2002 00700-B4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS [This fou n is for use by either a proprietorship or a partnership. In the event CONTRACTOR is a partnership or a joint proprietorship, additional signature lines should be added for each individual.] AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the person or persons whose name(s) are subscribed to the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: I(We) am(are) the person(s) who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and I(we) have read the facts and statements as therein set out and the representations as made therein, and I(we) state that the above and foregoing are true and correct. , 20 CONTRACTOR - Affiant SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me, the day of • Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: 04/2002 00700-B5 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS [This form is for use in the event CONTRACTOR is a corporation. AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the persons who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, whose names are set out above, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: We each are the persons whose names are subscribed above, and hold respectively the offices in the corporation as set out above, and each state under oath that we have the authority to execute this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release for and on behalf of said corporation, pursuant to authority granted to us in the Charter of said corporation, the By -Laws of said corporation and/or the Minutes of said corporation; and the facts, statements and representations as set out in the instrument to which this Affidavit is attached, are true and correct. • SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this, the day of ,20 Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: 04/2002 00700-B6 SECTION F SUPPLEMENTARY TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS SECTION 00800 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The following Special Conditions modify the General Conditions, Document 00700. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Special Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. (Following are examples of Special Conditions. These must be developed specifically for each project.) I. Add the following paragraph to Article 1.01: The OWNER'S representative on the project site is Mr Charlie Stubbs, telephone 713- 775-4054. II. In Article 1.07, working hours are between 7:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. it . In Article 1.08, a "calendar day" is defined as being each and every single elapsed day, without regard to holidays, inclement weather, day of the week, or any other contingency. All time worked on holidays and other than 7:30 a.m. —4:30 p.m. Monday through Friday will be overtime hours. Contractor shall pay all inspection costs for overtime work by City personnel created by Contractor's choice to work other than noiuial hours. No work will be allowed on Sundays. This contract time. as defined in this proposal and other sections of the contract documents includes a certain number of rain -days. Based on The Alvin Weather Center records the average annual rain days froth June, 1898 to December, 1996 is 40 days, calculated from all precipitation days of record. Contractor is required to keep record of rain days at the site. Record of rain days must be accepted and signed off by the City Inspector monthly, and it shall be reported on the monthly pay estimate submittals. At the end of contract, Contractor will be credited only the number of accepted rain days that exceed 40 rain days per year, or any proportionate fraction thereof IV. Add the following paragraph to Article 4.03: The prevailing wage rates applicable to this Project shall be Document 00811 — Wage Scale for Engineering Construction. V Add the following paragraph to Article 4.05: A maintenance Bond in accordance with Document 00612 is required for this project. The cost of this bond shall be included m the CONTRACTOR'S Proposal. VI. In Article 4.06, the required insurance limits are amended as follows: 4.06 (2). General Aggregate Limit - $1,000,000. 04/2002 00800-1 WAGE SCALE FOR CITY OF PEARLAND ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION SECTION 00811 WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION 1.01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works (Article 5159-a of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas), the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the following to be the general prevailing rates ion the locality in which the work is being performed. 1.02 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated. 1.03 The wage scale for engineering construction is to be applied to all site work greater the 5 feet from an extenor wall of new building under construction or from an exterior wall of an existing building. 04/2002 00811-1 GENERAL DECISION: TX20030082 07/08/2005 TX82 Date: July 8, 2005 General Decision Number: TX20030082 07/08/2005 Superseded General Decision Number: TX020082 State: Texas Construction Types: Heavy Counties: Brazoria, Fort Bend, Galveston, Harris, Matagorda, Montgomery, Waller and Wharton Counties in Texas. BRAZORIA, FORT BEND, GALVESTON, HARRIS, MONTOGOMERY, AND WALLER COUNTIES: FLOOD CONTROL PROJECTS ONLY, (Does not Include any Water & Sewer Line work; Sewage Collection and Disposal Lines; Sewers (Sanitary Storm, etc.), or Shoreline Maintenance Water Mains and Water Supply Lines). • MATAGORDA & WHARTON COUNTIES ONLY: FLOOD CONTROL AND WATER AND SEWER LINES, including: Breakwaters, Channels, Channel Cut-offs, Dikes, Drainage P rojects, Flood Control Projects, Irrigation Projects, Jetties, L and Drainage (not incidental to other construction), Land L eveling (not incidental to other construction), Land Reclamation, Levees, Pipelines, Ponds, Pumping Stations (prefabricated drop- in not building), Revetments, Sewage Collection and Disposal Lines, Sewers (Sanitary, Storm, etc.), S horeline Maintenance Water Mains and Water Supply Lines (not incidental to building). Modification Number 0 1 SUTX1998-009 03/26/1998 Publication Date 06/13/2003 07/08/2005 Asphalt Distributor Asphalt Paving Machine Asphalt Raker Asphalt Shoveler Watching Plant Weigher Broom or Sweeper Operator Bulldozer Carpenter Concrete Curbing Mach Concrete Finisher -Paving Concrete Finisher -Structures Concrete Finishing Machine Concrete Joint Sealer Concrete Paving Float Concrete Paving Saw Concrete Paving Spreader Concrete Rubber Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Derrick, Dragline, Shovel Rates Fringes $ 9.47 $ 10.05 $ 8.28 $ 7.45 $ 11.11 $ 8.01 $ 9.91 $ 10.35 $ 8.80 $ 9.87 .$ 9.86 $ 11.79 $ 10.50 $ 9.30 $ 10.01 $ 9.32 $ 9.00 $ 11.35 Crusher or Screening Plant Operator Electrician Flagger Form Builder (Structures) Form Liner - Paving & Curb Form Setter (PAVING/CURB) Form Setter -Structures Foundation Drill Operator, Crawler Mounted Foundation Drill Operator, Truck Mounted Front End Loader L abor Common Laborer -Utility L ineperson Manhole Builder (Brick) Mechanic Milling Machine Operator Mixer Motor Grader $ 11.00 $ 16.15 $ 6.66 $ 9.96 $ 9.03 $ 8.86 $ 9.05 $ 12.59 $ 12.73 $ 9.29 $ 7.45 $ 8.53 $ 7.50 $ 8.49 $ 11.38 $ 10.43 $ 7.94 FINE GRADE $ 11.11 Other $ 10.67 O iler $ 9.56 P ainter -Structures $ 14.00 P avement Marking Machine $ 7.45 P iledriver $ 10.96 P ipe layer $ 8.49 Reinforcing Paving$ 12.50 Reinforcing S tructures $ 12.47 Roller, Pneumatic, Self P ropelled $ 7.96 Roller Steel Wheel Other Flatwheel or Tamping $ 7.61 Roller, Steel Wheel Plant Mix P avements $ 9.25 S craper $ 8.69 S ervicer $ 9.51 S ign Erector $ 10.06 S ign Installer $ 7.45 S lipform Machine Operator $ 9.20 S preader Box Operator $ 9.08 Steelworker Structural $ 10.35 Tractor -Crawler Type $ 10.12 Tractor -Pneumatic $ 8.99 Traveling Mixer $ 9.35 Trenching Machine, Heavy $ 13.56 Trenching Machine, Light $ 10.50 Truck Driver Lowboy Float $ 11.29 Truck Driver Single Axle Heavy$ 8.76 Truck Driver Single Axle, Light$ 8.15 Truck Driver Tandem Axle Semi - Trailer $ 8.00 Wagon Drill, Boring Machine$ 10.15 Welder $ 10.43 Work Zone Barricade $ 7.45 Steel Steel S etter S etter WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5 5 (a) (1) (ii)). In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2 ) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U .S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. W ashington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party s position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requester considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION SECTION G TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 04/2002 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK Section 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 WORK COVERED BY THIS CONTRACT A Work of this contract is for the construction of 400 linear feet of 16' welded steel water line to be directional drilled under Mary's Creek, and approximately 200 linear feet of 16" PVC placed in open cut, approximately 110 linear feet of 4" welded steel force main line to be aerially attached to an existing multi -box culvert headwall across Mary's Creek at State Highway 35, including installation, valves, tie-ins, and other related appurtenances complete, tested and operational, in accordance with the plans and specifications prepared by the Engineer Freese and Nichols, Inc. 1.02 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Contractor to submit preconstruction and post construction photographs in accordance with Section 01380. 1.03 WORK SEQUENCE A Contractor to submit project schedule to the Engineer for review and approval. B Coordination of the work: Contractor to coordinate the work as per Section 01040 Coordination and Meetings; and Section 01300 — Submittals (Construction Schedule). 1.04 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A Comply with procedures for access to the site and Contractor's use of rights -of -way as specified in Section 01140 Contractor's Use of Premises. B Contractor shall be responsible for all required utilities for the construction. END OF SECTION 04/2002 01100-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES 1.0 GENERAL Section 1140 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Section includes general use of the site including properties inside and outside of rights - of -way, work affecting road, ramps, streets and driveways and notification to adjacent occupants. 1.02 RIGHTS -OF -WAY A Confine access and operations and storage areas to rights -of -way provided by Owner as stipulated in Document 00700 - General Conditions; trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed. B Contractor may make arrangements, at Contractor's cost, for temporary use of private properties in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against claims or demands arising from such use of properties outside of rights -of -way. C Restrict total length which materials may be distributed along the route of the construction at any one time to 300 linear feet unless otherwise approved by Engineer. 1.03 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF RIGHTS -OF -WAY A Altering the condition of properties adjacent to and along rights -of -way will not be permitted unless authorized by the Engineer and property owner(s). B Means methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures which will result in damage to properties or improvements in the vicinity outside of rights -of -way will not be permitted. C Any damage to properties outside of rights -of -ways shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner. 1.04 USE OF SITE A Obtain approvals of governing authorities prior to impeding or closing public roads or streets. Do not close more than one consecutive intersections at one time. B Notify Engineer 48 hours prior to closing a street or a street crossing. Permits for street closures are required in advance and are the responsibility of the Contractor. C Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants. 04/2002 01140-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES D Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets; when obstruction is unavoidable due to requirements of the Work provide grading and temporary drainage structures to maintain unimpeded flow. E Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems which may exist on rights -of -ways within the site. Repair or replace damaged systems to condition equal to or better than that existing at start of Work. F Perform daily clean-up of dirt outside the construction zone, and debris, scrap materials, and other disposable items. Keep streets, driveways, and sidewalks clean of dirt, debris and scrap materials. Do not leave buildings, roads, streets or other construction areas unclean overnight. 1.05 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS A Notify individual occupants in areas to be affected by the Work of the proposed construction and time schedule. Notification shall be 24 hours, 72 hours and 2 weeks prior to work being performed within 200 feet of the homes or businesses. B Include in notification names and telephone numbers of two company representatives for resident contact, who will be available on 24-hour call. Include precautions which will be taken to protect private property and identify potential access or utility inconvenience or disruption. C Submit proposed notification to Engineer for approval Consideration shall be given to the ethnicity of the neighborhood where English is not the dominant language. Notice shall be in an understandable language. 1.06 PUBLIC, TEMPORARY, AND CONSTRUCTION ROADS AND RAMPS A Construct and maintain temporary detours, ramps, and roads to provide for normal public traffic flow when use of public roads or streets is closed by necessities of the Work. B Provide mats or other means to prevent overloading or damage to existing roadways from tracked equipment or exceptionally large or heavy trucks or equipment. C Construct and maintain access roads and parking areas as specified in Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. 1.07 EXCAVATION IN STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS A Avoid hindering or needlessly inconveniencing public travel on a street or any intersecting alley or street for more than two blocks at any one time, except by permission of the Engineer. B Obtain the Engineer's approval when the nature of the Work requires closing of an entire street. Permits required for street closure are the Contractor s responsibility. Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property owners. 04/2002 01140-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES C Remove surplus materials and debris and open 1000 feet or less for public use as work in that block is complete. D Acceptance of any portion of the Work will not be based on return of street to public use. E Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property. F Provide temporary crossing or complete the excavation and backfill in one continuous operation to minimize the duration of obstruction when excavation is required across drives or entrances. G Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Section VI of the State of Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. 1.08 TRAFFIC CONTROL A Comply with traffic regulation as specified in Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. 1.09 SURFACE RESTORATION A Restore site to condition existing before construction to satisfaction of Engineer. B Repair paved area per the requirements of Section 02980 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing. C Repair turf areas which become damaged, level with bank run sand conforming to Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, or topsoil conforming to Section 02910 - Topsoil, as approved by the Engineer and resod in accordance with Section 02922 - Sodding. Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using steel wheel rollers appropriate for sodding. Do not use spot sodding or sprigging. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 04/2002 01140-3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Section 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for measurement and payment plus conditions for nonconformance assessment and nonpayment for rejected products. 1.02 AUTHORITY A Measurement methods delineated in Specification sections are intended to complement the criteria of this section. In the event of conflict, the requirements of the Specification section shall govern. B Measurements and quantities submitted by the Contractor will be verified by the Engineer. C Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required by Engineer to verify quantities. 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A Quantity and measurement estimates stated in the Agreement are for contract purposes only Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work authorized and verified by Engineer shall determine payment as stated in the General Conditions. B If the actual Work requires greater or lesser quantities than those quantities indicated in the Bid Form, provide the required quantities at the unit prices contracted, except as otherwise stated in the General Conditions or in executed Change Order. 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal shapes will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights. Welded assemblies will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction or scale weights. B Measurement by Volume: 1. Stockpiles: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width, and height or thickness. 2. Excavation and Embankment Materials: Measured by cubic dimension using the average end area method. C Measurement by Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius. 04/2002 01200-1 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT D Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean chord. E Stipulated Price Measurement: By unit designated in the agreement. F Other: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or lineal means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work. 1.05 PAYMENT A Payment Includes: Full compensation for all required supervision, labor, products, tools, equipment, plant, transportation, services, and incidentals, and erection application or installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit. B Total compensation for required Unit Price Work shall be included in Unit Price bid in Bid schedule. Claims for payment as Unit Price Work, but not specifically covered in the list of unit prices contained in Bid Schedule, will not be accepted. C Progress payments will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by the unit price. D Final payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities determined by Engineer multiplied by the unit price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work. 1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT A Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the Contract Documents. B If, in the opinion of Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Engineer will direct one of the following remedies: 1. The nonconforming Work will remain as is, but the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of Engineer. 2. The nonconforming Work will be modified as authorized by the Engineer, and the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of Engineer, if the modified work is deemed to be less suitable than originally specified. C Specification sections may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage price reduction. The authority of Engineer to assess the nonconforming work and identify payment adjustment is final. 1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS A Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to Engineer. 04/2002 01200-2 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded.from transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work, unless specified otherwise. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 04/2002 01200-3 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Section 01290 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A Procedures for processing Change Orders, including: 1. Assignment of a responsible individual for approval and communication of changes in the Work; 2. Documentation of change in Contract Price and Contract Time; 3. Change procedures, using proposals and construction contract modifications, work change directive, stipulated price change order, unit price change order, time and materials change order; 4. Execution of Change Orders; 5. Correlation of Contractor submittals. 1.02 REFERENCES A Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (Data Quest Blue Book). Rental Rate is defined as the full unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment. :1.03 RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL A Contractor shall provide a letter indicating the name and address of the individual authorized to execute change documents, and who shall also be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ and Subcontractors of changes to the Work. The information shall be provided at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME A Contractor shall maintain detailed records of changes in the Work. Provide full information required for identification and evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of changes in the Work. B Contractor shall document each proposal for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the proposal. C Proposals shall include, as a minimum, the following information as applicable: 1. Quantities of items in the original Bid Schedule with additions reductions, deletions, and substitutions. 2. When Work items were not included in the Bid Schedule, Contractor shall provide unit prices for the new items, with supporting information as required by the Engineer. 3. Justification for any change in Contract Time. '04/2002 01290-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 4. Additional data upon request. For changes in the Work performed on a time -and -material basis, the following additional information may be required. 1. Quantities and description of products and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3. Overhead and profit as noted in Document 00800 - Supplementary Conditions. 4. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 5. Time records and certified copies of applicable payrolls. 6. Invoices and receipts for products, rented equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. E Rented equipment will be paid to the Contractor by actual invoice cost for the duration of time required to complete the extra work. If the extra work comprises only a portion of the rental invoice where the equipment would otherwise be on the site, the Contractor shall compute the hourly equipment rate by dividing the actual monthly invoice by 176 (One day equals 8 hours and one week equals 40 hours.) Operating costs shall not exceed the estimated operating costs given for the item of equipment in the Blue Book. F For changes in the work performed on a time -and -materials basis using Contractor - owned equipment, compute rates with the Blue Book as follows: 1. Multiply the appropriate Rental Rate by an adjustment factor of 70 percent plus the full rate shown for operating costs. The Rental Rate utilized shall be the lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly or monthly rates. Use 150 percent of the Rental Rate for double shifts (one extra shift per day) and 200 percent of the Rental Rate for more than two shifts per day. No other rate adjustments shall apply. 2. Standby rates shall be 50 percent of the appropriate Rental Rate shown in the Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed. 1.05 CHANGE PROCEDURES A Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of a Change Order. Issuance of a Work Change Directive or written acceptance by the Engineer of changes will be formalized into Change Orders. All changes will be in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions. B The Engineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time as authorized by the General Conditions by issuing supplemental instructions. C Contractor may request clarification of Drawings, Specifications or Contract Documents or other information. Response by the Engineer to a Request for Information does not authorize the Contractor to perform tasks outside the scope of the Work. All changes must be authorized as described in this section. 1 06 PROPOSALS AND CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS 04/2002 01290-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A The Engineer may issue a - Request for Proposal, which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications The Engineer may also request a proposal in the response to a Request for Information. Contractor will prepare and submit its Proposal within 7 days or as specified in the request. B The Contractor may propose an unsolicited change by submitting a Proposal to the Engineer describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time including full documentation. 1.07 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE A Engineer may issue a signed Work Change Directive instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B The document will describe changes in the Work and will designate a method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. C Contractor shall proceed promptly to execute the changes in the Work in accordance with the Work Change Directive. 1.08 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A A stipulated price Change Order will be based on an accepted Proposal including the Contractor's lump sum price quotation. 1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A Where Unit Prices for the affected items of Work are included in the Bid Schedule, the unit price Change Order will be based on umt prices as originally bid, subject to provisions of the General Conditions. B Where unit prices of Work are not pre -determined in the Bid Schedule, Work Change Directive or accepted Proposal will specify the unit prices to be used. 1.10 TIME -AND -MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A Contractor shall provide an itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated for claims in the General Conditions. B Engineer will detetinine the change allowable in Contract Price and Contract Time as provided in the General Conditions. C Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on time -and -material basis as specified in paragraph 1.04, Documentation of Change in Contract Price and Contract Time. 04/2002 01290-3 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES D Contractor shall provide full information required for evaluation of changes, and shall substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION A Engineer will issue Change Orders, Work Change Directives, or accepted Proposals for signatures of parties as descnbed in the General Conditions. 1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A For Stipulated Price Contracts, Contractor shall promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. B For Unit Price Contracts, the next monthly estimate of work after acceptance of a Change Order will be revised to include any new items not previously included and the appropriate unit rates. C Contractor shall promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, and shall revise schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit for review. D Contractor shall promptly enter changes to the on -site and record copies of the Drawings, Specifications or Contract Documents as required in Section 01720 - Project Record Documents. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 04/2002 01290-4 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS Section 01310 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Section includes general coordination including preconstruction conference, site mobilization conference, and progress meetings. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Coordination is required throughout the documents. Refer to all of the Contract Documents and coordinate as necessary 1.03 ENGINEER AND REPRESENTATIVES A The Engineer may act directly or through designated representatives as defined in the General Conditions and as identified by name at the preconstruction conference. 1.04 CONTRACTOR COORDINATION Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various Specifications sections to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements Coordinate completion and clean up of Work for Substantial Completion and for portions of Work designated for Owner's partial occupancy. C Coordinate access to site for correction of nonconfonming Work to minimize disruption of Owner s activities where Owner is in partial occupancy. 1.05 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A Engineer will schedule a preconstruction conference. B Attendance Required: Engineer's representatives, Consultants, Contractor, and major Subcontractors. C Agenda: 1. Distribution of Contract Documents 2. Designation of personnel representing the parties in Contract, and the Consultant. 3. Review of insurance 4. Discussion of foinuats proposed by the Contractor for schedule of values, and construction schedule 04/2002 - 01310-1 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 5. Procedures and processing of shop drawings and other submittals, substitutions, pay estimates or applications for payment, Requests for Information, Request for Proposal, Change Orders, and Contract closeout 6. Scheduling of the Work and coordination with other contractors 7. Review of Subcontractors 8. Appropriate agenda items listed for Site Mobilization Conference, paragraph 1.06 C, when preconstruction conference and site mobilization conference are combined 9 Procedures for testing 10. Procedures for maintaining record documents 1.06 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE A When required by the Contract Documents, Engineer will schedule a conference at the Project site prior to Contractor occupancy. B Attendance Required: Engineer representatives, Consultants, Contractor's Superintendent, and major Subcontractors. C Agenda: 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor 2. Safety and first aid procedures 3. Construction controls provided by Owner 4. Temporary utilities 5. Survey and layout 6. Security and housekeeping procedures 1.07 PROGRESS MEETINGS A Project meetings shall be held at Project field office or other location as designated by the Engineer. Meeting shall be held at monthly intervals, or more frequent intervals if directed by Engineer. B Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Engineer representatives, and Consultants as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. C Engineer or his representative will make arrangements for meetings, and recording minutes. D Engineer or his representative will prepare the agenda and preside at meetings. E Contractor shall provide required information and be prepared to discuss each agenda item. F Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings 2. Review of Work progress schedule submittal, and pay estimates, payroll and compliance submittals 04/2002 01310-2 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals 6. Review of Request for Information and Request for Proposal status 7. Change order status 8. Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules 9 Maintenance of progress schedule 10. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules 11. Planned progress during succeeding work period 12. Coordination of projected progress 13. Maintenance of quality and work standards 14. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination 15. Other items relating to Work 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 04/2002 01310-3 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS Section 01350 SUBMITTALS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Submittal procedures for: 1. Schedule of Values 2. Construction Schedules 3. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples 4. Operations and Maintenance Data 5. Manufacturer's Certificates 6. Construction Photographs 7. Project Record Documents 8. Design Mixes 1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A Scheduling and Handling 1. Schedule submittals well in advance of the need for the material or equipment for construction. Allow time to make delivery of material or equipment after submittal is approved. 2. Develop: a submittal schedule that allows sufficient time for initial review, correction, resubmission and final review of all submittals. The Engineer will review and return submittals to the Contractor as expeditiously as possible but the amount of time required for review will vary depending on the complexity and quantity of data submitted. In no case will a submittal schedule be acceptable which allows less than 30 days for initial review by the Engineer. This time for review shall in no way be justification for delays or additional compensation to the Contractor. 3. The Engineer's review of submittals covers confoimity to the Drawings, Specifications and dimensions which affect the layout. The Contractor is responsible for quantity determination. The Contractor is responsible for any errors, omissions or deviations from the Contract requirements; review of submittals in no way relieves the Contractor from his obligation to furnish required items according to the Drawings and Specifications 4. Submit 5 copies of documents unless otherwise specified in the following paragraphs or in the Specifications. 5. Revise and resubmit submittals as required. Identify all changes made since previous submittal. 6. The Contractor shall assume the risk for material or equipment which is fabricated or delivered prior to approval. No material or equipment shall be incorporated into the Work or included in periodic progress payments until approval has been obtained in the specified manner. 04/2002 01350-1 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS B Transmittal Form and Numbering 1. Transmit each submittal to the Engineer with a transmittal form. 2. Sequentially number each transmittal form beginning with the number 1. Resubmittals shall use the original number with an alphabetic suffix (i.e. 2A for first resubmittal of Submittal 2 or 15C for third resubmittal of Submittal 15). Each submittal shall only contain one type of work, material, or equipment. Mixed submittals will not be accepted. 3. Identify variations from requirements of Contract Documents and identify product or system limitations. 4. For submittal numbering of video tapes, see paragraph 1.10 Video. Contractor's Certification 1. Each submittal shall contain a statement or stamp signed by the Contractor, certifying that the items have been reviewed in detail and are correct and in accordance with Contract Documents, except as noted by any requested variance. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A Submit a Schedule of Values at least 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment A Schedule of Values shall be provided for each of the items indicated as Lump Sum (LS) m the Bid Schedule for which the Contractor requests to receive progress payments. • B Schedule of Values shall be typewritten on 8-1/2" x 11", plain bond, white paper. Use the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as a format for listing costs of Work by Section. C Round off figures for each listed item to the nearest $100.00 except for the value of one item, if necessary, to make the total price for all items listed in the Schedule of Values equal to the applicable lump sum amount in the Bid Schedule. D For ,Unit Price Contracts, items should include a proportional share of Contractor's overhead and profit, such that the total of all items listed in the Schedule of Values equals the Contract amount. For Stipulated Price Contracts, mobilization, bonds, and insurance may be hsted as separate items in the Schedule of Values. E For lump sum equipment items where submittal of operations and maintenance data and testing are required, include a separate item for equipment operation and maintenance data submittal valued at 5 percent of the lump sum amount and a separate item for testing and adjusting valued at 5 percent of the lump sum amount. Revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit for items affected by Contract Modifications, Change Orders, and Work Change Directives. Submit revised Schedule of Values 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment after the changes are approved by the Engineer. 04/2002 01350-2 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS 1.04 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A Submit Construction Schedules for the Work in accordance with the requirements of this Section. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall be, at minimum , a bar chart, either computer generated, or prepared manually and a narrative report. B During the Pre -construction Meeting, as noted in Section 01040 - Coordination and Meetings, the Contractor shall provide a sample of the format to be used for the Construction Schedule Submittal. The format is subject to approval by the Engineer. Review of the submittal will be provided within 7 days of the submittal of the sample. C Within 7 days of the receipt of approval of the Contractor's format, or 14 days of the Notice to Proceed, whichever is later, the Contractor shall submit a proposed Construction Schedule for review. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall meet the following requirements: 1. The schedule shall usually include a total of at least 20 but not more than 50 activities. Fewer activities may be accepted, if approved by the Engineer. 2. For projects with work at different physical locations, each location should be indicated separately within the schedule. 3. For projects with multiple crafts or significant subcontractor components, these elements should be indicated separately within the schedule. 4. For projects with multiple types of tasks within the scope, these types of work should be indicated separately within the schedule. 5. For projects with significant major equipment items or materials worth over 25percent of the Total Contract Price, the schedule shall indicate dates when these items are to be purchased, when they are to be delivered, and when installed. For projects where operating plants are involved, each period of work which will require the shut down of any process or operation shall be identified in the Schedule and must be agreed to by the Engineer prior to starting work in the area 7 A tabulation of the estimated monthly billings for the work shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor with the first schedule submittal. This infoiuiation is not required in the monthly updates, unless significant changes in Work require resubmittal of the schedule for review. The total for each month and a cumulative total will be indicated. These monthly forecasts are only for planning purposes of the Engineer. Monthly payments for actual work completed will be made by the Engineer in accordance with Document 00700 - General Condition. D The Contractor must receive approval of. the Engineer for the Schedule and billing estimate prior to the first monthly Application for Payment. No payment will be made until these are accepted. 04/2002 01350-3 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS E Upon written request from the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and submit for approval all or any part of the Construction Schedule to reflect changed conditions in the Work or deviations made from the original plan and schedule. F The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall thereafter be updated with the Actual Start and Actual Finish Dates, Percent Complete, and Remaining Duration of each Activity and submitted monthly. The date to be used in updating the monthly Construction Schedule shall be the same Date as is used in the monthly Application for Payment. This monthly update of the schedule shall be required before the monthly Application for Payment will be processed for payment. The narrative Schedule Report shall include a description of changes made to the Construction Schedule; Activities Added to the Schedule; Activities Deleted from the Schedules any other changes made to the Schedule other than the addition of Actual Start Dates and Actual Finish Dates and Remaining Durations. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES A Shop Drawings 1. Submit shop drawings for review as required by the Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in paragraph 1 02C, shall be placed on each drawing. 3. The drawings shall accurately and distinctly present the following: a. Field and erection dimensions clearly identified as such b. Arrangement and section views c. 'Relation to adjacent materials or structure including complete information for making connections between work under this Contract and work under other contracts d. Kinds of materials and finishes e. / Parts list and descriptions f. Assembly drawings of equipment components and accessories showing their respective positions and relationships to the complete equipment package g. Where necessary for clarity, identify details by reference to drawing sheet and detail numbers, schedule or room numbers as shown on the Contract Drawings. 4. Drawings shall be to scale, and shall be a true representation of the specific equipment or item to be furnished. B Product Data 1. Submit product data for review as required in Specification sections. 2. Contractor s Certification, as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on each data item submitted. 3. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options to be used in this Project. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this Project, where required by the Specifications. 04/2002 01350-4 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS 4. For products specified only by reference standard, give manufacturers, trade name, model or catalog designation and applicable reference standard. 5. For products proposed as alternates to "approved' products, as described in Section 01630 - Product Options and Substitutions provide all infoiuiation required to demonstrate the proposed products meet the level of quality and performance criteria of the "approved product". C Samples 1. Submit samples for review as required by the Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on each sample or a fuinly attached sheet of paper. 3. Submit the number of samples specified in Specifications; one of which will be retained by the Engineer. 4. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are identified in Specifications. 1.06 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA A When specified in Specification sections, submit manufacturers' printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, operation, adjusting, finishing, and maintenance. B Contractor's Certification, -as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on front page of each document. C Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents. 1.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A When specified in Specification sections, submit manufacturers' certificate of compliance for review by Engineer. • B Contractor's Certification, as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on front page of the certificate. C Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. D Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Engineer. 1.08 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A When required by Section 01010, submit photographs in accordance with Section 01380. 04/2002 01350-5 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS 1.09 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Submit Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01720 - Project Record Documents 1.10 VIDEO A Submit television video tapes as required in Section 02732 - Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers. B Transmittal forms for video tapes shall be numbered sequentially beginning with T01, T02, T03, etc. 1.11 DESIGN MIXES A When specified in Specifications, submit design mixes for review. B Contractor's Certification as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on front page of each design mix Mark each design mix to identify proportions, gradations, and additives for each class and type of design mix submitted. Include applicable test results on samples for each mix. D Maintain a copy of approved design mixes at mixing plant. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 04/2002 01350-6 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.0 GENERAL Section 01420 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Section includes general quality assurance as related to Reference Standards and a list of references. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date as stated in the General Conditions. C Request clarification from Engineer before proceeding should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AASHTO American Association of Stafe Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ACI AGC AI AITC 04/2002 American Concrete Institute ' P.O. Box 19150 Reford Station Detroit, MI 48219-0150 Associated General Contractors of America 1957 E Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20006 Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park, MD 20740 American Institute of Timber Construction 333 W. Hampden Avenue Englewood, CO 80110 ' 01420-1 CITY OF PEARLAND RE} RENCE STANDARDS AISC AISI American Institute of Steel Construction. 400 North Michigan Avenue, Eighth Floor Chicago, IL 60611 American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16th Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 ANSI APA API AREA American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 American Plywood Association Box 11700 Tacoma, WA 98411 American Petroleum Institute 1220 L Street, N.W. Washington, DC "20005 American Railway Engineering Association 50 F Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 AWPA American Wood -Preservers Association 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda, MD 20014 AWS American Welding Society P.O.. Box 35104 Miami, FL 33135 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 04/2002 01420-2 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCE STANDARDS CLFMI CRD CRSI EJMA FS ICEA IEEE MIL NACE NEMA NFPA 04/2002 Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 U.S.A. Corps. Of Engineers Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758 Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association 707 Westchester Avenue White Plains, NY 10604 Federal Standardization Documents General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Streets, S W. Washington, DC 20406 Insulated Cable Engineer Association P .O. Box 440 S. Yarmouth, MA 02664 • Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 445 Hoes Lane P .O. Box 1331 P iscataway, NJ 0855-1331 Military Specifications General Services Administration, Specifipations Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Streets, S.W. Washington, DC 20406 National Association of Corrosion Engineers P. O. Box 986 Katy , TX 77450 National Electrical Manufacturers' Association 2101 L Street N.W., Suite 300 Washington, DC 20037 National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269-9101 01420-3 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCE STANDARDS OSHA P CA P CI SDI SSPC TAC TNRCC Occupational Safety Health Administration U.S. Department of Labor, Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 60077-1083 Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 North Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 Steel Deck Institute Box 9506 Canton, OH 44711 Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh, PA 15213 Texas Administrative Code , Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission P. 0 Box 13087 Austin, TX 78711-3087 • • TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation 1 lth and Brazos Austin, TX 78701 2483 , UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook, IL 60062 UNI-BELL UNI-BELL Pipe Association 2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155 Dallas, TX 75234 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 04/2002 - 01420-4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROLS Section 01430 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Quality assurance and control of installation and manufacturer's field services and reports. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality at no additional cost to the City. B Comply fully with manufacturers' installation instructions, including each step in sequence. C Request clarification from City Engineer before proceeding should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents. D Comply with specified standards as minimum requirements for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E Perfoiiu work by persons qualified to produce the specified level of workmanship. 1.03 REFERENCES A Obtain copies of standards and maintain at job site when required by individual Specification sections. 1.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A When specified in individual Specification sections, provide material or product suppliers' or manufacturers' technical representative to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, operator training test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate operation, as required. Confouui to minimum time requirements for start-up operations and operator training if defined in Specification sections. B At the City Engineer's request, submit qualifications of manufacturer's representative to City Engineer 15 days in advance of required representative's services. The representative shall be subject to approval of City Engineer. C Manufacturer's representative shall report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' 04/2002 - 01430-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROLS written instructions. Submit report within 14 days of observation to City Engineer for review. 2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION • 04/2002 01430-2 CITY OF PEARLAND INSPECTION SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL Section 01440 INSPECTION SERVICES 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Inspection services and references 1.02 INSPECTION A City Engineer will appoint an Inspector as a representative of the City to perform inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual specification Sections B Alternately, City Engineer may appoint, employ, and pay an independent firm to provide additional inspection or construction management services as indicated in Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. C Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to City Engineer, Architect/Engineer, and Contractor, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. D Contractor shall assist and cooperate with the Inspector; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, and storage. E Contractor shall notify City Engineer 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. Notify Architect/Engineer and independent fiiui when noted. F Contractor shall sign and acknowledge report for Inspector. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 04/2002 01440-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES Section 01450 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Testing Laboratory Services and Contractor responsibilities related to those services. 1.02 REFERENCES A ASTM D3740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. ASTM E329 - Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction. 1.03 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform inspection and testing identified in individual Specification sections.' B Employment of testing laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perfouui work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C Contractor shall schedule and monitor testing as required to provide timely results and to avoid delay to the Work. 1.04 LABORATORY REPORTS A The Engineer will receive 1 copy, City Engineer will receive 2 copies, and the Contractor will receive 2 copies of laboratory reports from the testing laboratory. One of the Contractor's copies shall remain at site field office for duration of project. Test results which indicate non-conformance shall be transmitted immediately via fax from the testing laboratory to the Contractor and City Engineer. 1.05 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. D Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 04/2002 01450-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.06 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A Notify City Engineer, and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. Notify Architect/Engineer if specification section requires the presence of the Architect/Engineer. B Cooperate with laboratory personnel in collecting samples to be tested or collected on site. C Provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. D Provide samples to laboratory in advance of their intended use to allow thorough examination and testing. E Provide incidental labor and facilities for access to the Work to be tested• to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested and to facilitate tests and inspections including storage and curing of test samples. F Arrange with laboratory and pay for: 1. Retesting required for failed tests. 2. Retesting for nonconforming Work. 3. Additional sampling and tests requested by Contractor for his own purposes. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUCTING TESTING A Laboratory sampling and testing shall confoun to ASTM D3740 and ASTM E329, plus other test standards specified in individual Specification sections. END OF SECTION 04/2002 01450-2 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Temporary facilities and the necessary controls for the project including utilities, telephone, sanitary facilities, field office, storage sheds and building, safety requirements, first aid equipment, fire protection, security measures, protection of the Work and property, access roads and parking, environmental controls, disposal of trash, debris, and excavated material, pest and rodent control, water runoff and erosion control. 1.02 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A The facilities and controls specified in this section are considered minimum for the Project. The Contractor may provide additional facilities and controls for the proper execution of the Work and to meet Contractor's responsibilities for protection of persons and property. - B Comply with applicable requirements specified in other sections of the Specifications. 1. Maintain and operate temporary facilities and systems to assure continuous service. 2. Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires. 3. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. 4. Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or to • original condition. 1.03 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A Obtaining Temporary Service. 1. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services. 2. Abide by rules and regulations of the utility service companies or authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Be responsible for utility service costs until the Work is substantially complete. Included are fuel, power, light, heat, and other utility services necessary for execution, completion, testing, and initial operation of the Work. 04/2002 Water 1. Provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices, or for other use as required for proper completion of the Work. 2. For water to be drawn from public fire hydrants, obtain special permit or license and meter from the proper City officials. A deposit based on rates 01500-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS established by latest ordinance will be required. Install backflow preventor on fire hydrant supply. 3. Provide and maintain an adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption by Contractor personnel. C Electricity and Lighting 1. Provide electric power service as required for the Work, including testing of Work. Provide power for lighting, operation of the Contractor's equipment, or for any other use by Contractor. 2. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to maintain plant operations during any scheduled shutdown. 3. Minimum lighting level shall be 5 foot-candles for open areas; 10-foot-candles for stairs and shops. D Temporary Heat and Ventilation 1. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of the Work. 2. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions; maintain enclosed areas at a minimum of 50 degrees F. E Telephone • 1. Provide emergency telephone service at the Contractor's field office, or by mobile telephone, for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing services at the site. F Sanitary Facihties 1. To provide and maintain sanitary facilities_ for persons on the job site, comply with the regulations of State and local departments of health. 2. Enforce the use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at the job site. Such facilities shall be enclosed. Pit -type toilets will not be peunitted. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause a nuisance or health problem; have sewage and waste hauled off -site and properly disposed in accordance with local regulations. 3. Locate toilets near the Work site and secluded from view insofar as possible. Keep toilets clean and supplied throughout the course of the Work. 1.04 FIELD OFFICE A Provision of a field office is not required unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. If the Contractor chooses to provide one, locate it in a place approved by the Engineer. 1.05 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. ee B Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off the ground 04/2002 - 01500-2 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS C Store materials in a neat and orderly manner. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification, inspection and inventory. 1.06 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A Submit and follow a safety program in accordance with Document 00700 - General Conditions, Paragraph 10.1. Include in the safety program documented response to trench safety requirements as specified in Section 01570 - Trench Safety System. B Conduct operations in strict accord with applicable Federal, State and local safety codes and statutes and with good construction practice. The Contractor is fully responsible and obligated to establish and maintain procedures for safety of all work, personnel and equipment involved in the Project. C Observe and comply with Texas Occupational Safety Act (Art 5182a, V.C.S.) and with all safety and health standards promulgated by Secretary of Labor under Section 107 of Contract Work Hours and Standards Act, published in 29 CFR Part 1926 and adopted by Secretary of Labor as occupational safety and health standards under the Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and to any other legislation enacted for safety and health of Contractor employees Such safety and health standards apply to subcontractors and their employees as well as to the Contractor and its employees. D Observance of and compliance with the regulations shall be solely and without qualification the responsibility of the Contractor without reliance or superintendence of or direction by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative Immediately advise the Engineer of investigation or inspection by Federal Safety and Health inspectors of the Contractor or subcontractor's work or place of work on the job site under this Contract, and after such investigation or inspection, advise the Engineer of the results. Submit one copy of accident reports to Engineer within 10 days of occurrence. E Protect areas occupied by workmen using the best available devices for detection of lethal and combustible gases. Test such devices frequently to assure their functional capability. Constantly observe infiltration of liquids into the Work area for visual or odor evidences of contamination, immediate take appropriate steps to seal off entry of contaminated liquids to the Work area. F Safety measures, including but not limited to safety personnel, first -aid equipment, ventilating equipment and safety equipment, in the specifications and shown on the Drawings are obligations of the Contractor. G Maintain required coordination with the local Police and Fire Departments during the entire period covered by the Contract. 1.07 FIRST AID .EQUIPMENT A Provide a first aid kit throughout the construction period. List telephone numbers for physicians, hospitals, and ambulance services in each first aid kit. 04/2002 01500-3 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS B Have at least one person thoroughly trained in first aid procedures present on the site whenever Work is in progress. 1.08 FIRE PROTECTION. A Fire Protection Standards. 1. Conform to specified fire protection and prevention requirements as well as those which may be established by Federal, State, or local governmental agencies. 2. Comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA Standard No. 241, Safeguarding Building Construction and Demolition Operations. 3. Provide portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance with NFPA Standard No 10, Portable Fire Extinguishers, for each temporary building, and for every 3000 square feet of floor area of facilities under construction 4. Locate portable fire extinguishers within 50 feet maximum from any point in the Project area. B Fire Prevention and Safety Measures. 1. Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas. Post suitable warning signs in areas which are continuously or intermittently hazardous. 2. Use metal safety containers for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. 3. Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in or near stairways or exits. 4. Maintain clear exits from all points within a structure. 1.09 SECURITY MEASURES A Protect all Work materials, equipment and property from loss, theft, damage, and vandalism. Contractor's duty to protect property includes Owner's property. B If existing fencing or barriers are breached or removed for purposes of construction, provide and maintain temporary security fencing equal to existing. 1.10 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES A Prevent damage to existing public utilities during construction. These utilities are shown on the Drawings at their approximate locations. Give owners of these utilities at least 48 hours notice before commencing Work in the area, for locating the utilities during construction, and for making adjustments or relocation of the utilities when they conflict with the proposed Work. 1.11 PROTECTION OF THE WORK AND PROPERTY A Preventive Actions. 1. Take precautions, provide programs, and take actions necessary to protect the Work and public and private property from damage. 04/2002 -01500-4 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2. Take action to prevent damage, injury or loss, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Store apparatus, materials, supplies, and equipment in an orderly, safe manner that will not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or the Work of any other contractor, any utility service company, or the Owner's operations. Provide suitable storage for materials which are subject to damage by exposure to weather, theft, breakage, or otherwise. c. Place upon the Work or any part thereof only such loads as are consistent with the safety of that portion of the Work. d. Frequently clean up refuse, rubbish, scrap materials,and debris caused by construction operations, keeping the Project site safe and orderly. e. Provide safe barricades and guard rails around openings, for scaffolding, for temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas. 3. Obtain written consent from proper parties before entering or occupying with workers, tools, materials or equipment, privately -owned land except on easements provided for construction. 4. Assume full responsibility for the preservation of public and private property on or adjacent to the site. If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on - account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in execution of the Work by the Contractor, it shall be restored by the Contractor to a condition equal to or better than that existing before the damage was done. B Barricades and Warning Signals. 1. Where Work is perfouned on or adjacent to any roadway, right-of-way, or public place, furnish and erect barricades, fences, lights, warning signs, and danger signals; provide watchmen; and take other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and protection of the Work. Confoini to Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. C Tree and Plant Protection. Conform to requirements of Section 01563 - Tree and Plant. Protection. D Protection of Existing Structures 1. Underground Structures: a. Underground structures are defined to include, but not be limited to, sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes, chambers, electrical and signal conduits, tunnels, and other existing subsurface installations located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. b. Known underground structures, including water, sewer, electric, and telephone services are shown on the Drawings in accordance with the best information available, but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. Contractor is responsible for making "Locate' calls. c. Explore ahead of trenching and excavation work and uncover obstructing underground structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to them and to prevent interruption of utility services. Restore to 04/2002 01500-5 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS original condition damages to underground structure at no additional cost to the Owner. d. Necessary changes in location of the Work may be made by the Engineer to avoid unanticipated underground structures. e. If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface installations is required and not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, the Engineer will direct Contractor in writing to perfouii the Work, which shall be paid for under the provisions for changes in the Contract Price as described in Document 00700 - General Conditions. 2. Surface Structures: a. Surface structures are defined as existing buildings, structures and other constructed installations above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads, dams, channels, open drainage, piping, poles, wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks, guard cables, fencing, and other facilities that are visible above the ground surface. 3. Protection of Underground and Surface Structures: a. Support in place and protect from direct or indirect injury to underground and surface structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Install such supports carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before installing structure supports, Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that the methods and procedures to be used have been approved by the owner of the structure. b. Avoid moving or in any way changing the property of public utilities or private service corporations without prior written consent of a responsible official of that service or public utility. Representatives of these utilities reserve the right to enter within the limits of this project for the purpose of maintaining their properties, or of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be considered necessary by performance of this Contract c. Notify the owners and/or operators of utilities and pipelines of the nature of construction operations to be performed and the date or dates on which those operations will be performed. When construction operations are required in the immediate vicinity of existing structures, pipelines, or utilities, give a minimum of 5 working days advance notice. Probe and flag the location of underground utilities prior to commencement of excavation. Keep flags m place until construction operation reach and uncover the utility. d. Assume risks attending the presence or proximity of underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits to the Work including but not limited to damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by the Work to any structure. Immediately repair damage caused, to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged structure. E Protection of Installed Products. 04/2002 01500-6 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1. Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer needed, prior to completion of Work. 2. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. 1.12 ROADS AND PARKING A Prevent interference with traffic and Owner operations on existing roads. B Designate temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off -site parking Locate as approved by Engineer. C Minimize use by construction traffic of existing streets and driveways. D Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment unnecessarily in existing parking areas. 1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A Provide and maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction as necessary for controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and adjacent areas. B Comply with statutes, regulations, and ordinances which relate to the proposed Work for the prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources, including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, PL 91-190, Executive Order 11514. C Recognize and adhere to the environmental requirements of the Project. Disturbed areas shall be strictly limited to boundaries established by the Contract Documents. Particularly avoid pollution of "on -site" streams, sewers, wells, or other water sources. D Burning of rubbish, debris or waste materials is not permitted. 1.14 POLLUTION CONTROL A Provide methods, means, and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water or atmosphere by discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. B Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain any spillage, and to remove contaminated soils or liquids Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off -site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. C Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering public waters. Prevent disposal of wastes, effluents, chemicals, or other such substances adjacent to streams, or in sanitary or storm sewers. D Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants. 1. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals. 04/2002 01500-7 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. E Use equipment during construction that conforms to current Federal, State, and local laws and regulations. 1.15 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL A Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of construction or storage areas. Employ methods and use materials which will not adversely affect conditions at the site or on adjoining properties. 1.16 NOISE CONTROL A Provide vehicles, equipment, and construction activities that minimize noise to the greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to the latest OSHA standards and City Ordinances and in no case will noise levels be permitted which create a nuisance in the surrounding neighborhoods. B Conduct construction operations during daylight hours from 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. except as approved by Engineer. 1.17 DUST CONTROL A Control objectionable dust caused by operation of vehicles and equipment. Apply water or use other methods, subject to approval of the Engineer, which will control the amount of dust generated. 1.18 WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION CONTROL • A Provide methods to control surface water, runoff, subsurface water, and water pumped from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work, the site, or adjoining properties. B Control fill, grading and ditching to direct water away from excavations, pits, and other construction areas; and to direct drainage to proper runoff courses so as to prevent any erosion, sedimentation or damage. C Provide, operate, and maintain equipment and facilities of adequate size to control surface water. D Dispose of drainage water in a manner to prevent flooding, erosion, or other damage to any portion of the site or to adjoining areas and in confounance with environmental requirements. E Retain existing drainage patterns external to the construction site by constructing temporary earth berms, sedimentation basins, retaining areas, and temporary ground cover as needed to control conditions. 04/2002 01500-8 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS F Plan and execute construction and earth work by methods to control surface. drainage from cuts and fills, and from borrow and waste disposal areas, to prevent erosion and sedimentation. 1. Keep to a minimum the area of bare soil exposed at one time. 2. Provide temporary control measures, such as berms, dikes, and drains. G Construct fills and waste areas by selective placement to eliminate surface silts or clays which will erode. Inspect earthwork periodically to detect any evidence of the start of erosion. Apply corrective measures as required to control erosion. 2.0 PRODUCTS-NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed END OF SECTION 04/2002 01500-9 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION Section 01505 MOBILIZATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Mobilization of construction equipment and facilities onto the site. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Measurement for mobilization is on a lump sum basis. B Mobilization payments will be included in monthly payment estimates upon written application by Contractor subject to the following provisions: 1. Authorization for payment of 50 percent of the contract price for mobilization will be made upon receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable: a Schedule of values, if required by Section 01100 b. Trench safety program c. Construction schedule d. Pre -construction Photographs, if required by Section 01100 2. Authorization for payment of the remaining 50 percent of the Contract Price for mobilization will be made upon completion of Work amounting to 5 percent of the Contract Price less the mobihzation unit price. C Mobilization payments will be subject to retainage amounts stipulated in the General Conditions. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 04/2002 01505-1 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT Section 01550 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of erosion and sediment control for stabilized construction exits used during construction and until final development of the site. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile fabric. B Sieve analysis of aggregates conforming to requirements of this Specification. 1.03 UNIT PRICES A Unless indicated in the Unit Price Schedule as a pay item, no separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in pay items for which this work is a component. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B Geotextile fabric shall have a minimum grab strength of 270 psi in any principal direction (ASTM D-4632), and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C Both the geotextile and threads shall be resistant to chemical attack, mildew, and rot and shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable life at a temperature range of 0°F to 120°F. D Representative Manufacturers: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. 2.02 COARSE AGGREGATES A Coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone, gravel, concrete, crushed blast furnace slag, or a combination of these materials. Aggregate shall be composed of clean, hard, durable materials free from adherent coatings salt, alkali, dirt, clay, loam, shale, soft or flaky materials, or organic and injurious matter. 04/2002 01550-1 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT B Course aggregates shall confoiui to the following gradation requirements. 3.0 EXECUTION Sieve Size Percent Retained (Square Mesh) (by Weight) 21/2' 0 2" 0-20 11/2" 15-50 3/a" 60 — 80 No. 4 95 - 100 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A If necessary to keep the street clean of mud carried by construction vehicles and equipment, Contractor shall provide stabilized construction roads and exits at the construction, staging, parking, storage, and disposal areas. Such erosion and sediment controls shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Drawings and specified in this Section. B No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Maintain existing erosion and sediment control systems located within the project site until acceptance of the project or until directed by the Engineer to remove and discard the existing system. D Regularly inspect and repair or replace components of stabilized construction exits. Unless otherwise directed, maintain the stabilized construction roads and exits until the project is accepted by the City. Remove stabilized construction roads and exits promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed materials off site. E Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the project If a project spoil site is not designated on the Drawings, dispose of sediment off site at location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. Off -site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Sediment to be placed at the project site should be spread evenly throughout the site compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way If sediment has been contaminated, it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. F Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated rights -of -way and easements for construction. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately. 04/2002 01550-2 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT G Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Specification 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A Provide stabilized access roads, subdivision roads, parking areas, and other on -site vehicle transportation routes where shown on Drawings. B Provide stabilized construction exits, and truck washing areas when approved by Engineer, of the sizes and locations where shown on Drawings or as specified in this Section. C Vehicles leaving construction areas shall have their tires cleaned to remove sediment prior to entrance onto public right-of-way. When washing is needed to remove sediment, Contractor shall construct a truck washing area. Truck washing shall be done on stabilized areas which drain into a drainage system protected by erosion and sediment control measures. D Details for stabilized construction exit are shown on the Drawings. Construction of all other stabilized areas shall be to the same requirements. Roadway width shall be at least 14 feet for one-way traffic and 20 feet for two-way traffic and shall be sufficient for all ingress and egress. Furnish and place geotextile fabric as a permeable separator to prevent mixing of coarse aggregate with underlaying soil. Exposure of geotextile fabric to the elements between laydown and cover shall be a maximum of 14 days to minimize damage potential. E Roads and parking areas shall be graded to provide sufficient drainage away from stabilized areas.. Use sandbags, gravel, boards, or similar methods to prevent sediment from entering public right-of-way, receiving stream or storm water conveyance system. F The stabilized areas shall be inspected and maintained daily. Provide periodic top dressing with additional coarse aggregates to maintain the required depth. Repair and clean out damaged control measures used to trap sediment. All sediment spilled, dropped, washed, or tracked onto public right-of-way shall be removed immediately. G The length of the stabilized area shall be as shown on the Drawings, but not less than 50 feet The thickness shall not be less than 8 inches The width shall not be less than full width of all points of ingress or egress. H Stabilization for other areas shall have the same coarse aggregate, thickness, and width requirements as the stabilized construction exit, except where shown otherwise on the Drawings. I Stabilized area may be widened or lengthened to accommodate truck washing area when authorized by Engineer. 04/2002 01550-3 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT J Alternative methods of construction may be utilized when shown on Drawings, or when approved by the Engineer These methods include the following: 1. Cement -Stabilized Soil - Compacted cement -stabilized soil or other fill material in an apphcation thickness of at least 8 inches. 2. Wood Mats/Mud Mats - Oak or other hardwood timbers placed edge -to -edge and across support wooden beams which are placed on top of existing soil in an application thickness of at least 6 inches. 3. Steel Mats - Perforated mats placed across perpendicular support members. END OF SECTION 04/2002 01550-4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.0 GENERAL Section 01555 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for signs, signals control devices, flares, lights and traffic signals as well as construction parking control, designated haul routes and bridging of trenches and excavations. B Requirement for and qualifications of flaggers. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A A traffic control plan responsive to the. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD) and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer is incorporated into the Drawings If the Contractor proposes to implement traffic control different than the plan provided, he shall submit a traffic control plan in conformance with the TMUTCD for approval of the Engineer. For both the traffic control plan and flaggers use, submit schedules of values within 30 days following the Notice to Proceed. Refer to Section 01350 - Submittals. C Make submittals in accordance with Section 01350 - Submittals. 1.03 UNIT PRICES A Traffic Control and Regulation Measurement is on a lump sum basis for traffic control and regulation, including submittal of a traffic control plan if different from the plan shown on the Drawings, provision of traffic control devices, and provision of equipment and personnel as necessary to protect the work and the pubhc. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the schedule of values submitted for traffic control and regulation. B Flaggers If flaggers are needed for the project, it shall be included in lump sum price of the Traffic Control and Regulation. 1.04 FLAGGERS A Unless otherwise specified, use only flaggers who are off -duty, regularly employed, uniformed peace officers. B Flaggers are required at the following locations: 1. Where multi -lane vehicular traffic must be diverted into single -lane vehicular traffic. 04/2002 01555-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 2. Where vehicular traffic must change lanes abruptly. 3. Where construction equipment either enters or crosses vehicular traffic lanes and walks. 4. Where construction equipment may intermittently encroach on vehicular traffic lanes and unprotected walks and cross -walks. 5. Where construction activities might affect public safety and convenience. 6. Where traffic regulation is needed due to rerouting of vehicular traffic around the work site: C The use of Flaggers is for the purpose of assisting in the regulation of traffic flow and movement, and does not in any way relieve the contractor of full responsibility for taking such other steps and provide such other Flaggers or personnel as the Contractor may deem necessary to protect the work and the public, and does not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for any damage for which he would otherwise be liable. Flaggers shall be used and maintained at such points for such periods of time as may be required to provide for the public safety and convenience of travel. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGNS, SIGNALS, AND DEVICES A Comply with Texas State Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. B Traffic Cones and Drums, Flares and Lights: As approved by agencies having jurisdiction. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PUBLIC ROADS A Abide by laws and regulations of governing authorities when using public roads. If the Contractor's work requires that public roads be temporarily impeded or closed, approvals shall be obtained from governing authorities and permits paid for before starting any work. Coordinate activities with the Engineer. B Contractor shall maintain at all times a 10-foot-wide all-weather lane adjacent to work areas which shall be kept free of construction equipment and debris and shall be for the use of emergency vehicles, or as otherwise provided in the traffic control plan. C Contractor shall not obstruct the normal flow of traffic from 7.00 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. on designated major arterials or as directed by the Engineer. D Contractor shall maintain local driveway access to residential and commercial properties adjacent to work areas at all times. E Cleanliness of Surrounding Streets: 04/2002 01555-2 CITY OF PEAPLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1. Keep streets used for entering or leaving the job area free of excavated material, debris, and any foreign material resulting from construction operations. F Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking, and access by emergency vehicles. G Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles in existing facilities. Maintain vehicular access to and through parking areas. H Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non -designated areas. 3.02 FLARES AND LIGHTS A Provide flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to guide traffic. 3.03 HAUL ROUTES A Utilize haul routes designated by authorities or shown on the Drawings for construction traffic. Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes. C Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic and minimize interference with public traffic. 3.04 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS A Install traffic control devices at approaches to the site and on site, at crossroads, detours, parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected public traffic. B Relocate traffic signs and control devices as Work progresses to maintain effective traffic control. 3.05 BRIDGING TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS A Whenever necessary, bridge trenches and excavation to peiiuit an unobstructed flow of traffic. B Secure bridging against displacement by using adjustable cleats, angles, bolts or other devices whenever bridge is installed: 1. On an existing bus route; 2. When morean five percent of daily traffic is comprised of commercial or truck traffic; 3. When more than two separate plates are used for the bridge; or 4. When bridge is to be used for more than five consecutive days. C Install bridging to operate with minimum noise. 04/2002 01555-3 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION D Adequately shore the trench or excavation to support bridge and traffic. E Extend steel plates used for bridging a minimum of one foot beyond edges of trench or excavation. Use temporary paving materials (premix) to feather edges of plates to minimize wheel impact on secured bridging. F Use steel plates of sufficient thickness to support H-20 loading, truck or lane, that produces maximum stress. 3.06 REMOVAL A Remove equipment and devices when no longer required. B Repair damage caused by installation. C Remove post settings to a depth of 2 feet. END OF SECTION 04/2002 01555-4 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE 1.0 GENERAL Section 01560 FILTER FABRIC FENCE 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of erosion and sediment control filter fabric fences used during construction and until final development of the site. The purpose of filter fabric fences is to contain pollutants from overland flow. Filter fabric fences are not for use in channelized flow areas. Filter fabric fences may be reinforced. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Filter fabric fence will be measured by the linear foot of completed and accepted filter fabric fence between the limits of the beginning and ending of wooden stakes. Filter fabric fence measured as stated, will be paid for at the unit price bid for Filter Fabric Fence, Complete in Place. B Payment for filter fabric fence will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, supervision, and all incidental expenses for construction of these items, complete in place including, but not limited to protection of trees, maintenance requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction. C Filter fabric barrier, if specified, will be measured by the linear foot of completed and accepted filter fabric barrier between the limits of the beginning and ending fence posts. Filter fabric barrier, measured as stated, will be paid for at the unit price bid for Filter Fabric Fence, Complete in Place. D Payment for filter fabric barrier will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, supervision, and incidental expenses for construction of these items, complete in place, including, but not hmited to protection of trees, maintenance requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile fabric. B Conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. 04/2002 01560-1 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B Geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any principal direction (ASTM D-4632), Mullen burst strength exceeding 200 psi (ASTM D-3786), and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C Filter fabric material shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F. D Representative Manufacturer: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. 2.02 FILTER FABRIC REINFORCEMENT A Provide woven galvanized steel wire fence with minimum thickness of 14 gauge and a maximum mesh spacmg of 6 inches 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Drawings. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Drawings and specified in this Section. B No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than site work specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric fences as specified in this Section. Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the project area stabilization is accepted by the Owner Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed materials off site. D Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the project. If a project spoil site is not designated on the Drawings, dispose of sediment off site at a location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain Off -site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Sediment to be placed at the project site should be spread evenly throughout the site compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way. If sediment has been contaminated, it 04/2002 01560-2 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. E Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in Section 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion and S edimentation. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A Provide filter fabric fence systems in accordance with the Drawing detail for Filter Fabric Fences. Filter fabric fences shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. B Attach the filter fabric to 2-inch by 2-inch wooden stakes spaced a maximum of 3 feet apart and embedded a minimum of 8 inches. If filter fabric is factory preassembled with support netting, then maximum spacing allowable is 8 feet. Install wooden stakes at a slight angle toward the source of anticipated runoff. C Trench in the toe of the filter fabric fence with a spade or mechanical trencher as shown on the Drawings. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. Filter fabric fence shall have a minimum height of 18 inches and a maximum height of 36 inches above natural ground. Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. 04/2002 F Inspect sediment filter barrier systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the fence or 6 inches, whichever is less. G Install reinforced filter fabric barriers for erosion and sediment control used during construction and until the final development of the site. Reinforced filter fabric barriers are used to retain sedimentation in channelized flow areas. H Provide filter fabric barriers in accordance with the Drawing detail for Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier. Filter fabric barrier systems shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. I Trench in the toe of the filter fabric barrier with a spade or mechanical trencher as shown on the Drawings Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. 01560-3 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE J Securely fasten the filter fabric material to the woven wire with tie wires. K Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. L Inspect the reinforced filter fabric barrier systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the barrier or 6 inches, whichever is less. END OF SECTION 04/2002 01560-4 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL Section 01562. WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Disposal of waste material and salvageable material. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A No separate payment will be made for waste material disposal under this Section. Include payment in unit price for related sections. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Obtain and submit disposal permits for proposed disposal sites if required by local ordinances. C Submit a copy of written permission from property owner, along with description of property, prior to disposal of excess material adjacent to the Project. Submit a written and; signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work. City of Pearland requires individual fill placement permits for all fill placed within the City limits. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL A Excavated material: When indicated on Drawings, load haul and deposit excavated material at a location or locations shown on Drawings outside the limits of Project. B Base, surface, and bedding material: Deliver gravel, bituminous or other base and surfacing material designated for salvage to the location designated by the Engineer. C Pipe culvert: Deliver culverts designated for salvage to Owner's storage area. D Other salvageable materials: Conform to requirements of individual Specification Sections. 04/2002 Coordinate delivery of salvageable material with Engineer. 01562-1 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 3.02 EXCESS MATERIAL A Vegetation, rubble, broken concrete, debris, asphaltic concrete pavement, excess soil, and other materials not designated for salvage, shall become the property of Contractor and shall be removed from the job site and legally disposed of. B Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to the Project when written permission is obtained from property owner. See Paragraph 1.03 C above. Verify the flood plain status of any proposed disposal site. Do not dispose of excavated materials in an area designated as within the 100-year Flood Hazard Area. D Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is maintained in a neat and orderly condition. END OF SECTION ore 04/2002 01562-2 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION Section 01563 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Tree and plant protection. 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS A Preserve and protect existing trees and plants to remain from foliage, branch, trunk, or root damage that could result from construction operations. B Prevent following types of damage: 1. Compaction of root zone by foot or vehicular traffic, or material storage 2. Trunk damage from equipment operations, material storage, or from nailing or bolting. 3. Trunk and branch damage caused by ropes or guy wires or machine impacts. 4. Root poisoning from spilled solvents, gasoline, paint, and other noxious materials. 5. Branch damage due to improper pruning or trimming. 6. Damage from lack of water due to: a. :Cutting or altering natural water migration patterns near root zones. b. Failure to provide adequate watering. 7. Damage from alteration of soil pH factor caused by depositing lime, concrete, plaster, or other base materials near roots. 8. Cutting feeder of roots or roots larger than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. 1.03 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT A When trees other than those designated for removal are destroyed or badly damaged as a result of construction operations remove and replace with same size, species, and variety up to and including 8 inches in trunk diameter Tree larger than 8 inches in diameter shall be replaced with an 8-inch diameter tree of the same species and variety and total contract amount will be reduced by an amount determined from the following International Shade Tree Conference formula: 0.7854 x D2 x $10.00 where D is diameter in inches of tree or shrub trunk measured 12 inches above grade. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Asphalt paint: Emulsified asphalt or other adhesive, elastic, antiseptic coating formulated for horticultural use on cut or injured plant tissue, free from kerosene and coal creosote. 04/2002 01563-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION B Burlap: Suitable for use as tree wrapping. C Fertilizer: Liquid containing 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorus, and 5 percent potash. D All necessary tree replacements shall be as approved by Engineer/Urban Forester. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING TREES AND SHRUBS A. Except for trees and shrubs shown on Drawings to be removed, all trees and shrubs within the project area are to remain and be protected from damage. B For trees to be removed, as designated on the Drawings, perform the following: 1. Stake right-of-way limits and identify any tree of diameter greater than 4 inches which is to be removed. Mark trees prior to felling with an X in orange paint, clearly visible, on the trunk, and at eye level. 2. After marking trees give a minimum of 48-hours notice in writing to the Engineer of intent to begin felling operations. 3. Trees whose trunks are only partially in the right-of-way shall be protected and preserved as described below. For trees or shrubs to remain, perform the following: 1. Trim trees and shrubs only as necessary. a. Trees and shrubs requiring pruning for construction should also be pruned for balance as well as to maintain proper form and branching habit. b. Cut limbs at branch collar. No stubs should remain on trees. Branch cuts should not gouge outer layer of tree structure or trunk. 2. , Use extreme care to prevent excessive damage to root systems. a. Roots in construction areas will be cut smoothly with a trencher before excavation begins. Do not allow ripping of roots with a backhoe or other equipment. b. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out. c. Cover exposed roots with soil as soon as possible. 3. Prevent damage or compaction of root zone (area inside dripline) by construction activities. a. Do not allow scarring of trunks or limbs by equipment or other means. b. Do not store construction materials, vehicles, or excavated material inside dripline of trees. c. Do not pour liquid materials inside dripline. 4. Water and fertilize trees and shrubs that will remain to maintain their health during construction period. a. Supplemental watering of landscaping during construction should be done once every 7 days in cold months and once every 4 days in hotter months. 04/2002 01563-2 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION b. This watering shall consist of saturating soils at least 6 to 8 inches beneath surface. 5. Water areas currently being served by private sprinkler systems while systems are temporarily taken out of service to maintain health of existing landscapes. 6. At option of the Contractor and with the Engineer's permission trees and shrubs to remain may be temporarily transplanted and returned to original positions under supervision of professional horticulturist. 3.02 PROTECTION A Protection of Trees or Shrubs in Open Area: 1. Install steel drive-in fence posts in protective circle, approximately 8 feet on center, not closer than 4 feet to trunk of trees or stems of shrubs. 2. Drive steel drive-in fence posts 3 feet minimum into ground, leaving 5 feet minimum above ground. 3. Mount steel hog -wire on fence posts. 4. For trees or shrubs in paved areas, mount concrete -filled steel pipe 2-1/2 inches in diameter minimum in rubber auto tires filled with concrete (movable posts). B Timber Wrap Protection for Trees in Close Proximity of Moving or Mechanical Equipment and Construction Work: 1. Wrap trunk with layer of burlap. 2. Install 2,x 4's or 2 x 6's (5-foot to 6-foot lengths) vertically, spaced 3 inches to 5 inches apart around circumference of tree trunk. 3. Tie in place with 12 to 9 gage steel wire. 3.03 MAINTENANCE OF NEWLY PLANTED TREES A Water trees during dry periods. B The Contractor guarantees that trees planted for this Project shall remain alive and healthy at least until the end of a one-year warranty period. 1. Within four weeks of notice from Owner, Contractor shall replace, at his expense, any dead trees or any trees that in the opinion of Owner, have become unhealthy or unsightly or have lost their natural shape as a result of additional growth, improper pruning or maintenance, or weather conditions. 2. When tree must be replaced, the guarantee period for that tree shall begin on date of replacement of tree, subject to the Owner s inspection, for no less than one year. 3. Straighten leaning trees and bear entire cost. 4. Dispose of trees rejected at any time by Engineer at Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 04/2002 01563-3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER Section 01564 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Dewatering, depressurizing, draining, and maintaining trench and structure excavations and foundation beds in dry and stable condition. B Protecting work against surface runoff and rising flood waters. C Disposing of removed water. 1.02 METHOD OF PAYMENT A Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, no separate payment will be made for control of ground water and surface water Include the cost to control ground water and surface water in price for work requiring such controls. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A Ground water control includes both dewatering and depressurization of water -bearing soil layers. 1. Dewatering includes lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations and disposing of removed water.. The intent of dewatering is to increase stability of excavated slopes; prevent dislocation of material from slopes or bottoms of excavations; reduce lateral loads on sheeting and bracing; improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated material; prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations; and to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and construction of structures and other installations. 2. Depressurization includes reduction in piezometric pressure within strata not controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. 04/2002 B Excavation drainage includes keeping excavations free of surface and seepage water. C Surface drainage includes use of temporary drainage ditches and dikes and installation of temporary culverts and sump pumps with discharge lines as required to protect the Work from any source of surface water. D Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control system includes piezometers and monitoring wells, and devices, such as flow meters, for observing and recording flow rates. 01564-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A Conduct subsurface investigations to identify groundwater conditions and to provide parameters .for design, installation, and operation of groundwater control systems. B Design a ground water control system, compatible with requirements of Federal Regulations 29 CFR Part 1926 and Section 01526 - Trench Safety Systems, to produce the following results: 1. Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting excavations. 2. Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations. 3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities, installed facilities, and other work. 4. Prevent the loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick condition, or softening of the foundation strata. 5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations. C Ground water control systems may include single -stage or multiple -stage well point systems, eductor and ejector -type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these equipment types. D Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other source entering the excavation Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump pumping. E Provide ditches, berms, pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface water from excavation and other work areas. F Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells. G Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures and any settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction, existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water wells, or affect potentially contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water control systems or resulting from failure of the system to protect property as required. H Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells. Provide environmental monitoring wells installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the ground water control system. 04/2002 01564-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER J Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies and left for Contractors monitoring and use. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit a Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan for review by the Engineer prior to start of any field work. The Plan shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. Submit a plan to include the following: 1. Results of subsurface investigation and description of the extent and characteristics of water bearing layers subject to ground water control. 2. Names of equipment suppliers and installation subcontractors. 3. A description of proposed ground water control systems indicating arrangement, location, depth and capacities of system components, installation details and criteria, and operation and maintenance procedures. 4. A description of proposed monitoring and control system indicating depths and locations of piezometers and monitoring wells, monitoring installation details and criteria, type of equipment and instrumentation with pertinent data and characteristics. 5. A description of proposed filters including types, sizes, capacities and manufacturer's application recommendations 6. Design calculations demonstrating adequacy of proposed systems for intended applications. Define potential area of influence of ground water control operation near contaminatedareas. 7. Operating requirements, including piezometric control elevations for dewatering and depressurization. 8. Excavation drainage methods including typical drainage layers, sump pump application and other necessary means 9 Surface water control and drainage installations. 10. Proposed methods and locations for disposing of removed water. C Submit the following records upon completed initial installation: 1. Installation and development reports for well points, eductors, and deep wells. 2. Installation reports and baseline readings for piezometers and monitoring wells. 3. Baseline analytical test data of water from monitoring wells. 4. Initial flow rates. D Submit the following records on a weekly basis during operations: 1. Records of flow rates and piezometric elevations obtained during monitoring of dewatering and depressurization. Refer to Paragraph 3.02, Requirements for Eductor, Well Points, or Deep Wells. 2. Maintenance records for ground water control installations, piezometers, and monitoring wells. 04/2002 01564-3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER E Submit the following records at end of work. Decommissioning (abandonment) reports for monitoring wells and piezometers installed by other during the design phase and left for Contractor's monitoring and use. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. B Comply with Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission regulations and Texas Water Well Drillers Association for development, drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system. C Obtain permit from EPA under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), for storm water discharge from construction sites. Refer to Section 01565 - NPDES Permit Requirements. D Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of groundwater and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing storm drains and natural water sources. Because the review and permitting process may be lengthy, take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals. E Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the vicinity of potentially contaminated sites. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve desired results for dewatering. Selected equipment and materials are subject to review of the Engineer through submittals required in Paragraph 1.06, Submittals. B Eductors well points, 6r deep wells, where used, must be furnished, installed and operated by an expenenced contractor regularly engaged in ground water control system design, installation, and operation. C All equipment must be in good repair and operating order. D Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure continuous operation, where required. 04/2002 01564-4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GROUND WATER CONTROL A Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing layers, piezometric pressures, and soil parameters for design and installation of ground water control systems. Perform pump tests if necessary to determine the drawdown characteristics of the waterbearing layers. The results shall be presented in the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan (See Paragraph 1.5B.1). B Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and handle ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site conditions. Monitor effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent property. C Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. Notify Engineer in writing of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and changes to the Work. Provide revised drawings and calculations with such notification. D Provide for continuous system operation, including nights, weekends, and holidays. Arrange for appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for dewatering system. E Monitor operations to verify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade for prosecution of subsequent operations. Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation, depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or installed works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall be defined in the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. G Maintain water level below subgrade elevation. Do not allow levels to rise until foundation concrete has achieved design strength. H During backfilling, dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of 5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement. I Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering. Remove pipe drain when it has served its purpose. If removal of pipe is impractical, provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout or cement -sand grout when pipe is removed from service. ' 04/2002 01564-5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER J Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated underground drainage system may be reduced, such as for units designed to withstand hydrostatic uplift pressure. Provide a means of draining the affected portion of underground system, including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during operations and remove it when no longer required. K Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of surface or ground water is no longer required. L Compact backfill as required by the Contract Documents. 3.02 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR, WELL POINTS, OR DEEP WELLS A For aboveground piping in ground water control system, include a 12-inch minimum length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored. B Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft excavations in water bearing materials are predrained prior to excavation. Provide separate piezometers for monitoring of dewatering and for monitoring of depressurization. install piezometers and monitoring wells for tunneling as appropriate for Contractor's selected method of work. C Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning the associated excavation. • D Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations but only where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is predrained by an existing system such that the criteria of the ground water control plan are satisfied. E Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development. F Provide additional ground water control installations, or change the methods, in the event that the installations according to the ground water control plan does not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the plan and by the specification. Submit a revised plan according to Paragraph 1 5B 3.03 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE A Contractor may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of a layer of crushed stone and filter fabnc, and sump pumping in combination with sufficient wells for ground water control to maintain stable excavation and backfill conditions. 04/2002 01564-6 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 3.04 •MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION A Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area. Keep system in good operating condition. B Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule. C Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed, only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to maintain and make observations, as specified. D Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground water control operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wells when directed by the Engineer. 3.05 MONITORING AND RECORDING A Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each wellpoint or eductor header used in dewatering system. Also monitor and record water level and ground water recovery. These records shall be, obtained daily until steady conditions are achieved, and twice weekly thereafter. B Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as;ground water control system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or piezometers or wells are removed, except when Engineer determines that more frequent monitoring and recording are required. Comply with Engineer's direction for increased monitoring and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective dewatering for intended purpose. 3.06 SURFACE WATER CONTROL A Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through use of dikes, ditches, curb walls, pipes, sumps or other approved means. The requirement includes temporary works required to protect adjoining properties from surface drainage caused by construction operations. B Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into drainage channels or storm drains, when approved by agencies having jurisdiction. Provide settling basins when required by such agencies. END OF SECTION 04/2002 01564-7 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS Section 01565. NPDES REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A This Section describes the required documentation to be prepared and signed by the Contractor before conducting construction operations, in accordance with the tetras and conditions of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit, as stated in the Federal Register Vol. 57 No. 175, issued by the Environmental Protection Agency on September 9, 1992. B The Contractor shall be responsible for implementation, maintenance and inspection of storm water pollution prevention control measures including, but not limited to, erosion and sediment controls, storm water management plans, waste collection and disposal, off -site vehicle tracking, and other practices shown on the Drawings or specified elsewhere in this or other Specifications. C Contractor shall review implementation of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) in a meeting with the Owner and Engineer prior to start of construction. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Unless indicated in the Unit Price Schedule as a pay item, no separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in pay items of which this work is a component: 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM D3786 - Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength for Knitted Goods and Nonwoven Fabrics ASTM D4632 - Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 NOTICE OF INTENT A The Contractor shall fill out, sign, and date the Contractor's Notice of Intent (NOI) attached as Figure 01565-1 at the end of this Section. The signed copy of the Contractor's NOI shall be returned to the Owner. The Owner will complete the Owner's Notice of Intent attached as Figure 01565-2 and will submit both notices to the EPA. 04/2002 01565-1 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS Submission of the NOI is required by both the Owner and the Contractor before construction operations start. 3.02 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A On the Operator's Information form attached as Figure 01565-3 the Contractor shall fill out name, address, and telephone number for the Contractor; the names of persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures and all Subcontractors. B The Owner will complete and sign the Owner's Certification, shown as Figure 01565-4 and return a copy to the Contractor for inclusion with other project certification forms. C The Contractor and Subcontractors named in the Operator s Information form shall read, sign, and date the Contractor's/Subcontractor's Certification form, attached as Figure 01565-5. D The persons or films responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures shall read sign, and date the Contractor's Inspection and Maintenance Certification form, attached as Figure 01565-6. E The Operator's Information form and all -certification forms shall be submitted to the Owner before beginning construction. 3.03 RETENTION OF RECORDS A The Contractor shall keep a copy of the Stall u Water Pollution Prevention Plan at the construction site or at the Contractor's office from the date that it became effective to the date of project completion. B At project closeout, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner all NPDES forms and certifications, as well as a copy of the SWPPP. Storm water pollution prevention records and data will be retained by Owner fora period of 3 years from the date of project completion. 3.04 REQUIRED NOTICES A The following notices shall be posted from the date that this SWPPP goes into effect until the date of final site stabilization: 1. Copies of the Notices of Intent submitted by the Owner and Contractor and a brief project description, as given in Paragraph 1.1 of the SWPPP, shall be posted at the construction site or at Contractor's office in a prominent place for public viewing. 2. Notice to drivers of equipment and vehicles, instructing them to stop, check, and clean tires•of debris and mud before driving onto traffic lanes. Post such notices at every stabilized construction exit area. 3. In an easily visible location on site, post a notice of waste disposal procedures. 04/2002 01565-2 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS 4. Notice of hazardous material handling and emergency procedures shall be posted with the NOI on site. Keep copies of Material Safety Data Sheets at a location on site that is known to all personnel. 5. Keep a copy of each signed certification at the construction site or at Contractor's office. END OF SECTION 04/2002 01565-3 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS THiS FORM REPLACES PREVIOUS FORM 3510-6 (8.92) Form Approved. me No. 2040-0086 Approval expires 8.31-98 See Reverse for Instructions NPDES FORM United States Environmenta Protection Agency Washington; DC 20460 N otice of Intent (NOI) for Storm Water Discharges As.soaiated with Industrial Activity Under a NPDES Permit Submission of this Notice of Intent constitutes notice that the party dentified in Section II of this form Intends to be authorized by a NPDES permit issued for storm water discharges associa ed with industrial activity in the State identified in Section III of this -form. Becoming a pennittee obligates: such discharger to comply with the terms.and condition s of the permit. ALL NECESSARY INFORMATION .MUST BE PROVIDED ON THIS FORM. I. Permit Selection: You must indicate the NPDES Storm Water general permitunder which you are applying for coverage. Check one of these. Baseline ri Baseline MultiSector Industrial Construction (Group Permit) II. Facility Operator Information Name: ( i , r I I 1 1 , 1 1 1 1 1 1 1' 1 1 1 1 1 , , 1 1, , _, ,....1 I Phone'I i 1 ,I 1. 1 I 1 1 I Status of Address:I 1 1 1 1 , 1 1 1 i i i i i i i i ,. I. I -i. _i,..i it _11.. 1 1 1 1 I Owner/Operator City: I i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i , 1 i 1 1 i i , 1 , I State: I i I ZIP Code: I ., i 1 1 1 —1 1 1 1 I III. Facility/Site Location Information Name: I r, 1, 1 i t r i I 1, i I 1 I i i i i i i r. i i i i 1 i I Address: I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i' 1 1 1. 1 1 1 1 City: 11, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Latitude: I i I I I, I Longitude: I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I Is the facility located on n Indian Lands? (.Y or N) 1 I 1 I State: I I J ZIP Code• ( ICI -laded 1 ISectlon:f , I Township I i i, I Range I IV: Site Activity Information MS4 Operator Name: I Receiving Water Body. If you are filing as a co-permittee, enter storm water general permit number: SIC or Designated Activity Code: Primary: 1 1 1 1 I 2nd:I rail Is the facility required to submit monitoring data? (.1, 2, 3, or 4) n If You Have Another Existing NPDES i Permit, Enter Permit Number s 1 1 1 1 -I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1. 1 r I_ I , , 1 1 I L_ 1 1 1 t' 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I' i V. Additional Information Required for Construction Activities Only Project Start Date: Completion Date: EstimatedArea to be I I I I 1 I I I I I I 1 ( Disturbed (in Acres) I Multi -Sector Permit Applicants Only Based on the. Instructions -provided in Addendum H of the Multi -Sector permit, are species identified in Addendum H in proximity to the storm water discharges to be covered �l,l under this permit, or areas of BMP construction to ( 1 control those storm water discharges? (Y or N) li Will construction (land disturbing activities) be conducted( for storm water controls? (Y or N) L_ Jet Is applicant subject to and in compliance with a written. historic preservation agreement? (Y or N) Is the Storrn Water Pollution Prevention Plan In compliance with State and/or Local ri i i 1 1 i ( sediment and erosion:. plans? (Y or N) VI. Certification:: The certifica ion statement n Box 1 applies to ail applicants. The certification statement In Box 2 applies Q2gto facilities applying forthe Multi -Sector storm water general permit. BOX 1 ALL APPLICANTS I certify underpenalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system des gned toassure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible forgathering the information, the information submitted is to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations: BOX 2 MULTI -SECTOR' STORM` WATER GENERAL PERMIT APPLICANTS ONLY: I certify under penalty of law that I have read and understand Part l.B. eligibility requirements for coverage under the Multi-Sectorstorm water general permit, including those requirements relating to the protection of species identified In Addendum H. To the best of my know edge, the discharges covered under this permit, and construction of BMPs to control stormwater run-off,are not likely to and will not likely adversely affect any species identified in Addendum H of the Multi -Sector storm water general. pennit'or are otherwise eligible for coverage due to previous authorization under the Endangered Species Act. To the best of my knowledge, I further certify that such discharges, and construction of BMPs to control stormwaterrun-off, do not have an effect on properties listed or eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places under the National Historic Preservation Act, or are otherwise eligible for coverage due to a previous agreement under the National Historic Preservation Act I understand that continued coverage under the Multi -Sector general permit Is contingent upon maintaining eligibility as provided for in Part LB. Print Name:. I 1 l 1 1 I i i I i I I I I 1 I l 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 I I I Dater i I I 1 I I i Signature. . EPA Form 3510-6(8-981 04/2002 01565-4 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS y instructions - EPA FForm 351041 Node* Of lntint (N01) For Storm rsd Undo. Npt7iE1 General Associated With it Industrial Activity enCov Who Must F$s: llot$c Of inns•[[[ i rows atja�h Foie* itttwttl oft mHat+ "cwjlaillig yll -, SYStlitkitiP MftI . w►1111 too" 8toimrs W Vqy'E�t,or�t1M��waor *k b, rfl rroomein0Cott st(d011+1 1 ht''0M4"`t'i'Qi101N Mere% P NOI Furor woo motto sortie Mw foibwb a lieldttate diets[[.VMS` ii0liq04ltltortt in314) 1201 tonstlwtlotl MIMI . NWWVent4Miten, DC:: tide Completing The Fenn You must type or Print. iwMsrs. M tie A t1f . fiber ei [hits fi tsi% IMM O* sem tint{e�(rts blletew�trlM�+arardil.� but not for ilufii+ nati ui1W! MVO sty IM form, Lb!li l MsWWI. e� iO�eMI�Y.W..�L:r".�...._ "' :."it�'ti�oR,. Boater[ !Pent* Sa [[shop p • �� ono box WS'#kd�i Mom Or* s '4i�baCairw� wsm_�I Ad in 6rpt•mber 1 The 1,i Bostic& l'Fiti l sty Otwrittor Infornmelen Provide the 1401.romert1 the prised. tin'. Pa or eihar fag that; or o • rwa M w no a i, tliscdbad in fth Paper ylitih or outflow no sacra rti Itrs rsrnr Wlfsr tarty *stay 0w4 control* • cos*. mint id ... clamor. r • M'M; 6 >1wt•M* PUblie. otfisr.YwnYwe n d rd or PM+ n i fICM 7i &*Location Infontistion 8neriha 041iflor 411)i AO* Olio, noes aed door ti la wins[ odds* nerkillni tiny atrgr li? Do not prOi bbtr nunibarlir tie strsN ar S�p t4(ter•Stiaa rtYPrimaSWNM. Mekrwskis(rddrstr a oleo i (tired rAhiK iMttdMlyde and � air* bob* resists i11 eeonds g.ar�.� otieris►rrallon end; ihs•nsrrsst j ot1M oCrji osnMr of lha btir It a Obit4of d:b40410 i �atr th+ d�.orme His tweprei 1i ra eiintl � opMetlir,rpp rt�Ipalsat+Mp pA Solo (ta the MAMA bonier of Mai SRL gustier Wien) 4f the aPprosM+Me A4 sppMwanb.moil. .Indicate W$alhet the facltity la: loaned os LOAM Isn+dw: Ssoflon N$ItsAaliwlgl IntorfttltMdrt aOw storm fir �itb S numi0tnst asQatoin Moira woe SysgMrl (!4), ±niter ail MOW or noose Ear `ors ht84:0s4I.i nNridp�gt nsttrri aatliYyt 0044,l04 AIr r bekan01i •i of low' born titl� SS1114 t. dilrrd tr r oanve�wa ar •04001d� rost11wldh riafrann=�tl pbyy**hillnamibPablit a wed «Z Hekelkl hire publIo hodY eip+aad a M iris flab dustier t• MOM Sr dicer a rwtri�!MspataNrrfA anMr Yee ram• of ttr K you we Saga s Ccoo0rntitMlw ISA Mam9eMt1lr Pr* tot hos Se INS& tinier thethinstotittt tit pima. ptovid.d ItalloiStor"° MO°4014 tntliea Hw amino rose by « Siler Writ O One 0,10012110010416.: 1. ttotastbiectb anoml oOng sM OndOr100 000400704 of Ms print 4R�bisrpitinwen ju a totntonistt'Mip 04/2002 eiltHantiorligetibonSiolamt*. uptb t.w+HdOpM'tttbok novae rMliM SirsaeOS Plarb W eA 0 SWIM MI of �w You sm' �qy for 1000 n4riefwi ptwmA, (*Ws rlYpc+wM'id►'�1l�ootl4s°0 131iD+'t700j. Kr Suitt* seOrtiesdirreed it 40 CRt 1220(bx14It Ihrei OD ncit hoe 810 codas twit otx nSW aim* the o per pnaduats ptodoW or owebse'povIS fists the Stoic .arodio coda HZ ` Haratdoui WO" Or «r >r Mirth wrNA et M p trWMr ' M of RA CFR Li is ....avPbasnn Sbs•, sits dtanpo thwt rso14v0 or hews rtlottltsd any lrxtustriwl %ates; iucludin b os . tiel gird tubied to Met:lotion under subtitle 0 of RCRA 40 cm122.20(b (14 v tit • Steam electric power penern tp abs. Irolu Ing owl homilnp7Mps (40 CFR 122.20(b)(14)(dhli TV/ et Treatment works trenting domesUo eeWngu or any other sewagn *fudge or wastewater treatment davk:a rystem, used in theswops, ops,'R 122 2G(b c r and reclamation ofmunicipa�i1, or domestic eNwnp f pp. c lshuctbownowinn1t40 CFR 122.2601tl41001- Mtt weiaweesryNsOESIinln* powoolfl000d'tn►Mw9SoNtyarWI* Otlladb&wettest IM,Wierssr itewntrey. to tdrOw. Way losbun sibmitiontbut pew* numbs[ boor Son itoolpoli —$$ ski nunthitcw�rs��p wn* wool Otte s i°� y tl t l IWikaaor rink pernilla it1 @lwamera qrAswRusiMwda rendst 'MM'` MOOS Uf�ii*S it Pi a reuil etb motel ihirrn WOW &Wows's. won **hit to to a eucbcn*MMtoai>dutc dw....r.Mnten n 800t1011 V Addltletla( Information loquUed;tor Constwatfon Activities Ottty , Oawduciton wows mutts o nwOno,. Soak:0 V in owitionto•Ss ass t trough M On1Y destructionesatWtrw rood b c«t$Sr srdien V. fleet the piquet Mandate and Ow eetimeited combon lie tut the onlir development pl; Snap diethr melwinduns dlieaiaorvtfand b.dSStid MOOS *Ow Ito San wow polka* prowl ten Ow far-Mts JIM le ift otecirta %Ow woadand* Moe ssdflint in sastcMssS Pls. Ora* * s S MS MISMIOniiitil plot $IdUoft VI CtirtMICglitian [craws* Sato for ottailkin0 ttwe information on this . eppledition•toms. nOuYiiortM.r«MiM* *hit sjQhkibun b bti stood ow I lioirc Fore colpwation: by a respwnibie corporate *Wart *Nth means: (i) preskseru, seaway, tromania, or vier PrasiOont of the corporation in cltnrge of a pdngpJI business function or any other person wino performs sitnitnr policy or decision making functions. or (tfl the manager of rare ar more menu adoring, or operatngiaciutsas employing more than 250 persons or having gross anus ribs or oxpanditurtaa exceeding S25 rnAilon On aecotdatuartbr 1980 dollars), if authority to sign documents has been assigned or daWgatsd to the msnr9tr in aaoordsnci with batPotrts prroosdurr*: Fab a porio tote or tom pmprMMEotS* by r 960401 "pats it.. or 1M WoOttobr a Zia s=artto otMrpubic AroNtyr by Shot a. P+kadp+l onsoultem Paperwork IRoductiOn Act Notks m i "1 "f Swwing sa aF i ietttmtsd to [[+rams "fret Mori dots rwadocts . ilwtInddG W�filr M ow opplatioond.- Send comments regarding the burden estimates aviy other *spec[ of the collect onhi of atmatbn to suggestions for im rov(rsp this loon .BMing any suggestions which mey txmase or roduco ttxs under to; Ciget, In cxmatton Policy Wench, 21+ Envi`nnmental Protection Agency,1200 Pe lnsylvanki Ave NW, Washington, DC 204001 or Director, Office of Information end Repute toeAifatru, Moe of Management oral Boayat. Washington; DC 20503, 01565-5 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS OPERATOR'S INFORMATION Owner's Name and Address: Contractor's Names and Addresses: General Contractor: Site Superintendent: Telephone: Telephone: Erosion Control and Maintenance Inspection: Telephone: Subcontractor's Names and Addresses: Phone* Phone: 04/2002 01565-6 NPDES REQUIREMENTS CITY OF PEARLAND CERTIFICATION FOR NPDES PERMITTING I .certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Signature: Name: (printed or typed) Title: Date: City of Pearland 04/2002 01565-7 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR'S / SUBCONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION I certify under penalty of law that I understand the terms and conditions of the general National Pollutant Discharge Ehmination System (NPDES) penuit that authorizes the storm water discharges associated with industrial activity from the construction site identified as part of this certification.. Signature: Name: (printed or typed) Title: Company: Address: Signature: Name: (printed or typed) Title: Company: Address: Signature: Name: (printed or typed) Title: Company: Address: ee 04/2002 01565-8 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS EROSION CONTROL CONTRACTOR'S INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE CERTIFICATION I certify under penalty of law that I understand the terms and conditions of the general National Pollutant Discharge Ehmination System (NPDES) permit that authorizes the storm water discharges associated with industrial activity from the construction site identified as part of this certification Signature: Name: (printed or typed) Title: Company: Address: Date: 04/2002 01565-9 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS 04/2002 01565-10 Attachment 1 TPDES General Permit TXR150000 alla Milt ttiMMINVIRMII as sami illilit ale SS Ilia s. - `'di CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE FOR THE Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) Storm Water Program TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000 The foliowmg information is posted in compliance with Part II.D.1. of the TCEQ General Permit Number TXR150000 for discharges of storm water runoff from construction sites. Additional information regarding the TCEQ storm water permit program may be found on the internet at: www.tnrcc.state.tx.us/permitting/waternerm/wwnerm/tpdestorm Contact Name and Phone Number: Project Description: (Physical address or description of the site® location, estimated start date and projected end date, or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized) For Construction Sites Authorized Under Part II.D.1. the following certification must be completed: I (Typed or Printed Name Person Completing This Certification) certify under penalty of law that I have read and understand the eligibility requirements for claiming an authorization by waiver under Part ILD 1. of TPDES General Permit TXR150000 and agree to comply with the terms of this permit. Construction activities at this site shall occur within a time period listed in Appendix A of the TPDES general permit for this county, that period beginning on and ending on . 1 understand that if construction activities continue past this period, all storm water runoff must be authorized under a separate provision of this general permit. A copy of this signed notice is supplied to the operator of the MS4 if discharges enter an MS4 system. I am aware there are significant penalties for providing false information or for conducting unauthorized discharges, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Signature and Title Date Attachment 2 TPDES General Permit TXR150000 1.1101101.1.1.111.1111 11111111.111i moor. ame■ Vat CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE FOR THE Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) Storm Water Program TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000 The following information is posted in compliance with Part II.D.2. of the TCEQ General Permit Number TXR150000 for discharges of storm water runoff from construction sites. Additional information regarding the TCEQ storm water permit program may be found on the internet at: www.tnrcc.state.tx.us/permitting/waterperm/wwperm/Mdestorrn Contact Name and Phone Number: Project Description: «Physical address or description of the site® location, estimated start date and projected end date, or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized) Location of Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan : i 1 I For Construction Sites Authorized Under Part II D 2 (Obtaining Authorization to Discharge) the following certification must be completed: I (Typed or Printed Name Person Completing This Certification) certify under penalty Of law that I have read and understand the eligibility requirements for claiming an authorization under Part II.D.2. TPDES General Permit TXR150000 and agree to comply with the terms of this permit A storm water pollutio__ prevention plan has been developed and implemented according to permit requirements. A copy of this signed notice is supplied to the operator of the MS4 if discharges enter an MS4 system. I am aware there are significai penalties for providing false information or for conducting unauthorized discharges, including the possibility of fir and imprisonment for knowing violations. Signature and Title Date E-+ O 0 r) cu in c CC Itm Z et I) E W m 0 5. , 0.= �.� 01 �co ,5a law a L11 C0 W•i- L. Od EL Z 0 W Ce >- CO 0 Z Cr) r z O � d J w w (� ��Z o cat- 13 1- 0 F W J a Q a 0 z U O CO Q G 0 c 0 m 0 J E m z CO w CC 0 0 w 2 Q z w w 1- 2 w w Q z a) U C 0 0) 0) Z 0 J O } a_ 0 0 X w Z W 0 U W (9 d 0 w w 0 z Q 2 S 0 O H 0 d w w 0 W W 0 0 mo � N O z m O2 N 0 M Em o O a U. ¢ E wtL 1111* INF • 4- Notice of Intent (NOI) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under the TPDES Construction General Permit (TXR1 50000) For help completing this application, read the TXR150000 NOI Instructions ,,,� (TCEQ-20022-Instructions). TCEQ Office Use Only TPDES Permit Number: TXR15- - GIN Number: NO onstruction Site Operator * New ONo Change Name: Customer Reference Number: CN Mailing Address: City: State: Zip Code: Country Mailing Information (if outside USA) Territory Country Code: Phone Number: Extension: Fax Number: E-mail Address: Type of Operator: * Individual * Sole Proprietorship - D.B.A. s_ Partnership ;l Corporation 0 Federal Government 0 State Government El County Government * City Govemment E Other: Independent Operator? 0 Yes No Number of Employees: 0-20 Q 21-100 El 101-250 251-500 D 501 or higher DUNS Number: Postal Code: Federal Tax ID State Franchise Tax ID Number: Billing Address Name: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip Code: Country Code: Postal Code: Country Mailing Information (if outside USA) Territory: C. Project / Site Information * New * No Change Regulated Entity Reference Number: RN Name Mailing Address: City: Physical Address: City: County: Location Access Description: Latitude: °_'" N Longitude:_° " W Latitude: Longitude: ❑ Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) code: Also, describe the construction activity at this site (do not repeat the SIC code): Has a storm water pollution prevention plan been prepared as specified in the general permit (TXR150000)? t Yes D No Estimated area of land disturbed (to the nearest acre): Is the project / site located on Indian Country Lands? l Yes * No Does this project / site discharge storm water into a municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4)9 Yes 0 No If yes, provide the name of the MS4 operator: Provide the name or segment number of the water body that receives storm water from this project / site: State: Zip Code: Zip Code: Degrees (°), Minutes ('), and Seconds (") Decimal Form Contact - If the TCEQ needs additional information regarding this application, who should be contacted? Name. Title: Phone Number: Extension: Fax Number: E-mail Address: E. Payment Information - Check / Money Order Number: Name on Check / Money Order: Certification I certify under penalty of law that this document was prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Construction Site Operator Representative: Prefix: First: Middle: Last: Suffix: Title: Signature: Date: If you have questions on how to fill out this form or about the storm water program, please contact us at (512) 239-4671. Individuals are entitled to request and review their personal information that the agency gathers on its forms. They may also have any errors in their information corrected. To review such information, contact us at (512) 239-3282 The completed NOI must be mailed to the following address. Use the attached document to submit the $100 application fee Please note that the NOI and application fee are submitted separately to different addresses. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Storm Water & General Permits Team, MC - 228 P.O. Box 13087 Austin, Texas 78711-3087 TCEQ-20022 (02/03) Page 1 of Completing the Notice of Intent for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under the TPDES Construction General Permit (TXR150000) p.,. Construction Site Operator Information ;.heck boxes and Customer Reference Number a -ese boxes designate the operator® status as a TCEQ "customer® in ;r- words, an individual or business that is involved in an activity that we ,state. We assign each customer a number that begins with "CN,❑ followed by nine digits. This is not a permit number, registration number, or license number. In the remainder of this section, we will use "this customerOto mean the operator for Part A of the form. ■ If this customer has not been assigned a Customer Reference Number, check 'NewOand leave the space for the Customer Reference Number blank. ■ If this customer has already been assigned this number, enter the operator[d Customer Reference Number and: O Check "No Changer if all the remaining customer information is the same as previously reported. However, you must still complete most blanks in this form for this notice of intent to be valid. O If this customer® information has changed since the last time it was reported to the TCEQ, check neither box and complete the remainder of this notice of intent. ■ Do not enter a permit number, registration number, or license number in place of the Customer Reference Number. Name Enter the legal name of this customer as authorized to do business in Texas. Include any abbreviations (LLC, Inc., etc.). Mailing Address Enter a central and general mailing address for this customer to receive mail from the TCEQ. For example, if this customer is a large company, this address might be the corporate or regional headquarters. On the other hand, for a smaller business, this address could be the same as the site address. If this is a street address, please follow US Postal Service standards. In brief, these standards require this information in this order: • the "houseonumber0 for example, the 1401 in 1401 Main St • if there is a direction before the street name, the one- or two - letter abbreviation of that direction (N, S, E, W, NE, SE, SW, or NW) • the street name (if a numbered street, do not spell out the number0 for example, 6th St, not Sixth St) • an appropriate abbreviation of the type of street❑ for example, St, Ave, Blvd, Fwy, Exwy, Hwy, Cr, Ct, Ln • if there is a direction after the street name, the one- or two -letter abbreviation of that direction (N, S, E, W, NE, SE, SW, or NW) • if there is a room number suite number, or company mail code City, State and ZIP Code Enter the name of the city, the two -letter USPS abbreviation for the state (for example, TX), and the ZIP Code. (Enter the full ZIP+4 if you know it.) Country Mailing Information If this address is outside the United States, enter the territory name, country code, and any non -ZIP mailing codes or other nonCU.S. Postal Service features here. If this address is inside the United States, leave these spaces blank. Phone Number and Extension This number should correspond to this customer® mailing address given earlier Enter the area code and phone number here. Leave "Extension❑ blank if this customer® phone system lacks this feature. Fax Number This number should correspond to this customer® mailing address given earlier. Enter the area code and fax number here. E-mail Address As with the mailing address, this should be a general address that is appropriate for e-mail to this customer® central or regional headquarters, if applicable. If "No Changeowas checked for this customer, you may skip the rest of the fields in this part of the form and continue to the next part of the NOI. Type of Operator Check only one box. Check 0 if this customer❑ Individual is a person and has not established a business to do whatever causes them to be regulated by us. Sole Proprietorship❑ D.B.A. is a business that Is owned by only one person and has not been Incorporated. This business may: ❑ be under the person name ❑ have its own name ('doing business as,❑or d b a ) ❑ have any number of employees Partnership is a business that is established as a partnership as defined by the Texas Secretary of State® Office. Corporation meets all of these conditions: ❑ is a legally incorporated entity under the laws of any state or country ❑ is recognized as a corporation by the Texas Secretary of State ❑ has proper operating authority to operate in Texas. Federal, state, county, or city government (as appropriate) is either an agency of one of these levels of government or the govemmentai body itself (If a utility district, water district, tribal government, college district, council of governments, or river authority, check `Other❑and write in the specific type of government.) Other fits none of the above descriptions. Enter a short description of the type of customer in the blank provided. Independent Operator? Check "NoCif this customer is a subsidiary or part of a larger company. Otherwise, check "Yes.❑ Number of Employees Check one box to show the number of employees for this customer® entire company, at all locations. This is not necessarily the number of employees at the site named in this NOI. Federal Tax ID All businesses, except for some small sole proprietors, should have a federal taxpayer identification number (TIN). Enter this number here. Use no prefixes, dashes, or hyphens. If you do not have a TIN because you are an individual or a small sole propnetor, enter your Social Security number here. Individuals and sole proprietors do not need to provide a federal tax ID. State Franchise Tax 1D Corporations and limited liability companies that operate in Texas are issued a franchise tax identification number. If this customer is a corporation or limited liability company, enter this number here. DUNS Number Most businesses have a DUNS (Data Universal Numbering System) number issued by Dun and Bradstreet Corp. If this customer has one, enter it here. B. Billing Address We will mail the annual fee invoice for this site to the address entered in this section Name Enter the legal name of the person or business to which we should mail this siteTi fee invoice each year. Mailing Address Enter the specific mailing address to which we should mail this site® fee invoice each year. if this is a street address, please follow the US Postal Service standards as descnbed under 'A. Construction Site Operator InformationDon page 1 of these instructions. City, State and ZIP Code Enter the name of the city, the two -letter USPS abbreviation for the state (for example, TX), and the ZIP Code (Enter the full ZIP+4 if you know it.) TCEQ-20022-Instructions (09/02) Page 1 of Coun try Mailing Information If this address is outside the United States, enter the territory name, country code, and any non -ZIP mailing codes or other nonCU.S. Postal Service features here. If this address is inside the United States leave these spaces blank. C. Project / Site Information Check boxes and Regulated Entity Reference Number These boxes designate this site status as a TCEQ "regulated entity® in other words, a location where an activity that we regulate occurs. We assign each regulated entity a number that begins with "RN,Dfollowed by nine digits. This is not a permit number, registration number, or /sense number. ■ If this site has not been assigned a Regulated Entity Reference Number, check "NewDand leave the space for the Regulated Entity Reference Number blank. ■ If this site has already been assigned this number, enter the Regulated Entity Reference Number and: ❑ Check "No Changefif all the remaining information is the same as previously reported. However, even if there has been no change, you must complete this section at least through 'E-mail Address❑for this NOI to be valid. ❑ If this site® information has changed since the last time it was reported to the TCEQ, check neither box and complete the remainder of this notice of intent. ■ Do not enter a permit number, registration number, or license number in place of the Regulated Entity Reference Number. Name Enter the name by which you want this site to be known to the TCEQ Mailing Address Enter the specific mailing address for this site. If this is a street address, please follow the US Postal Service standards as described under "A. Construction Site Operator Informationoon page 1 of these instructions. City, State, and ZIP Code Enter the name of the city, the two -letter USPS abbreviation for the state (for example, TX) and'the ZIP Code. (Enter the full ZIP+4 if you know it.) Physical Address Enter the physical address of the site itself. TCEQ staff should be able to use this address to find the site. City, County, and ZIP Code Enter the name of the city, the county, and the ZIP Code (Enter the full ZIP+4 if you know it.) Location Access Description Enter a physical description of the location of the site based on highway intersections and/or permanent landmarks. Latitude and Longitude Enter the latitude and longitude of the site in either degrees, minutes, and seconds or decimal form. For help obtaining the latitude and longitude, go to: http://www.tnrcc•statestx.usigis/drgview.html Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code and Activity Description Provide the SIC code that best describes the construction activity being conducted at the site. For help with SIC codes, go to: http://www.osha.govloshstats/sicser.html In addition to the SIC code, you must also provide a description of the construction activity being conducted at the site. This may include such descriptions as: "Apartment Building ConstructionOor "Shopping Center Construction.D Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan This plan identifies the areas and activities that could produce contaminated runoff at your site and then tells how you will ensure that this contamination is mitigated. For example, in describing your mitigation measures, your site® plan might identify the devices that collect and filter storm water, tell how those devices are to be maintained, and tell how frequently that maintenance is to be carried out. You must develop this plan before you complete this NO!. This plan must be available for a TCEQ investigator to review on request. Specific requirements for the development of the plan can be found in the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Construction General Permit (TXR150000). Estimated Area of Land Disturbed Provide the approximate number of acres that the construction site will disturb. DisturbOmeans any clearing, grading, excavating, or other similar activities Is the site located on Indian Country Lands? Check "YesDonly if the site is on a reservation or other areas designates the federal government as Indian Country Lands. If not, check "No.O Destination of Storm Water Discharge The storm water from your site eventually reaches a receiving water body such as a local stream or lake, possibly via a drainage ditch. The discharge may initially be into a municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4). Check the appropriate boxes for whether storm water is discharged into an MS4. If you checked "YesOto "An MS4?Q then enter the name of the entity that operates the storm sewer° often a city, town, or utility district, but possibly another form of government. You must also provide the name of the water body that receives the discharge from the construction site (a local stream or lake). Storm water may be discharged directly to a receiving stream or via a storm sewer system. 1f known, please include the segment number if the discharge is to a classified water body. For a map that includes segment numbers, go to: http://www.tnrcc.state.bc.uslwateriquality/datalindexehtml D. Contact Give all the relevant information for the person whom TCEQ can contact if there are questions about any of the information on this forrn0 perhaps the same person who completed the form. E. Payment Information Provide the number and name from the check or money order used to pay the $100 application fee. F. Certification The operator must sign and date this statement to validate this NOI. Be sure to enter the full legal name of the person signing the form and the relevant title° for example "Operator,0"Operator s attorney,Dor "Senio Site Manager DUse the "Prefixt blank for such titles as Dr., Mr., or Ms., desired. Use the "Suffixrblank for such designations as Ph.D., Jr., Sr., Ili, or J.D. if applicable, For a corporation, the application shall be signed by a responsible corporate officer. A responsible corporate officer means a president, secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs similar poll( or decision -making functions for the corporation; or the manager of one or more manufacturing, production, or operating facilities employing more than 250 persons or having gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding $25 million (in second-quarter 1980 dollars), if authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures. Corporate procedures governing authority to sign permit applications may provide for assignment or delegation to applicabl. corporate positions rather than to specific individuals. For a partnership or sole proprietorship, the application shall be signed b! a general partner or the propnetor, respectively. For a municipality, state, federal or other public agency, the application shall be signed by either a principal executive officer or a ranking elected official For purposes of this application, a principal executive officer of a federal agency includes the chief executive officer of the agency, or a senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency (e.g. regional administrator of the United States Environmental Protection Agency). Questions? If you have questions about any of the information on this form, contact our Storm Water Program at 512/239-4671 or look for "Storm WaterOon our Web site: www.tceq.state.tx.us TCEQ-20022-Instructions (09/02) Page 2 Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Payment Submittal Form The storm water application fee shall be sent under separate cover to the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. This form must be used to submit your Storm Water Application Fee Please complete the following information, staple your check in the space provided at the bottom of this document, and mail it to: BY REGULAR U.S. MAIL Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Financial Administration Division Cashier0 Office, MC-214 P.O Box13088 Austin, TX 78711-3088 BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Financial Administration Division Cashier[d Office, MC-214 12100 Park 35 Circle Austin, TX 78753 Fee Code: GPA Check / Money Order No: Amount of Check/Money Order: Date of Check or Money Order: Name on Check or Money Order Facility / Site Name. Facility / Site Physical Address: City: Zip Code: Storm Water General Permit: TXR150000 Staple Check In This Space TCEQ-20022 (02/03) Page 2 "'" _ Notice of Intent (NO» for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under the �j �•�„� TPDES Construction General Permit (TXR150000) Wis=s EQ For help completing this application, read the TXR150000 NOI Instructions (TCEQ-20022-Instructions). TCEQ Office Use Only TPDES Permit Number TXR15- - - - - - NO GIN Number ,onstruction Site Operator DNew ONo Change Name: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip Code: Country Code: Postal Code: Fax Number: Customer Reference Number: CN Country Mailing Information Of outside USA) Territory: Phone Number. Extension: E-mail Address: Type of Operator l Individual LJ Sole Proprietorship - D.B.A. l Partnership * Corporation * Federal Government State Government * County Government Ilt City Government * Other: Independent Operator? 0 Yes l No Number of Employees: 0-20 0 21-100 0 101-250 0 251-500 El 501 or higher Federal Tax ID. State Franchise Tax ID Number: DUNS Number: Billing Address Name: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip Code: Country Mailing Information (if outside USA) Territory: Country Code: Postal Code: C. Project / Site Information CNew No Change Regulated Entity Reference Number: RN Name: Mailing Address: City: Physical Address: City: County: - Location Access Description: 1 State: Zip Code: Zip Code: Latitude:° '" N Longitude: °_' " W Latitude: Longitude: ❑ Decimal Form Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) code: Also, describe the construction activity at this site (do not repeat the SIC code): Has a storm water pollution prevention plan been prepared as specified in the general permit (TXR150000)? DYes No Estimated area of land disturbed (to the nearest acre): Is the project / site located on Indian Country Lands? f Yes 0 No Does this project / site discharge storm water into a municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4)? i> Yes 0 No If yes, provide the name of the MS4 operator: Provide the name or segment number of the water body that receives storm water from this project / site: Contact - If the TCEQ needs additional information regarding this application, who should be contacted? Name: Title: Phone Number: Extension: Fax Number: E-mail Address: Degrees (°), Minutes ('), and Seconds (") E. Payment Information - Check /Money Order Number: Name on Check / Money Order: • Certification I certify under penalty of law that this document was prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and impnsonment for knowing violations. Construction Site Operator Representative: Prefix: First Middle: Last: Suffix: Title: Signature: If you have questions on how to fill out this form or about the storm water program, please contact us at (512) 239-4671. Individuals are entitled to request and review their personal information that the agency gathers on its forms. They may also have any errors in their information corrected. To review such information, contact us at (512) 239-3282. The completed NOI must be mailed to the following address. Use the attached document to submit the $100 application fee Please note that the NOI and application fee are submitted separately to different addresses. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Storm Water & General Permits Team, MC - 228 P.O. Box 13087 Austin, Texas 78711-3087 Date: I TCEQ-20022 (02/03) Page 1 of Completing the Notice of Termination for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under the TPDES Construction General Permit (TXR150000) Who May File a Notice of Termination (NOT) Form Iermittees disturbing 5 acres or more (or part of a larger .;ommon plan of development or sale disturbing 5 acres or more) who are presently covered under the Texas . Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) Construction General Permit must submit a Notice of Termination (NOT) when final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that is the responsibility of the permittee, or another permitted operator has assumed control over all areas of the site that have not been finally stabilized and all silt fences and other temporary erosion controls have either been removed, scheduled for removal as defined in the SWP3, or transferred to a new operator if the new operator has sought permit coverage. Erosion controls that are designed to remain in place for an indefinite period, such as mulches and fiber mats, are not required to be removed or scheduled for removal. Final Stabilization occurs when either of the following conditions are met. (a) All soil disturbing activities at the site have been completed and a uniform (e.g evenly distributed, without large bare areas) perennial vegetative cover with a density of 70% of the native background vegetative cover for the area has been established on all unpaved areas and areas not covered by permanent structures, or equivalent permanent stabilization measures (such as the use of riprap, gabions or goetextiles) have been employed. (b) For individual lots in a residential construction site by either: (1) the homebuilder completing final stabilization as specified in condition (a) above; or (2) the homebuilder establishing temporary stabilization for an individual lot prior to the time of transfer of the ownership of the home to the buyer and after informing the homeowner of the need for, and benefits of final stabilization. (c) For construction activities on land used for agricultural purposes (e.g. pipelines across crop or range land), final stabilization may be accomplished by returning the disturbed land to its preconstruction agricultural use. Areas disturbed that were not previously used for agricultural activities, such as buffer strips immediately adjacent to a surface water and areas which are not being returned to their preconstruction agricultural use must meet the final stabilization conditions of condition (a) above. A. TPDES Permit Number Provide the TPDES permit number assigned to the operator of the construction site. B. Construction Site Operator Information Customer Reference Number This number designates the operatorM status as a TCEQ ' customer in other words, an individual or business that is involved in an activity that we regulate. We assign each customer a number that begins with "CN,ofollowed by nine digits. This is not a permit number, registration number, or license number. In the remainder of this section, we will use "this customeroto mean the operator for Part B of the form. ■ If this customer has not been assigned a Customer Reference Number, leave the space for the Customer Reference Number blank. If this customer has already been assigned this number, enter the operatorM Customer Reference Number. Do not enter a permit number, registration number, or license number in place of the Customer Reference Number. ■ ■ m Name Enter the legal name of this customer as authorized to do business in Texas. Include any abbreviations (LLC Inc , etc.). Mailing Address Enter a central and general mailing address for this customer to receive mail from the TCEQ. For example, if this customer is a large company, this address might be the corporate or regional headquarters. On the other hand, for a smaller business, this address could be the same as the site address. If this is a street address, please follow US Postal Service standards. In brief these standards require this information in this order: ■ ■ ■ ■ the "houseenumbern for example, the 1401 in 1401 Main St if there is a direction before the street name, the one- or two -letter abbreviation of that direction (N, S, E W, NE, SE, SW, or NW) the street name (if a numbered street, do not spell out the numbero for example, 6th St, not Sixth St) an appropriate abbreviation of the type of streeto for example, St, Ave, Blvd, Fwy, Exwy, Hwy, Cr, Ct, Ln if there is a direction after the street name the one - or two -letter abbreviation of that direction (N, S, E, W, NE SE, SW, or NW) if there is a room number, suite number, or company mail code City, State, and ZIP Code Enter the name of the city, the two -letter USPS abbreviation for the state (for example, TX), and the ZIP Code (Enter the full ZIP+4 if you know it.) TCEQ-20023-Instructions (09/02) Page 1 of 2 Country Mailing Information If this address is outside the United States, enter the territory name, country code, and any non -ZIP mailing codes or other nonLU.S. Postal Service features here. If this address is inside the United States, leave these spaces blank. Phone Number and Extension This number should correspond to this customerlt mailing address given earlier. Enter the area code and phone number here. Leave "Extensionoblank if this customer® phone system Tacks this feature. Fax Number This number should correspond to this customer® mailing address given earlier Enter the area code and fax number here. E-mail Address As with the mailing address, this should be a general address that is appropriate for e-mail to this customer® central or regional headquarters, if applicable. C. Project / Site Information Regulated Entity Reference Number This number designates this site® status as a TCEQ "regulated entityuu in other words a location where an activity that we regulate occurs. We assign each regulated entity a number that begins with "RN,Dfollowed by nine digits. This is not a permit number registration number, or license number. If this site has not been assigned a Regulated Entity Reference Number, leave the space for the Regulated Entity Reference Number blank. If this site has already been assigned this number, enter the Regulated Entity Reference Number. Do not enter a permit number, registration number, or license number in place of the Regulated Entity Reference Number. ■ ■ ■ Name Enter the name by which you want this site to be known to the TCEQ. Physical Address Enter the physical address of the site itself. TCEQ staff should be able to use this address to find the site. Location Description Enter a physical description of the location of the site based on highway intersections and/or permanent landmarks. City, County, and ZIP Code Enter the name of the city, the county, and the ZIP Code. (Enter the full ZIP+4 if you know it.) D Contact Give all the relevant information for the person whom TCEQ can contact if there are questions about any of the information on this form❑ perhaps the same person who completed the form. E. Certification The operator must sign and date this statement to validate this NOT. Be sure to enter the full legal name of the person signing the form and the relevant title❑ for example, 'Operator,Lf'Operatorla attorney,Thr "Senior Site Manager.DUse the "PrefixDblank for such titles as Dr., Mr., or Ms., as desired. Use the "SuffixLiblank for such designations as Ph D., Jr., Sr., III, or J.D., if applicable. For a corporation, the application shall be signed by a responsible corporate officer. A responsible corporate officer means a president, secretary, treasurer, or vice- president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs similar policy or decision -making functions for the corporation; or the manager of one or more manufacturing, production, or operating facilities employing more than 250 persons or having gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding $25 million (in second-quarter 1980 dollars), if authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures. Corporate procedures governing authority to sign permit applications may provide for assignment or delegation to applicable corporate positions rather than to specific individuals. For a partnership or sole proprietorship the application shall be signed by a general partner or the proprietor, respectively. For a municipality, state, federal, or other public agency, the application shall be signed by either a principal executive officer or a ranking elected official. For purposes of this application a principal executive officer of a feder agency includes the chief executive officer of the agency or a senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency (e.g. regional administrator of the United States Environmental Protection Agency). Questions? If you have questions about any of the information on this form, contact our Storm Water Program at 512/239-4671 or look for "Storm Waterton our Web site: www.tceq.state.tx.us TCEQ-20023-Instructions (09/02) Page 2 of 2 MN r if -1st.'" Notice of Termination (NOT) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under the TPDES Construction General Permit (TXR150000) TCEQ Office Use Only TPDES Permit Number: TXR15 GIN Number: -NO 4EO For help completing this application, read the TXR150000 NOI Instructions (TCEQ-20023-Instructions). A. TPDES Permit Number: TXR15 • Construction Site Operator Customer Reference Number: CN Name. Mailing Address: City: State: -- Zip Code: Country Mailing Information (if outside USA) Territory: Country Code: Postal Code: Phone Number: Extension: Fax Number: E-mail Address: P roject / Site Information Regulated Entity Reference Number: RN N ame. P hysical Address: Location Access Description: City. County: Zip Code: Contact - If the TCEQ needs additional information regarding this termination, who should be contacted? ' Name. Title: - Phone Number: Extension: Fax Number: E-mail Address: E. Certification I certify under penalty of law that authorization under the TPDES Construction General Permit (TXR150000) is no longer necessary based on the provisions of the general permit. I understand that by submitting this Notice of Termination, I am no longer authorized to discharge storm water associated with construction activity under the general permit TXR150000, and that discharging pollutants in storm water associated with construction activity to waters of the U S. is unlawful under the Clean Water Act where the discharge is not authorized by a TPDES permit I also understand that the submittal of this Notice of Termination does not release an operator from liability for any violations of this permit or the Clean Water Act. Construction Site Operator Representative: P refix: First: Middle: L ast: Suffix: Title: Signature: Date: If you have questions on how to fill out this form or about the storm water program please contact us at (512) 239-4671. Individuals are entitled to request and review their personal information that the agency gathers on its forms. They may also have any errors in their information corrected. To review such information, contact us at (512) 239-3282. The completed NOT must be mailed to the following address: Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Storm Water & General Permits Team, MC - 228 P O Box 13087 Austin, Texas 78711-3087 TCEQ - 20023 (02/03) Page 1 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS Section 01565 NPDES REQUIREMENTS NOTES TO SPECIFIER ******************************************************************************** THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE CHECKED FOR COORDINATION DURING DESIGN: ********************************************************************************* A. The foimns referenced as Figures 1565 -1 through 7 are not included herewith. These are EPA standard forms and must be obtained from the EPA. Make copies and insert following the specification. B. In using this Section, check current EPA requirements; they are changing every year. Revise specification if necessary to fit current regulations. ********************************************************************************* END OF NOTES 04/2002 01565-11 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION Section 01566 SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Description of erosion and sediment control and other control -related practices which shall be utilized during construction activities. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Unless indicated in the Unit Price Schedule as a pay item, no separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in pay items of which this work is a component. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than site work specifically directed by the engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. B Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated rights -of -way and easements for construction. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately by the Contractor. 04/2002 C The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting, storing hauling, and disposing of spoil, silt, and waste materials as specified m this or other Specifications and in compliance with applicable federal, state, and local rules and regulations. D Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Drawings and this Specification. E The Contractor shall install, maintain, and inspect erosion and sediment control measures and practices as specified in the Drawings and in this or other Specifications. 01566-1 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 3.02 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL SYSTEMS A When topsoil is specified as a component of another Specification, the Contractor shall conduct erosion control practices described in this Specification during topsoil placement operations. 1 When placing topsoil, maintain erosion and sediment control systems, such as swales, grade stabilization structures, berms, dikes, silt fences, and sediment basins. 2. Maintain grades which have been previously established on areas to receive topsoil. 3. After the areas to receive topsoil have been brought to grade, and immediately prior to dumping and spreading the topsoil, loosen the subgrade by discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 2 inches to permit bonding of the topsoil to the subsoil. 3.03 DUST CONTROL • A Implement dust control methods to control dust creation and movement on construction sites and roads and to prevent airborne sediment from reaching receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems, to reduce on -site and off -site damage, to prevent health hazards, and to improve traffic safety. B Control blowing dust by using one or more of the following methods: 1. Mulches bound with chemical binders. 2. Temporary vegetative cover. 3. Tillage to roughen surface and bring clods to the surface. 4. Irrigation by water spnnkling. 5. Barriers using solid board fences, burlap fences, crate walls, bales of hay, or similar materials. C Implement dust control methods immediately whenever dust can be observed blowing on the project site. 3.04 KEEPING STREETS CLEAN A Keep streets clean of construction debris and mud carried by construction vehicles and equipment. If necessary to keep the streets clean, install stabilized construction exits at construction, staging, storage, and disposal areas. A vehicle/equipment wash area (stabilized with coarse aggregate) may be installed adjacent to the stabilized construction exit, as needed. Release wash water into a drainage swale or inlet protected by erosion and sediment control measures. Construction exit and wash areas are specified in Section 01550 - Stabilized Construction Exit. B In lieu of or in addition to stabilized construction exits, shovel or sweep the pavement to the extent necessary to keep the street clean Waterhosing or sweeping of debris and mud off of the street into adjacent areas is not allowed. 04/2002 01566-2 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 3.05 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR A Confine maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment to areas specifically designated for that purpose. Locate such areas so that oils, gasoline, grease, solvents, and other potential pollutants cannot be washed directly into receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems. Provide these areas with adequate waste disposal receptacles for liquid as well as solid waste. Clean and inspect maintenance areas daily. B On a construction site where designated equipment maintenance areas are not feasible, take precautions during each individual repair or maintenance operation to prevent potential pollutants from washing into streams or conveyance systems. Provide temporary waste disposal receptacles. 3.06 WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL A Contractor shall formulate and implement a plan for the collection and disposal of waste materials on the construction site. In plan designate locations for trash and waste receptacles and establish a collection schedule. Methods for ultimate disposal of waste shall be specified and carried out in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal health and safety regulations. Make special provisions for the collection and disposal of liquid wastes and toxic or hazardous materials. B Keep receptacles and waste collection areas neat and orderly to the extent possible. Waste shall not be allowed to overflow its container or accumulate from day-to-day Locate trash collection points where they will least likely be affected by concentrated storm water runoff. 3.07 WASHING AREAS A , Vehicles such as concrete delivery trucks or dump trucks and other construction equipment shall not be washed at locations where the runoff will flow directly into a watercourse or storm water conveyance system. Designate special areas for washing vehicles Locate these areas where the wash water will spread out and evaporate or infiltrate directly into the ground, or where the runoff can be collected in a temporary holding or seepage basin. Beneath wash areas construct a gravel or rock base to mimmize mud production. 3.08 STORAGE OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND CHEMICALS A Isolate sites where chemicals, cements, solvents, paints, or other potential water pollutants are stored in areas where they will not cause runoff pollution. B Store toxic chemicals and materials, such as pesticides, paints, and acids in accordance with manufacturers' guidelines. Protect groundwater resources from leaching by placing a plastic mat, packed clay, tar paper, or other impervious materials on any areas where toxic liquids are to be opened and stored. 3.09 DEMOLITION AREAS 04/2002 - 01566-3 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION A Demolition activities which create large amounts of dust with significant concentrations of heavy metals or other toxic pollutants shall use dust control techniques to limit transport of airborne pollutants. However water or slurry used to control dust contaminated with heavy metals or toxic pollutants shall be retained on the site and shall not be allowed to run directly into watercourses or storm water conveyance systems. Methods of ultimate disposal of these materials shall be carried out in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal health and safety regulations. 3.10 SANITARY FACILITIES A Provide the construction sites with adequate portable toilets for workers in accordance with Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls, and applicable health regulations. 3.11 PESTICIDES A Use and store pesticides during construction in accordance with manufacturers' guidelines and with local, state and federal regulations. Avoid overuse of pesticides which could produce contaminated runoff. Take great care to prevent accidental spillage. Never wash pesticide containers in or near flowing streams or storm water conveyance systems. END OF SECTION 04/2002 01566-4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM Section 01570 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Trench safety system for the construction of trench excavations. B Trench safety system for structural excavations which fall under provisions of State and Federal trench safety laws. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Measurement for trench safety systems used on trench excavations is on a linear foot basis measured along the centerline of the trench, including manholes and other line structures. No separate measurement will be made of shoring systems used by the Contractor for protection unless identified as Special Shoring on the Drawings. Shoring, other than Special shoring, will be included in the trench safety system measurements. B Measurement for Special Shoring system installations shown on the Drawings and included in the bid schedule for trench excavations, is on a square foot basis. C No payment will be made for trench safety systems for structural excavations under this section. Include payment for trench safety system in applicable structure installation sections. D Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A A trench is defined as a narrow excavation (in relation to its depth) made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet. B The trench safety system requirements apply to larger open excavations if the erection of structures or other installations limits the space between the excavation slope and the installation todimensions equivalent to a trench as defined. C Trench Safety Systems include both Protective Systems and Shoring Systems but are not limited to sloping, sheeting, trench boxes or trench shields, slide rail systems, sheet piling, cribbing, bracing, shoring, dewatering or diversion of water to provide adequate drainage. 1. protective Systems: A method of protecting employees from cave-ins, from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an excavation, or from the collapse of an adjacent structure. 04/2002 01570-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 2. Shoring System: A structure that supports the sides of an excavation and which is designed to prevent cave-ins, or to prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements. 3. Special Shoring: A shoring system meeting Special Shoring Requirements for locations identified on the Drawings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit a safety program specifically for the construction of trench excavation. Design the trench safety program to be in accordance with OSHA 29CFR standards governing the presence and activities of individuals working in and around trench excavations, and in accordance with any Special Shoring requirements at locations shown on the Drawings. C Have construction and shop drawings for trench safety systems sealed as required by OSHA by a licensed Professional Engineer retained and paid by the Contractor. Review of the safety program by the Engineer will only be in regard to compliance with the Contract Documents and will not constitute approval by the Engineer nor relieve • Contractor of obligations under State and Federal trench safety laws. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A - Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with the provision of Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring, Federal Occupation Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards, 29CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, as amended, including Final Rule, published in the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 on Tuesday, October 31, 1989. The sections that are incorporated into these specifications by reference include Sections 1926-650 through 1926-652. B A reproduction of the OSHA standards included in "Subpart P - Excavations" from the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 is available upon request to Contractors bidding on Owner s projects. The Owner assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the reproduction. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining a copy of this section of the Federal Register. C Legislation that has been enacted by the Texas Legislature with regard to Trench Safety Systems, is hereby incorporated, by reference, into these specifications. Refer to Texas Health and Safety Code Ann., §756.021 (Vernon 1991). D Reference materials, if developed for a specific project, will be issued with the Bid Documents, including the followings 1. Geotechnical information obtained for use in design of the trench safety system. 2. Special Shoring Requirements. 04/2002 01570-2 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 1.06 INDEMNIFICATION A Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its employees, and agents, from any and all damages, costs (including, without limitation, legal fees, court costs, and the cost of investigation), judgments or claims by anyone for injury or death of persons resulting from the collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this Contract. B Contractor acknowledges and agrees that this indemnity provision provides indemnity for the Owner in case the Owner is negligent either by act or omission in providing for trench safety, including, but not limited to safety program and design reviews, inspections, failures to issue stop work orders, and the hiring of the Contractor. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with provisions of OSHA 29CFR. Specially designed ,trench safety systems shall be installed in accordance with the Contractor s trench excavation safety program for the locations and conditions identified in the program. Install Special Shoring at the locations shown on the Drawings. Obtain verification :from a competent person, as identified in the Contractor s trench excavation safety program, that trench boxes and other premanufactured systems are certified for the actual installation conditions. 3.02 INSPECTION A Conduct daily inspections by Contractor or Contractor's independently retained consultant, of the french safety systems to ensure that the installed systems and operations meet OSHA 29CFR and other personnel protection regulations requirements. B If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent, immediately stop work in the trench and move personnel to safe locations until necessary precautions have been taken to safeguard personnel. C Maintain a permanent record of daily inspections. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Verify specific applicability of the selected or specially designed trench safety systems to each field condition encountered on the project. END OF SECTION 04/2002 01570-3 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 1.0 GENERAL Section 01580 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Project identification sign description. B Installation. C Maintenance and removal. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A No separate payment will be made for design, fabrication, installation, and maintenance of project identification signs under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in the pay item for Section 01505 - Mobilization. B If changes to project identification signs are requested by the City Engineer to keep them current, payment will be made by change order. C Skid -mounted signs shall be relocated as directed by the City Engineer at no additional cost to the City. Post -mounted signs shall be relocated once, if directed in writing by the City Engineer, at no additional'cost to the City. If a post -mounted sign is relocated more than once at the written direction of the City Engineer, payment will be made by change order. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A Sign Construction: Project identification signs shall be constructed of new materials and painted new for the project. Construct post -mounted signs as shown on Construction Sign Details. B Appearance: Project identification signs shall be maintained to present a clean and neat look throughout the project duration. C Sign Manufacturer/Maker: Experienced as a professional sign company. D Sign Placement: Place signs at locations as directed by the City Engineer. The City Engineer will provide sign placement instructions at the Preconstruction Meeting. 1. A linear project is one involving paving, overlay, sewer hnes, storm drainage, or water mains that run in the right-of-way over a distance. A linear project requires a project identification sign at each end of the construction site. 2. Single Site or Building Projects: Provide one project identification sign. 3. Multiple Sites Provide one project identification sign at each site. 04/2002 01580-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 4. Sign Relocation: As work progresses at each site, it may be necessary to move and relocate project identification signs. Relocate signs as directed in writing by the City Engineer. E Alternate Skid -mounted Sign Construction: Post -mounted signs are preferred, but skid - mounted signs are allowed, especially for projects with noncontiguous locations where work progresses from one location to another. The skid structure shall be designed so that the sign will withstand a 60-mile-per-hour wind load directly to the face or back of the sign. Use stakes, straps, or ballast. Approval of the use of skid -mounted signs shall not release the Contractor from responsibility of maintaining a project identification sign on the project site and shall not make the City responsible for the security of such signs. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures. B Show content, layout, lettering style lettering size, and colors. Make sign and lettering to scale, clearly indicating condensed lettering, if used. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGN MATERIALS • A Structure and Framing: All sign materials shall be new. 1. Sign Posts: -Use 4-inch by 4-inch wood posts, 8 feet long for skid mounting and 12 feet long minimum for post hole mounting to set top of posts at 8 feet above existing grade. 2. Sign Header Supports and Skid Bracing: 2-inch by 4-inch wood framing material. 3. Skid Members: 2-inch by 6-inch wood framing material. 4. Fasteners: a. Use galvanized steel fasteners. b. Use 1/2-inch by 5-1/2-inch button head carriage bolts to attach sign to posts and 1/2-inch by 3-1/2-inch to attach sign header to sign. Secure with nuts and flat head washers at locations shown on the detail titled Project Sign Construction. c. Cover button heads with white reflective film or paint to match sign background. B Sign and Sign Header. Use manne plywood, minimum 3/4-inch thick. Use full-size 4- foot by 8-foot sheets for sign and a single piece for header to minimize joints do not piece wood to fabricate a sign face. C Paint and Primers: White paint used to prime surfaces and to resist weathering shall be an industrial grade, fast -drying, oil -based paint with gloss finish Paint structural and framing members white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint sign and sign header material white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint all sign surfaces with this weather -protective paint prior to adding any sign paint or adhesive applications. 04/2002 01580-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS D Colors: 1. Sign and Header Background: Sign and sign header backgrounds shall be industrial grade, reflective white. Use 3M Scotchlite Engineer Grade, Pressure Sensitive Sheeting (White), or approved equal. 2. Sign Border: Add 2-1/2-inch-wide red border along the four edges of the project sign. Do not apply the border to the sign header. For border, use industrial grade reflective red. Use 3M Scotchlite Engineer Grade, Pressure Sensitive Sheeting (Red), or approved equal. 3. Sign Film: Make legends, symbols, lettering, and artwork from 3M Scotchcal Pressure Sensitive Films, or approved equal. Match colors to the following 3M Scotchcal Pressure Sensitive Films. a. All Lettering: Vivid Blue b. Rainbow Graphic on Header for Neighborhoods to Standard 1) Dark Violet 2) Intense Blue 3) Kelly Green 4) Bright Yellow 5) Bright Orange 6) Tomato Red E City Seal and Other Logos: The City Engineer will provide seals and other logos to the Contractor, as needed. 2.02 SIGN LAYOUT A Lettering: -- 1. Style, Size, and Spacing: Prepare the sign using uppercase Helvetica Regular lettering of the height and spacing shown on the Drawings. 2. Condensed Style* Lettering for variable text may be condensed if needed to maintain sign composition. 04/2002 B Composition: 1. Lines with Variable Text a. Line 1 typically reads THIS PROJECT IS FINANCED BY THE CITIZENS. OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND. However, when Community Development funds are used for any part of the project, Line 1 shall read, THIS PROJECT IS FINANCED BY FEDERAL COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT FUNDS. Other text could be substituted depending on the funding source for the Project. b. Line 2 gives the project name and dollar amount for project construction. 1) The City Engineer will provide the project name to the Contractor for preparation of the sign. If a dollar amount is specified, the project name is left justified and can cover up to 56 inches of line length. If no dollar amount is given on the sign, the project name is centered and can cover the full line length. In either case, the lettering may be condensed, if necessary. 01580-3 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 2) The City Engineer will provide the Contractor with the dollar amount to be included on the sign. If a dollar amount is specified, the dollar amount is right justified and can cover up to 28 inches of line length. c. Line 11 is for the firm name of the project Consultant. The City Engineer will provide the Contractor with the consultant's name to be included on the sign. The word CONSULTANT, followed by a colon, is left justified. The consultant's name follows the word CONSULTANT and can cover the remainder of the available line length, up to a total of 69 inches The lettering may be condensed, if necessary. d. Line 12 is for the firm name of the Contractor and the Contractor's telephone number. The word CONTRACTOR followed by a colon, is left justified. The Contractor's name and telephone number follow the word CONTRACTOR and can cover the remainder of the available line length, up to a total of 69 inches. The lettering may be condensed, if necessary; the telephone number may not be condensed 2. Lines with Standard Text: Lines 3 through 10 and 13 through 15 provide the names and titles for Mayor, Controller, Council Members Director of the Department of Public Works and Engineering, and the City Engineer. These lines will be placed exactly as shown on the Drawings with the same size and spacing as indicated. 3. Logo for the Department of Public Works and Engineering: A space approximately 12 inches high by 17 inches wide shall be reserved for the Public Works logo in the lower right corner of the sign The City Engineer will provide the Contractor with the logo. The logo shall be affixed to the signby the sign maker. 2.03 LAYOUT AND COMPOSITION FOR HEADERS A Rectangular Sign Header: 1. A 1-foot by 4-foot sign header will be affixed to the top of the sign An example of the rectangular sign header is illustrated on the standard detail labeled Construction Sign Standard - Public Works. 2. Standard Text: a. Line A states "Citizens of Pearland at Work" in Helvetica Regular initial capitals. b. Line B (optional) are the words FOR THE which make transition to optional variable text. 3. Vanable Text: a. Line C (optional) is for the project s sponsoring department of the City of Pearland. Refer to attached Table 01580-1, Sponsoring Departments and Directors. The department name will be given to the Contractor by the City Engineer. b. Line D (optional) is for the name and title of the director of the sponsoring department. Refer to attached Table 01580-1, Sponsoring Departments and Directors The name of the department director will be given to the Contractor by the City Engineer. 04/2002 01580-4 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS B Elliptical Sign Header (Neighborhoods to Standard): 1. A 1-1/2-foot by 6-foot half ellipse sign header will be affixed to the top of the sign. An example of this elliptical sign header is illustrated on the standard detail labeled Construction Sign Standard - Neighborhoods to Standard 2. Standard Text: Line A identifies the project as Neighborhoods to Standard with Helvetical Regular lettering in initial capitals. 3. Variable Text: Line B of the header is a short description of the project area. The City Engineer will provide the Contractor with the project area to be included on the sign. C City of Pearland Seal: A space approximately 12 inches in diameter shall be reserved for each City of Pearland seal on the sign header. The City Engineer will provide the Contractor with the seal. The seal shall be affixed to the sign by the sign maker. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Install project identification signs within 7 calendar days after Date of Commencement. B Erect signs where designated by the City Engineer at the Preconstruction Meeting Position the sign in such a manner as to' be fully visible and readable to the general public. C Erect sign level and plumb. D If mounted on posts, sink posts at least 3 feet below grade. Stabilize posts to minimize lateral motion Leave a minimum of 8 feet of post above existing grade for mounting of the sign and header. E Erect sign so that the top edge of the sign, not the sign header, is at a nominal 8 feet above existing grade. 3.02 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL A Keep signs and supports clean. Repair deterioration and damage. B Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations to a depth of 2 feet upon completion of Project. Restore the area to a condition equal to or better than before construction. END OF SECTION 04/2002 01580-5 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS ATTACHMENT TABLE 01580-1 SPONSORING DEPARTMENTS AND DIRECTORS SPONSORING DEPARTMENTS DEPARTMENT DIRECTORS / CHIEFS Police Department Fire Department Parks & Recreation Department Public Library Department Solid Waste Department Department of Housing and Community Development Health & Human Services; Department 04/2002 01580-6 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS Section 01580 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS ************ NOTES TO SPECIFIER ************ THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE CHECKED FOR COORDINATION DURING DESIGN: ************************************************************************************ NOTE' This section applies only to projects for the City of Pearland. For projects in cooperation with other agencies or public bodies, revise and obtain approval from the City Engineer for the project identification sign. ************************************************************************************ A. Coordinate this specification with other related specifications including the following related Sections. RELATED SECTIONS Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures B. On projects financed by SRF, add the following as paragraph 3.02. Change existing paragraph 3 02 to 3.03. • 3.02 TWDB SIGN A. The Texas Water Development Board (TWDB) will provide a sign for this Project if it is funded through the SRF The sign will be placed alongside the Project Sign required by the City of Pearland in a manner and location agreeable to the TWDB. The sign will be approximately 4 foot by 6 foot made of 0.080 aluminum and predrilled with six 5/16-inch holes for mounting. The sign will read: CLEAN WATER FOR TEXAS (TEXAS WATER DEVELOPMENT BOARD SEAL) FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE PROVIDED BY TEXAS WATER DEVELOPMENT BOARD 04/2002 01580-7 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS IGFS NO: (FILE NO: CONTRACTOR CONTACT: REVIEWED BY: INSTRUCTIONS TO SIGN MAKER (LIST COMPANY NAME): QTY ACTION ITEMS: Make new sign(s) j��////////// i Follow City standards attached Provide to City for layout, lettering submittal size, and (drawing) colors project sign showing content, lettering style, VARIABLE TEXT Sign: Line 1 Project Financed by: " Amount: Line 2 Project Name. , I $ Line 11 Consultant: Line 12 Contractor: Contractor Telephone: ( ) Header: Line B FOR THE (Use only if line C or D is given) Line C Sponsoring Department: Line D Department Director / Chief: Line B Project Area (Neighborhoods to Standard Project ONLY.) ATTACHMENTS INCLUDED QTY SEALS / LOGOS City of Pearland j��/� A STANDARDS Standard Specification Section 01580 — Project Identification Sign Standard Detail ❑ 01580-01 (Public Works) ❑ 01580-02 (Neighborhoods to Standard) 04/2002 01580-8 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS INSTRUCTIONS The preceding form is produced from ProBase at the request of the Project Manager. The Project Manager will prepare the form and present it at the Preconstruction Conference to the Contractor for his use. The foiiu will contain the following information, except that marked with an asterisk (*). The Contractor shall insert the information not included on the form and provide it to the sign maker with the Contractor's purchase order. List GFS NO., (FILE NO.), Name of CONTRACTOR CONTACT, and name of City's Project Manager REVIEWED BY. INSTRUCTIONS TO SIGN MAKER: * Give COMPANY NAME of sign maker. Indicate QUANTITY of new signs to be made. Sign maker follows City Standard for making signs. Include quantity of submittals required from sign maker who provides shop drawing of Project sign showing content, layout, lettering style, lettering size, and colors. VARIABLE TEXT: Sign Line 1 Line 2 Line 11 Line 12 Header Line B Line C Line D Line B 04/2002 List source of funds for FINANCING project, if other than "by the Citizens of Pearland." Give PROJECT NAME Indicate amount financed. Give name of CONSULTANT. Give name of CONTRACTOR and his TELEPHONE NUMBER Use the words FOR THE in conjunction with Lines C and D. Give name of SPONSORING DEPARTMENT, if applicable. Give name of DEPARTMENT DIRECTOR or CHIEF, if applicable. Use Line B to describe PROJECT AREA for a Neighborhoods to Standard project. 01580-9 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS ATTACHMENTS INCLUDED• • • 04/2002 Seals/Logos Give quantity of seals included for each type listed (CITY OF PEARLAND) Standards Give quantity for each of the Standards included (SPECIFICATION SECTION 01580 - PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN, applicable STANDARD DETAIL). 01580-10 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT Section 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of materials and equipment. 1.02 PRODUCTS A Products: Means material, equipment, or systems fouuing the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for reuse. B Do not reuse materials and equipment, designated to be removed, except as specified by the Contract Documents. - C Provide equipment and components from the fewest number of manufacturers as is practical, in order to simplify spare parts inventory and to allow for maximum interchangeability of components. For multiple components of the same size, type or application, use the same make and model of component throughout the project. 1.03 TRANSPORTATION A Make arrangements for transportation, delivery, and handling of equipment and materials required for timely completion of the Work. B Transport and handle products in accordance with instructions. C Consign and address shipping documents to the proper party giving name of Project, street number, and City. Shipments shall be delivered to the Contractor. 1.04 DELIVERY A Arrange deliveries of products to accommodate the short term site completion schedules and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. Avoid deliveries that cause lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage space. B Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the site and to accommodate the following: 1. Work of other contractors or the City. 2. Limitations of storage space. , 3. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products. 4. City's use of premises. 04/2002 01600-1 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT C Have products delivered to the site in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. D Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure: 1. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Quantities are correct. 3. Containers and packages are intact labels are legible. 4. Products are properly protected and undamaged. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A Coordinate the off-loading of materials and equipment delivered to the job site If necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction, Contractor shall relocate materials and equipment at no additional cost to the City. B Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those provided by the City, by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging. C Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent breaking scraping, marring, or otherwise damaging products or surrounding areas. D Handle products by methods to prevent over bending or overstressing. E Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. F Handle materials and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. G Do not drop, roll or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable materials handling equipment. 1.06 STORAGE OF MATERIAL A Store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturefs recommendations and requirements of these Specifications. B Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. Place loose soil materials, and materials to be incorporated into the Work to prevent damage to any part of the Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of the Work and to utility service company installations in the vicinity of the Work. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. C Restrict storage to areas available on the construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Drawings or approved by the City Engineer D Provide off -site storage and protection when on -site storage is not adequate. 04/2002 01600-2 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT E Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises. F Protect stored materials and equipment against loss or damage. G Store in manufacturers' unopened containers. H Materials delivered and stored along the line of the Work shall be neatly, safely, and compactly stacked along the work site in such manner as to cause the least inconvenience and damage to property owners and the general public, and shall be not closer than 3 feet to any fire hydrant. Public and private drives and street crossings shall be kept open. I Damage to lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the City Engineer. The total length which materials may be distributed along the route of construction at any one time is 1000 lineal feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by the City Engineer. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 04/2002 01600:3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Section 01630. PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Options for making product or process selections B Procedures for proposing equivalent construction products or processes, including preapproved, and approved products or processes 1.02 DEFINITIONS A Product. Means materials, equipment, or systems incorporated into the Project. Product does not include machinery and equipment used for production, fabrication, conveying, and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for re -use. B Process: Any proprietary system or method for installing system components resulting in an integral, functioning part of the Work. For this Section, the word Product includes Processes. 1.03 SELECTION OPTIONS A Preapproved Products: Construction products of certain manufacturers or suppliers are designated in the Specifications as "preapproved. Products of other manufacturers or suppliers will not be acceptable for this Project and will not be considered under the submittal process for approving alternate products. ' B Approved Products: Construction products or processes of certain manufacturers- or suppliers designated in the Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal." Approval of alternate products or processes not listed in the Specifications may be obtained through provisions for product options and substitutions in Document 00700 - General Conditions, and by following the submittal procedures specified in Section 01350 - Submittals. The procedure for approval of alternate products is not applicable to preapproved products. C Product Compatibility: To the maximum extent possible, provide products that are of the same type or function from a single manufacturer, make, or source. Where more than one choice is available as a Contractor's option, select a product which is compatible with other products already selected, specified, or in use by the Owner. 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A The Contractor's responsibility related to product options and substitutions is defined in the General Conditions. 04/2002 01630-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS B Furnish infon nation the Engineer deems necessary to judge equivalency of the alternate product. C Pay for laboratory testing as well as any other review or examination costs, needed to establish the equivalency between products in order to obtain information upon which the Engineer can base a decision. D If the Engineer determines that an alternate product is not equal to that named in the Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish one of the specified products. 1.05 ENGINEER'S REVIEW A Alternate products or processes may be used only if approved in writing by the Engineer. The Engineer's determination regarding acceptance of a proposed alternate product is final. B Alternate products will be accepted if the product is judged by the Engineer to be equivalent to the specified product or to offer substantial benefit to the Owner. C The Owner retains the right to accept any product or process deemed advantageous to the Owner, and similarly, to reject any product or process deemed not beneficial to the Owner 1.06 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE A Collect and assemble technical information applicable to the proposed'product to aid in determining equivalency as related to the approved product specified. B Submit a written request for a construction product to be considered as an alternate product. Submit the product information after the effective date of the Agreement and within the time period allowed for substitution submittals given in the General Conditions. After the submittal period has expired, requests for alternate products will be considered only when a specified product becomes unavailable because of conditions beyond the Contractor's control. D Submit 5 copies of each request for alternate product approval. Include the following information• 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents 2. For products: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address b. Manufacturer's literature with product description, performance and test data, and reference standards c. Samples, as applicable 04/2002 01630-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and date of installation. Include the name of the Owner, Architect/Engineer, and installing contractor. 3. For construction methods: a. Detailed description of proposed method b. Drawings illustrating methods 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified 5. Data relating to changes in construction schedule 6. Relation to separate contracts, if any 7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. 8. Other infoiination requested by the Engineer. E Approved alternate products will be subject to the same review process as the specified product would have been for shop drawings, product data, and samples. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 04/2002 01630-3 CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING 1.0 GENERAL Section 01720 FIELD SURVEYING 1.01 QUALITY CONTROL A Conform to State of Texas laws for surveys requiring licensed surveyors. Employ a land surveyor acceptable to Engineer. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Submit to Engineer the name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work. Submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work on request. C Submit information under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittals. 1.03 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. B Submit Record Documents under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittals. 1.04 EXAMINATION A Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting Work. B Notify Engineer immediately of any discrepancies discovered. 1.05 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A Control datum for survey is that established by Owner -provided survey and indicated on Drawings. B Locate and protect survey control points, including property corners, prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction. C Notify Engineer 48 hours in advance of need for relocation of reference points due to changes in grades or other reasons. D Report promptly to Engineer the loss or destruction of any reference point. E Contractor shall reimburse Owner for cost of reestablishment of permanent reference points disturbed by Contractor's operations. 04/2002 01720-1 CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING 1.06 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. B Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on site, referenced to established control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. Establish and record in survey notes elevations, lines and levels to provide quantities required for measurement and payment and to provide appropriate controls for the Work. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading; fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2. Grid or axis for structures. D Verify periodically layouts by same means. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 04/2002 01720-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.0 GENERAL Section 01730 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Cutting, patching and fitting of Work to existing facilities, or to accommodate installation or connection of Work with existing facilities, or to uncover work for access, inspection or testing. 1.02 CUTTING AND PATCHING A Perform activities to avoid interference with facility operations and the Work of others in accordance with the Document 00700 - General Conditions of the Contract. B Execute cutting and patching including excavation, backfill and fitting to: 1. Remove and replace defective Work or Work not conforming to the Drawings and Specifications. 2. Take samples of installed Work as required for testing. 3. Remove construction required to provide for specified alteration or addition to existing work. 4. Uncover Work to provide for inspection or reinspection of covered Work by the Engineer or regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. 5. Connect any Work that was not accomplished in the proper sequence to completed Work. 6. Remove or relocate existing utilities and pipes which obstruct Work to which connections must be made. 7. Make connections or alterations to existing or new facilities. 8. Provide openings, channels, chases and flues, if any, and do cutting, patching and finishing. C Restore existing work to a state equal to or better than that prior to cutting and patching. Restore new Work to standards of these Specifications. D Support, anchor, attach, match, trim and seal materials to the Work of others. Unless otherwise specified, furnish and install sleeves, inserts, hangers, required for the execution of the Work. E Provide shoring, bracing and support as required to maintain structural integrity and protect adjacent Work from damage during cutting and patching Before cutting beams or other structural members, anchors, lintels or other supports, request written instructions from the Engineer. Follow such instructions, as applicable. 04/2002 01730-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submit written notice to the Engineer requesting consent to proceed prior to cutting which may affect structural integrity or design function, Owner operations, or work of another contractor. B Include the following in submittal: 1. Identification of project. 2. Description of affected Work. 3. Necessity for cutting. 4. Effect on other work and on structural integrity. 5. Include description of proposed Work: a. Scope of cutting and patching. b. Contractor, subcontractor or trade to execute Work. c. Products proposed to be used. d. Extent of refinishing. e. Schedule of operations. 6. Alternatives to cutting and patching, if any. C Should conditions of Work or schedule indicate change of materials or methods, submit a written recommendation to the Engineer including. 1. Conditions indicating change. 2. Recommendations for alternative materials or methods. 3. Submittals as required for substitutions. D Submit written notice to the Engineer designating time Work will be uncovered for observation. Do not begm cutting or patching operations until authorized by the Engineer. 1.04 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES A Perform construction necessary to complete connections and tie-ins to existing facilities. Keep all existing facilities in continuous operation unless otherwise specifically permitted in these Specifications or approved by the Engineer. B Coordinate with the Engineer, interruption of service requiring connection into existing facilities. Bypassing of wastewater or sludge to waterways is not permitted. Provide temporary pumping facilities to handle wastewater if necessary. Use temporary bulkheads (e.g., inflatable plugs) to minimize disruption. Provide temporary power supply and piping to facilitate construction where necessary. C Submit a detailed schedule of proposed connections, including shut -downs and tie-ins. Include in the submittal the proposed time and date as well as the anticipated duration of the Work. Submit the detailed schedule coordinated with the construction schedule. 1. Provide specific time and date infonnnation to the Engineer 48 hours in advance of proposed Work. 04/2002 01730-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CUTTING AND PATCHING D Procedures and Operations: 1. The Contractor may operate existing pumps, valves and gates required for sequencing procedures only as directed by the Engineer. Do not operate any valve, gate or other item of equipment without permission of the City and the knowledge of the Engineer. 2. Insofar as possible, equipment shall be tested and in operating condition before final tie-ins are made to connect equipment to the existing facility. 3. Carefully coordinate Work and schedules Provide written notice to the Engineer at least 48 hours before shut -downs or by-passes are required. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used. 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed. END OF SECTION 04/2002 01730-3 CITY OF PEARLAND STARTING SYSTEMS Section 01750 STARTING SYSTEMS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Starting systems. B Demonstration and instructions C Testing, adjusting, and balancing. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A No separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in pay item of which this work is a component. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B Notify City Engineer 7 days prior to startup of each item. C Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may cause damage. D Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. E Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. F Execute start-up under Contractor's supervision in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. G When specified in individual specification sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check and approve equipment or system installation prior to and during start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. H Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 04/2002 01750-1 CITY OF PEARLAND STARTING SYSTEMS 3.02 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to City Engineer two weeks minimum prior to date of Substantial Completion. B Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with City Engineer in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. C Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble -shooting, servicing maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed -upon times, at equipment location. D Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 3.03 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING A City Engineer will appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform testing, adjusting and balancing. B Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the City Engineer indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with specified requirements and with the requirements of the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION 04/2002 01750-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Maintenance and Submittal of Record Documents and Samples. 1.02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A Maintain one record copy of documents at the site in accordance with Document 00700 - General Conditions, paragraph 3.02. B Store Record Documents and samples in field office if a field office is required by Contract Documents, orin a secure location. Provide files, racks, and secure storage for Record Documents and samples. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry, and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. E Keep Record Documents and Samples available for inspection by Engineer. 1.03 RECORDING A Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required infoiniation is recorded. B Contract Drawings, Change Orders, and Shop Drawings* Legibly mark each item to record all actual construction, or 'as built' conditions, including 1. Measured horizontal locations and elevations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 2. Elevations of underground utilities referenced to bench mark utilized for project. 3. Field changes of dimension and detail. 4. Changes made by modifications. 5. Details not on original contract drawings. 6. References to related shop drawings and Modifications. C Record information with a red pen or pencil on a set of blue line opaque drawings, provided by Engineer. 1.0 GENERAL Section 01760 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS C 04/2002 01760-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.04 SUBMITTALS A At contract closeout, deliver Project Record Documents to Engineer. 2.0 PRODUCTS Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 04/2002 01760-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Section 01770 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Closeout procedures including final submittals such as operation and maintenance data, warranties, and spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.02 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A Comply with Document 00700 - General Conditions regarding Final Completion and Final Payment when Work is complete and ready for Engineer s final inspection. B Provide Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01350 - Submittals. C Complete or correct items on punch list, with no new items added. Any new items will be addressed during warranty period. D The Owner will occupy portions of the Work as specified in other Sections. E Contractor shall request Final Inspection at least two weeks prior to Final Acceptance. 1.03 FINAL CLEANING A Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B Clean debris from drainage systems. C Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. D Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities from the site following the final test of utilities and completion of the work. 1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A Submit operations and maintenance data as noted in Section 01350 - Submittals. 1.05 WARRANTIES A Provide one original of each warranty from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. B Provide Table of Contents and assemble warranties in 3-ring/D binder with durable plastic cover. 04/2002 01770-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Submit warranties prior to final Application for Payment D Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements in Document 00700 General Conditions, paragraph 9.10, Substantial Completion 2.0 PRODUCTS Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 04/2002 01770-2 DIVISION 2 SITE WORK CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION Section 02200 SITE PREPARATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Clearing and grubbing. B Removal of topsoil, stripping and stockpiling. C Removal of debris and trash. D Removal of obstructions. E Excavation and fill. F Disposal of waste materials. G Disposal of excess materials. H Salvaging of designated items. T.02 UNIT PRICES A Site preparation will be measured within the limits shown on the plans. B Side streets and utility easements involving any work in this contract will not be measured separately and are considered incidental to work under this Section. C Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment, for unit price procedures. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Brought -in Structural Fill: 1. Sand, gravel, earth or combination, which can be compacted to form stable embankments and fills conforming to select borrow standards: a. Liquid limit: 45 maximum, ASTM D 4318. b. Plasticity index: 12 minimum, 20 maximum, ASTM D 4318. c. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material. d. Well broken up, free of clods of hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. 0,1 /2004 02200-1 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 2. Brought -in General Fill: LL < 65, PI 0-45, free of trash, etc. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PRESERVATION OF STAKING A Use caution to preserve survey staking, monuments and property corners. B Employ a Registered Surveyor to reset any missing, disturbed, or damaged monumentation. 3.02 SITE CLEARING A Protect trees and shrubs designated to remain in accordance with Section 01563 - Tree and Plant Protection. B Protect utilities from damage. C Topsoil Removal: 1. Remove growths of grassfrom areas before stripping: 2. Topsoil is defined as surface soil found of depth of not less than 4 inches. 3. Strip topsoil to depths encountered. 4. Perform stripping in a manner to prevent intermingling of topsoil with underlying sterile subsoil and remove objectionable materials, including clay lumps, stones over 2 in. in diameter, weeds, roots, leaves, and debris. 5. Where trees are designated by Owner to be left standing, stop topsoil stripping at extreme limits of tree drip line to prevent damage to main root system. 6. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water. 7. Cover storage piles, if required to prevent wind-blown dust. 8. At completion transport topsoil from stockpiles to work site for spreading and final fine grading. D Clearing and Grubbing. 1. Clear project site of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation, except for those designated by Owner to be left standing. 2. Completely remove stumps, roots, and other debris protruding through ground surface. 3. Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees. 4. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material, unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. 5. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 inches loose depth, and thoroughly compact to density equal to adjacent original ground. 6. On areas required for roadway, channel, or structural excavation, remove stumps, 2" diameter or larger limbs and roots, to depth of 2 feet below lower elevation of excavation. 01/2004 02200-2 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 7. On areas required for embankment construction, remove 2" diameter limbs, stumps and roots to depth of 2 feet below ground surface. 8. Blade entire area to prevent ponding of water and to provide drainage, except in areas to be immediately excavated. 9. Trees and stumps may be cut off as close to natural ground as practicable on areas which are to be covered by at least 3 feet of embankment. 10. Complete operations by bulldozing, blading, and grading so that prepared area is free of holes, unplanned ditches abrupt changes in elevations and irregular contours, and preserve drainage of area 3.03 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL A Undercut and replace material which Engineer designates as unsuitable for subsequent construction. B Material used to replace unsuitable material shall be suitable material from site excavation or "Brought -in Fill" specified in this section. 3.04 EXCAVATION AND FILL A Depressed site areas shall be filled using material from high areas, insofar as practicable. B Fill to indicated rough grade elevations under roadways with "Brought -in Structural Fill' material, when fill obtained from high areas is exhausted and `Brought -in General" Fill • for open areas not under structures or roadways. C Place and compact fill in accordance with Section 02330 - Embankment. 3.05 SALVAGEABLE ITEMS AND MATERIAL A Items designated by the Engineer to be salvaged are to be carefully removed so as to cause no damage to the salvaged items and delivered to Owner's storage yard. 3.06 DISPOSAL A Remove and dispose of excess material and debris resulting from work under this Section in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION 01/2004 02200-3 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND Section 02252 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Cement stabilized sand for backfill and bedding. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A No payment will be made for cement stabilized sand under this Section unless an extra unit price item is included in the Bid Proposal and the application of the pay item is approved by the Engineer. Include payment for cement stabilized sand in unit price for applicable utility or structure installation section. B If use of extra cement stabilized sand is allowed based on the Engineer's direction the extra unit price item will be paid on a per ton basis A conversion between volume calculated based on theoretical limits and total weight will be made based on a ratio of 1.64 tons per cubic yard. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit material qualification and mix design tests to includes 1. Three series of tests of sand or fine aggregate material from the proposed source. Tests shall include procedures defined in Paragraph 2 01. 2. Three moisture -density relationship tests prepared using the material qualified by the tests of Paragraph 1.03B.1. Blends of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and bank run sand shall be tested at the ratio to be used for the mix design testing. 3. Mix design report to meet the design requirements of Paragraph 1.04. The mix design shall include compressive strength tests after 48-hours and 7 days curing. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A Design sand -cement mixture to produce a minimum unconfined compressive strength of 100 pounds per square inch in 48 hours when compacted to 95 percent in accordance with ASTM D558 and when cured in accordance with ASTM D1632, and tested in accordance with ASTM D1633. Mix for general use shall contain a minimum of 1-1/2 sacks of cement per cubic yard of mixture. Compact mix with a moisture content on the dry side of optimum. 04/2002 02252-1 CITY OF PEARLAIVD CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Cement: Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150. B Sand: Clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C33, or requirements for Bank Run Sand of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, and the following requirements: 1. Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of ASTM D2487. 2. Deleterious materials: a. Clay lumps ASTM C142; less than 0.5 percent. b. Lightweight pieces, ASTM C123; less than 5.0 percent. c. Organic impurities, ASTM C40; color no darker than the standard color. 3. Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318. C Fine aggregate manufactured from crushed concrete meeting the quality requirements for crushed rock material of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, may be used as a complete or partial substitute for bank run sand. The blending ratio of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and bank run sand shall be defined in the mix design report. D Water: Potable water, free of oils, acids, alkalies, organic matter or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C94. 2.02 MIXING MATERIALS A Thoroughly mix sand cement and water in proportions of the mix design using a pugmill-type mixer. The plant shall be equipped with automatic weight controls to ensure correct mix proportions. B Stamp batch ticket at plant with time of loading directly after mixing. Material not placed and compacted within 4 hours after mixing shall be rejected. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACING A Place sand -cement mixture in 8-inch-thick loose lifts and compact to 95 percent of ASTM D558, unless otherwise specified. The moisture content during compaction shall be on the dry side of optimum but sufficient for hydration. Perform and complete compaction of sand -cement mixture within 4 hours after addition of water to mix at the plant. 04/2002 02252-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND B Do not place or compact sand -cement mixture in standing or free water. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services. B Mixing plant inspections will be performed periodically Material samples will be obtained and tested in accordance with Paragraph 2.01, Matenals, if thereis evidence of change in material characteristic. C Random samples of delivered product will be taken in the field at point of delivery for each day of placement in a work area. Specimens will be prepared in accordance with ASTM C31 and tested for 48 hour compressive strength in accordance with ASTM D1633. D The cement content will be checked on samples obtained in the field whenever there are apparent changes in the mix properties. END OF SECTION ee 04/2002 02252-3 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.0 GENERAL Section 02318 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Excavation, trenching, foundation, embedment, and backfill for installation of utilities, including manholes and other pipeline structures. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A If not listed in Bid Schedule, there will be no additional payment for trench excavation, embedment and backfill. Include cost in the unit price for installed underground piping, sewer, conduit, or duct work. B No separate or additional payment will be made for surface water control, ground water control, or for excavation drainage. Include in the unit price for the installed piping, sewer, conduit, or duct work. C Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. D If listed in Bid Schedule, there will be payment for special excavation: Measurement for special excavation is on a cubic yard basis, measured in place, without deduction for space occupied by portions of pipes, ducts, or other structures left in place across trenches excavated under this item 1. Cost for item shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b. Protection of pipes, ducts, or other structures encountered including bracing, shoring and sheeting necessary for support. c. Replacement of pipes, ducts, or structures damaged by special excavation operations, except where payment for replacement is authorized by Engineer due to deteriorated condition of pipes, ducts, or structure. d. Temporary disconnecting, plugging, and reconnecting of low volume water pipes, to allow machine excavation or augering, when approved by Engineer. Pipe for replacement shall be new and conform to specification requirements for type of existing pipe removed. e. Resodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of special excavation. f. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Project. 2. Include cost for following items in payment for applicable Division 2 - Site Work Sections: a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring b. Utility piping installed in trenches excavated under this item. c. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. 04/2002 02318-1 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES E If listed in Bid Schedule, extra hand excavation: Measurement for extra hand excavation is on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. 1. Cost for item shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Project. 2. Include cost for placement of extra hand excavation in payment for Extra Work Bid Item for Extra Placement of Material. 3. Include cost for following items in payment for applicable Division 2 - Site Work Sections: a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. F If listed in Bid Schedule, there will be payment for extra machine excavation: Measurement for extra machine excavation is on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. 1. Cost for item shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b.. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Project. 2. Include cost for placement of extra machine excavation in payment for Extra , Work Bid Item for Extra Placement of Material. 3. Include cost for following items in payment for applicable Division 2 - Site Work Sections: -a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring b. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. G If listed in Bid Schedule, there will be payment for extra placement of material: 1. Measurement for extra placement of material is on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. At the discretion of Engineer, measurement of cubic yards may be calculated from the volume of Extra Hand Excavation or Extra Machine Excavation for which placement is made, minus the volume of any Extra Placement of Special Backfill authorized in conjunction with the Work. 2. Cost for this item shall include resodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Extra Hand Excavation or Extra Machine Excavation. H If listed in Bid Schedule, there will be payment for extra placement of special excavation: 1. Measurement for extra placement of special material is on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. 2. Cost for this item shall include geotextile material and concrete trench dams required to complete the placement of special material conforming to the Specifications. I No payment will be made for delays in completion of Work resulting from extra unit price Work. 04/2002 02318-2 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.03 DEFINITIONS A Special excavation: Excavation necessitated by obstruction of pipes, ducts, or other structures, not shown on Drawings, which interfere with installation of utility piping by normal methods of excavation or augering. Contractor shall be responsible for locating such underground obstructions, sufficiently in advance of trench excavation or augering, to preclude damage to the obstructions. B Extra hand excavation: Excavation by manual labor at locations designated by the Engineer, which is not included in bid items contained in the Schedule of Unit Prices. C Extra machine excavation: Excavation by machine at locations designated by the Engineer, which is not included in bid items contained in the Schedule of Unit Prices. D Extra replacement of material: Handling, backfill, and compaction of excavated material authorized under Extra Work Bid Items for Extra Hand Excavation or Extra Machine Excavation. Placement and compaction shall conform to requirements specified in appropriate Division 2 - Site Work Sections. E Extra placement of special backfill. Hauling, placing, and consolidating of special materials in conjunction with Extra Work Bid Item Extra Replacement of Material at locations designated by the Engineer. Materials placed under this item shall conform to requirements for Bank Run Sand, Cement Stabilized Sand, Concrete Sand, Pea Gravel, Gem Sand, or Crushed Stone, specified in Division 2 - Site Work Sections. 14 F Pipe Foundation: Suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at the trench subgrade after excavation to depth of bottom of the bedding as shown on the Drawings, or foundation backfill material placed and compacted in over -excavations. G Pipe Bedding: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of foundation up to a level line at bottom of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. H Haunching: The material placed on either side of pipe from top of bedding up to springline of pipe and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. I Initial Backfill: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from springline of pipe (top of haunching) up to a level line 12 inches above top of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. J Pipe Embedment: The portion of trench backfill that consists of bedding, haunching and initial backfill. K Trench Zone: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of pipe embedment up to pavement-subgrade or up to final grade when not beneath pavement. 04/2002 02318-3 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES L Unsuitable Material: Unsuitable soil materials are the following: 1. Materials that are classified as ML, CL-ML, MH, PT, OH and OL according to ASTM D 2487. 2. Materials that cannot be compacted to required density due to either gradation, plasticity, or moisture content. 3. Materials that contain large clods, aggregates, stones greater than 4 inches in any dimension, debris, vegetation, waste or any other deletenous materials. 4. Materials that are contaminated with hydrocarbons or other chemical contaminants. M Suitable Material: Suitable soil materials are those meeting specification requirements. Unsuitable soils meeting specification requirements for suitable soils after treatment with lime or cement are considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated. N Backfill: Suitable material meeting specified quality requirements, placed and compacted under controlled conditions. 0 Ground Water Control Systems: Installations external to trench, such as well points, eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes dewatering to lower ground Water, intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from side or bottom of trench excavation, and depressurization to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. Refer to' Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. P Surface Water Control: Diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rain water away from trench excavation. Rain water and surface water accidentally entering trench shall be controlled and removed as a part of excavation drainage. Excavation Drainage: Removal of surface and seepage water in trench by sump pumping and using a drainage layer, as defined in ASTM D 2321, placed on the foundation beneath pipe bedding or thickened bedding layer of Class I material. R Trench Conditions are defined with regard to the stability of trench bottom and trench walls of pipe embedment zone. Maintain trench conditions that provide for effective placement and compaction of embedment material directly on or against undisturbed soils or foundation backfill, except where structural trench support is necessary. 1. Dry Stable Trench: Stable and substantially dry trench conditions exist in pipe embedment zone as a result of typically dry soils or achieved by ground water control (dewatering or depressurization) for trenches extending below ground water level. 2. Stable Trench with Seepage: Stable trench in which ground water seepage is controlled by excavation drainage. a. Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in lieu of or to supplement ground water control systems to control seepage and provide stable trench subgrade in predominately clayey soils prior to bedding placement. 04/2002 02318-4 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES b. Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in the embedment zone in combination with ground water control in predominately sandy or silty soils. 3. Unstable Trench: Unstable trench conditions exist in the pipe embedment zone if ground water inflow or high water content causes soil disturbances, such as sloughing, sliding, boiling, heaving or loss of density. S Subtrench: Subtrench is a special case of benched excavation. Subtrench excavation below trench shields or shoring installations may be used to allow placement and compaction of foundation or embedment materials directly against undisturbed soils. Depth of a subtrench depends upon trench stability and safety as determined by the Contractor. T Trench Dam. A placement of low permeability material in pipe embedment zone or foundation to prohibit ground water flow along the trench. U Over -Excavation and Backfill: Excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below top of foundation as shown on Drawings, and backfilled with foundation backfill material. V FoundationBackfill Materials: Natural soil or manufactured aggregate of controlled gradation, and geotextile filter fabrics as required, to control drainage and material separation Foundation backfill material is placed and compacted as backfill to provide stable support for bedding. Foundation backfill materials may include concrete seal slabs. W Trench Safety Systems include both Protective Systems and Shoring Systems as defined in Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems. X Trench Shield (Trench Box): A portable worker safety structure moved along the trench as work proceeds, used as a Protective System and designed to withstand forces imposed on it by cave-in, thereby protecting persons within the trench. Trench shields may be stacked if so designed or placed in a series depending on depth and length of excavation to be protected. Y Shoring System: A structure that supports sides of an excavation to maintain stable soil conditions and prevent cave-ins, or to prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements. Z Special Shoring: A shoring system meeting Special Shoring requirements for locations identified on the Drawings. 1.04 SCHEDULING A Schedule work so that pipe embedment can be completed on the same day that acceptable foundation has been achieved for each section of pipe installation, manhole, or other structures. 04/2002 02318-5 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.05 SUBMITTALS A Conform to Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit a written description for information only of the planned typical method of excavation, backfill placement and compaction, including: 1. Sequence of work and coordination of activities. 2. Selected trench widths. 3. Procedures for foundation and embedment placement, and compaction. 4. Procedure for use of trench boxes and other premanufactured systems while assuring specified compaction against undisturbed soil. 5. Procedure for installation of Special Shoring at locations identified on the Drawings. C Submit a ground and surface water control plan in accordance with requirements in this Section and Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. D Submit backfill material sources and product quality information in accordance with requirements in this Section. E Submit a trench excavation safety program in accordance with requirements of Section 01570 - Trench Safety System Include designs for special shoring meeting the requirements defined in the Section. F Submit record of location of utilities as installed, referenced to survey control points. Include locations of utilities encountered or rerouted. Give stations, honzontal dimensions, elevations, inverts, and gradients 1.06 TESTS A Perform backfill material source qualification testing in accordance with requirements in this Section. , B Testing and analysis of backfill materials for soil classification and compaction during construction will be performed by an independent laboratory provided by the Owner in accordance with requirements of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.07 PROTECTION A Protect trees, shrubs, lawns existing structures, and other permanent objects outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as designated on the Drawings, and in accordance with requirements of Section 01563 - Tree and Plant Protection. B Protect and support above -grade and below -grade utilities which are to remain. C Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities are indicated on the Drawings. 04/2002 02318-6 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.08 SPECIAL SHORING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A Have Special Shoring designed or selected by the Contractor's Professional Engineer to provide support for the sides of the excavations, including soils and hydrostatic ground water pressures as applicable, and to prevent ground movements affecting adjacent installations or improvements such as structures pavements and utilities. Special shoring may be a premanufactured system selected by the Contractors Professional Engineer to meet the project site requirements based on the manufacturer's standard design. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A Perform excavation with track mounted excavator or other equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this Section. B Use only hand -operated tamping equipment until a minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained over pipes, conduits and ducts. Do not use heavy compacting equipment until adequate cover is attained to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, or ducts C Use trench shields or other Protective Systems or Shoring Systems which are designed and operated to achieve placement and compaction of backfill directly against undisturbed native soil. D Use Special Shoring systems where required which may consist of braced sheeting, braced soldier piles and lagging, slide rail systems, or other systems meeting the Special Shoring design requirements. 2.02 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A Embedment and Trench Zone Badkfill Materials: Conform to the following classifications and product descriptions: B Materials for backfill shall be classified for the purpose of quality control in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification Symbols as defined in ASTM D 2487. Material use and application is defined in utility installation specifications and Drawings either by class, as described in Paragraph 2.O1B, or by product descriptions, as given in Paragraph 2.02. C Class Designations Based on Laboratory Testing: 1. Class I: Well -graded gravels and sands, gravel -sand mixtures, crushed well - graded rock little or no fines (GW, SW): a. Plasticity index: nonplastic. b. Gradation: D6o/Dlo. - greater than 4 percent; amount passing No. 200 sieve - less than or equal to 5 percent 04/2002 02318-7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 2. Class II• Poorly graded gravels and sands, silty gravels and sands, little to moderate fines a. Plasticity index: nonplastic to 4. b. Gradations: 1) Gradation (GP, SP): amount passing No. 200 sieve - less than 5 percent. 2) Gradation (GM, SM): amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent. 3) Borderline gradations with dual classifications (e.g., SP-SM): amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 5 percent and 12 percent. 3. Class III: Clayey gravels and sands, poorly graded mixtures of gravel, sand, silt, and clay (GC, SC, and dual classifications, e.g., SP-SC): a. Plasticity index: greater than 7. b. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent. 4. Class IVA: Lean clays (CL) a. Plasticity Indexes: 1) Plasticity index greater than 7, and above A line. 2) Borderline plasticity with dual classifications (CL-ML): PI between 4 and 7. b. Liquid limit less than 50. c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent. d. Inorganic. 5. Class IVB • Fat clays (CH) a. Plasticity index: above A line. b. Liquid limit: 50 or greater. c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent d. Inorganic. , 6. Use soils with dual class designation according to ASTM D 2487, and which are not defined above, according to the more restrictive class. 2.03 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS A Soils classified as silt (ML), elastic silt (MH), organic clay and organic silt (OL, OH), and organic matter (PT) are not acceptable as backfill materials. These soils maybe used for site grading and restoration in unimproved areas as approved by the Engineer. Soils in Class IVB, fat clay (CH) may be used as backfill materials where allowed by the applicable backfill installation specification. Refer to Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Structures and Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B Provide backfill material that is free of stones greater than 3 inches, free of roots, waste, debris, trash, organic material, unstable material, non -soil matter, hydrocarbon or other contamination, conforming to the following limits for deleterious materials: 1. Clay lumps' Less than 0.5 percent for Class I, and less than 2.0 percent for Class II, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142. 04/2002 - 02318-8 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 2. Lightweight pieces: Less than 5 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C123. 3. Organic impurities: No color darker than standard color when tested in accordance with ASTM C 40. C Manufactured materials, such as crushed concrete, may be substituted for natural soil or rock products where indicated in the product specification, and approved by the Engineer, provided that the physical property criteria are determined to be satisfactory by testing. Bank Run Sand: Durable bank run sand classified as SP, SW, or SM by the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D 2487) meeting the following requirements: 1. Less than 15 percent passing the number 200 sieve when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1140. The amount of clay lumps or balls not exceeding 2 percent. 2. Material passing the number 40 sieve shall meet the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318: a. Liquid limit: not exceeding 25 percent. b. Plasticity index: not exceeding 7. E Concrete Sand: Natural sand, manufactured sand, or a combination of natural and manufactured sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 3/8" 100 No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 80 to 100 No. 16 50 to 85 No. 30 25 to 60, No. 50 10 to 30 No. 100 2 to 10 , F Gem Sand: Sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 for course aggregates specified for number 8 size and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE 3/8" PERCENT PASSING 95 to 100 No. 4 60 to 80 No. 8 15 to 40 edd 04/2002 02318-9 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES Pea Gravel: Durable particles composed of small, smooth, rounded stones or pebbles and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 1/2" 100 3/8" 85 to 100 No. 4 10 to 30 No. 8 O to 10 No. 16 0 to 5 H Crushed Aggregates: Crushed aggregates consist of durable particles obtained from an approved source and meeting the following requirements: 1. Materials of one product delivered for the same construction activity from a single source. 2. Non -plastic fines 3. Los Angeles abrasion test wear not exceeding 45 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131.. 4. Crushed aggregate shall have a minimum of 90 percent of the particles retained on the No 4 sieve with 2 or more crushed faces as determined by Test Method Tex-460-A, Part I. 5. Crushed stone: Produced from oversize plant processed stone or gravel, sized by crushing to predominantly angular particles from a naturally occurring single source. Uncrushed gravel are not acceptable materials for embedment where crushed stone is shown on the applicable utility embedment drawing details. 6. Crushed Concrete: Crushed concrete is an acceptable substitute for crushed stone as utility backfill. Gradation and quality control test requirements are the same as crushed stone. Provide crushed concrete produced from normal weight concrete of uniform quality; containing particles of aggregate and cement material, free from other substances such as -asphalt, reinforcing steel fragments, soil, waste gypsum (calcium sulfate), or debris. 7. Gradations, as determined in accordance with Tex-110-E PERCENT PASSING BY WEIGHT FOR PIPE SIEVE EMBEDMENT BY RANGES OF NOMINAL PIPES SIZES >15" 15 ' - 8" <8" 1' 95 - 100 100 - 3/4" 60 - 90 90 - 100 100 1/2" 25 - 60 - 90 - 100 3/8" - 20 - 55 40 - 70 No.4 0- 5 0-10 0- 15 No. 8 - - 0- 5 0- 5 04/2002 02318-10 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES I Select Backfill: Class III clayey gravel or sand or Class IV lean clay with a plasticity index between 7 and 20 or clayey soils treated with lime in accordance with Section 02980 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing, to meet plasticity criteria. J Random Backfill: Any suitable soil or mixture of soils within Classes I, II, III and IV; or fat clay (CH) where allowed by the applicable backfill installation specification. Refer to Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Structures and Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. K Cement Stabilized Sand: 1. Cement: Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150. 2. Sand: Clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C33, or requirements for Bank Run Sand of Paragraph 2.03D, and the following requirements. a. Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of ASTM D2487. b. Deleterious materials: 1) Clay lumps, ASTM C142; less than 0.5 percent. 2) Lightweight pieces, ASTM C123; less than 5.0 percent. 3) Organic impurities, ASTM C40; color no darker than the standard color. c. Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318. 3. Fine aggregate manufactured from crushed concrete" meeting the quality requirements for crushed rock material of paragraph ; 2.03H, may be used as a complete or partial substitute for bank run sand. The blending ratio of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and bank run sand shall be defined in the mix design report. 4. Water: Potable water, free of oils, acids alkalies, organic matter or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C94. L Concrete Backfill: Conform to Class B concrete as specified hi Section 03300 - Cast -in - Place Concrete. 2.04 MATERIAL TESTING A Ensure that material selected, produced and delivered to the project meets applicable specifications and is of sufficient uniform properties to allow practical construction and quality control. B Source or Supplier Qualification. Perform testing, or obtain representative tests by suppliers, for selection of material sources and products. Provide test results for a minimum of three samples for each source and material type. Tests samples of processed materials from current production representing material to be delivered. Tests shall verify that the materials meet specification requirements. - Repeat qualification test procedures each time the source characteristic changes or there is a planned change in source location or supplier. Qualification tests shall include, as applicable: 04/2002 02318-11 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1. Gradation. Complete sieve analyses shall be reported regardless of the specified control sieves. The range of sieves shall be from the largest particle through the No. 200 sieve. 2. Plasticity of material passing the No. 40 sieve. . 3. Los Angeles abrasion wear of material retained on the No. 4 sieve. 4. Clay lumps 5. Lightweight pieces 6. Organic impurities C Production Testing. Provide reports to the Engineer from an independent testing laboratory that backfill materials to be placed in the Work meet applicable specification requirements. D Assist the City Engineer in obtaining material samples for verification testing at the source or at the production plant. E Concrete Backfill: Conform to requirements for Class B concrete as specified in Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. F Geotextile (Filter Fabric): Conform to requirements of Section 02370 - Geotextile. G Concrete for Trench Dams: Concrete backfill or 3 sack premixed (bag) concrete. H Timber Shoring Left in Place: Untreated oak. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 STANDARD PRACTICE A Install flexible pipe, including "semi -rigid" pipe, to conform to standard practice described in ASTM D 2321, and as described in this Section. Where an apparent conflict occurs between the standard practice and the requirements of this Section, this Section governs B Install rigid pipe to conform with standard practice described in ASTM C 12, and as described in this Section. Where an apparent conflict occurs between the standard practice and the requirements of this Section, this Section governs. 3.02 PREPARATION A Establish traffic control to confonu with requirements of Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. Maintain barricades and warning lights for streets and intersections where Work is in progress or where affected by the Work, and is considered hazardous to traffic movements. B Perform Work to conform with applicable safety standards and regulations. Employ a trench safety system as specified in Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems. 04/2002 02318-12 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES C Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility line which is damaged, broken, or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. D Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, to conform with requirements of Section 02220 - Site Demolition, as applicable. E Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures to confoinni with Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. F Maintain permanent benchmarks, monumentation, and other reference points. Unless otherwise directed in writing, replace at no cost to the Owner those which are damaged or destroyed in accordance with Section 01720 - Field Surveying. 3.03 EXCAVATION A Except as otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, install underground utilities in open cut trenches with vertical sides. B Perform excavation work so that pipe, conduit, and ducts can be installed to depths and alignments shown on the Drawings Avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. C Determine trench excavation widths using the following schedule as related to pipe outside diameter (O.D.). Maximum trench width shall be the minimum trench width plus 24 inches.• NOMINAL MINIMUM TRENCH PIPE SIZE, INCHES WIDTH, INCHES Lessthan18 O.D.+18 18 to 30 O.D. + 24 than 30 O.D. + 36 Greater D Use sufficient trench width or benches above the embedment zone for installation of well point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of trench makes it uneconomical or impractical to pump from the surface elevation. Provide sufficient space between shoring cross braces to permit equipment operations and handling of fowls, pipe, embedment and backfill, and other materials. E Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work at that location. Notify the Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding. F Shoring of Trench Walls. 1. Install Special Shoring in advance of trench excavation or simujtaneously with the trench excavation, so that the soils within the full height of the trench excavation walls will remain fully laterally supported at all times. 04/2002 02318-13 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 2. For all types of shoring, support trench walls in the pipe embedment zone throughout the installation. Provide trench wall supports sufficiently tight to prevent washing the trench wall soil out from behind the trench wall support. 3. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, leave sheeting driven into or below the pipe embedment zone in place to preclude loss of support of foundation and embedment materials Leave rangers, waters, and braces in place as long as required to support sheeting, which has been cut off, and the trench wall in the vicinity of the pipe zone. 4. Employ special methods for maintaining the integrity of embedment or foundation material. Before moving supports, place and compact embedment to sufficient depths to provide protection of pipe and stability of trench walls. As supports are moved finish placing and compacting embedment 5. If sheeting or other shoring is used below top of the pipe embedment zone, do not disturb pipe foundation and embedment materials by subsequent removal. Maximum thickness of removable sheeting extending into the embedment zone 1 inch. Fill voids left on removal of supports with compacted backfill material. Use of Trench Shields. When a trench shield (trench box) is used as a worker safety device, the following requirements apply: 1. Make trench excavations of sufficient width to allow shield to be lifted or pulled freely, without damage to the trench sidewalls. 2. Move trench shields so that pipe, and backfill materials, after placement and compaction, are not damaged nor disturbed, nor the degree of compaction reduced. 3. When required place, spread, and compact piper foundation and bedding materials beneath the shield. For backfill above bedding, move the shield as backfill is placed and ramped in. Place and compact backfill materials against undisturbed trench walls and foundation. 4. Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to be performed in a safe manner. 3.04 HANDLING EXCAVATED MATERIALS A Use only excavated materials which are suitable as defined in this Section. Place material suitable for backfilhng in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to prevent slides or cave-ins. B When required, provide additional backfill material conforming with requirements in this Section. C Do not place stockpiles of excavated materials on streets and adjacent properties. Maintain site conditions in accordance with Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. 04/2002 02318-14 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3.05 GROUND WATER CONTROL A Implement ground water control according to Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. Provide a stable trench to allow installation in accordance with the Specifications. 3.06 TRENCH FOUNDATION A Excavate bottom of trench to uniform grade to achieve stable trench conditions and satisfactory compaction of foundation or bedding materials. B Place trench dams in Class I foundations in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.07 PIPE EMBEDMENT PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A Immediately prior to placement of embedment materials, the bottoms and sidewalls of trenches shall be free of loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil. Place geotextile, if specified, to prevent particle migration from the in -situ into open - graded (Class I) embedment materials or drainage layers. Place embedment including bedding, haunchmg and initial backfill to meet requirements indicated on Drawings. PVC & HDPE require cement -stabilized sand bedding and backfill to one foot below subgrade or below grade if under pavement, or one foot above top of pipe if not under pavement. D For pipe installation, manually spread embedment materials around the 'pipe to provide uniform bearing and side support when compacted. Do not allow materials to free -fall from heights greater than 24 inches above top of pipe. Perform placement and compaction directly against the undisturbed soils in the trench sidewalls, or against sheeting which is to remain in place. E Do not place trench shields or shoring within height of the embedment zone unless means to maintain the density of compacted embedment material are used. If moveable supports are used in embedment zone, lift the supports incrementally to allow placement and compaction of the material against undisturbed soil. F Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during backfilling and compacting operations. When embedding coated or wrapped pipes, do not use crushed stone or other sharp, angular aggregates. G Place haunching material manually around the pipe and compact it to provide uniform bearing and side support. If necessary, hold small -diameter or lightweight pipe in place 04/2002 - 02318-15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES during compaction of haunch areas and placement beside the pipe with sand bags or other suitable means. H Place electrical conduit directly on foundation without bedding. Shovel pipe embedment material in place and compact it using pneumatic tampers in restricted areas, and vibratory -plate compactors or engine -powered jumping jacks in unrestricted areas. Compact each lift before proceeding with placement of the next lift. 1. Class I embedment matenals. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Systematic compaction by at least two passes of vibrating equipment. Increase compaction effort as necessary to effectively embed the pipe to meet the deflection test criteria c. Moisture content as determined by Contractor for effective compaction without softening the soil of trench bottom, foundation or trench walls. 2. Class II embedment and cement stabilized sand. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by methods determined by Contractor to achieve a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined according to ASTM D 698 for Class II materials and according to ASTM D 558 for cement stabilized materials. c. Moisture content of Class 11 materials within 3 percent of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 698. -Moisture content of cement stabilized sands on the dry side of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration. J Place trench dams in Class I embedments in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed. Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.08 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore surface as soon as practicable Leave only the minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction. B Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from withdrawal of sheeting leave the sheeting in place. Cut off sheeting 1.5 feet or more above the crown of the pipe. Remove trench supports within 5 feet from the ground surface. C For sewer pipes, use backfill materials described here as determined by trench limits. As trench zone backfill in paved areas for streets and to one foot back of curbs and pavements, use cement stabilized sand for pipe of nominal sizes less than 36 inches, or bank run sand for pipe of nominal sizes 36 inches and larger as indicated on the Drawings. Umfoinily backfill trenches unless specified otherwise according to the paved area criteria. Use select backfill within one foot below pavement subgrade for rigid 04/2002 02318-16 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES pavement. For asphalt concrete, use flexible base material within one foot below pavement subgrade. D For water lines backfill in trench zone, including auger pits, with bank run sand, select fill, or random backfill material as specified in this Section. E For trench excavations under pavement, place trench zone backfill in lifts and compact by methods indicated below. Fully compact each lift before placement of the next lift. 1. Bank run sand. a. Maximum 9-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. c. Moisture content within 3 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698 2. Cement -stabilized sand. a. Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and required compaction, but not exceeding 24 inches. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of.95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558. c. Moisture content on the dry side of optimum determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for cement hydration. 3. Select fill a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by equipment providing tamping or kneading impact to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. c. Moisture content within 2 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698. For trench excavations outside pavements, a random backfill of suitable material may be used in the trench zone. 1. Fat clays (CH) may be used as trench zone backfill outside paved areas at -the Contractor's option. If the required density is not achieved, the Contractor, at his option and at no additional cost to the Owner, may use lime stabilization to achieve compaction requirements or use a different suitable material. 2. Maximum 9-inch compacted lift thickness for clayey soils and maximum 12-inch lift thickness for granular soils 3. Compact to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density deterrined according to ASTM D 698, or to same density as adjacent soils. 4. Moisture content as necessary to achieve density. 3.09 MANHOLES, JUNCTION BOXES AND OTHER PIPELINE STRUCTURES A Meet the requirements of adjoining utility installations for backfill ofpipeline structures, as shown on the Drawings. 04/2002 02318-17 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3.10 SOURCES OF UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS A Use of material encountered in the trench excavations is acceptable, provided applicable specification requirements are satisfied. If excavation material is not acceptable, provide from other approved source. B Identify off -site sources for backfill materials at least 14 days ahead of intended use so that the Engineer may obtain samples for verification testing. C Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started If sources previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products, furnish materials from other approved sources. Materials may be subjected to inspection or additional verification testing after delivery. Materials which do not meet the requirements of the specifications will be rejected. Do not use material which, after approval, has become unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by contamination. Once a material is approved by the Engineer, expense for sampling and testing required to change to a different matenal will be credited to the City through a change order. D Bank run sand, select backfill, and random backfill, if available in the project excavation, may be obtained by selective excavation and acceptance testing Obtain additional quantities of these materials and other materials required to complete the work from off - site sources. E The City does not represent or guarantee that any soil found in the excavation work will be suitable and acceptable as backfill material. 3.11 MATERIAL HANDLING A When backfill material is obtained from either a commercial or non-commercial borrow pit, open the pit to expose the vertical faces of the various strata for identification and selection of approved material to be used. Excavate the selected material by vertical cuts extending through the exposed strata to achieve uniformity in the product. B Establish temporary stockpile locations for practical material handling and control, and verification testing by the Engineer in advance of final placement. Obtain approval from landowner for storage of backfill matenal on adjacent private property. C When stockpiling backfill material near the project site, use appropriate methods to eliminate blowing of materials into adjacent areas and prevent runoff containing sediments from entering the drainage system. D Place stockpiles in layers to avoid segregation of processed materials Load material by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile. 04/2002 02318-18 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Quality Control 1. The Engineer may sample and test backfill at: a. Sources including borrow pits, production plants and Contractor's designated off -site stockpiles. b. On -site stockpiles. c. Materials placed in the Work. 2. The Engineer may resample material at any stage of work or location if changes in characteristics are apparent. B Production Verification Testing: The City's testing laboratory will provide verification testing on backfill materials, as directed by the Engineer. Samples may be taken at the source or at the production plant, as applicable. C Provide excavation and trench safety systems at locations and to depths required for testing and retesting during construction. D Tests will be performed on a minimum of three different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. E At least three tests for moisture -density relationships will be performed initially for backfill materials in accordance with ASTM D 698, and for cement- stabilized sand in accordance with ASTM D 558. Additional moisture -density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. F In -place density tests of compacted pipe foundation embedment and trench zone backfill soil materials will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions. 1. A minimum of one test for every 20 cubic yards of compacted embedment and for every 50 cubic yards of compacted trench zone backfill material. 2. A minimum of three density tests for each full shift of Work when backfill is placed. 3. Density tests will be distributed among the placement areas. Placement areas are: foundation, bedding, haunching, initial backfill and trench zone. 4. The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil type or moisture content are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density, as specified. 5. Density tests may be performed at various depths below the fill surface by pit excavation. Material in previously placed lifts may therefore be subject to acceptance/rej ection. 04/2002 02318-19 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 6. Two verification tests will be perfoiiiied adjacent to in -place tests showing density less than the acceptance criteria Placement will be rejected unless both verification tests show acceptable results. 7. Recompacted placement will be retested at the same frequency as the first test series, including verification tests. G Recondition, recompact, and retest at Contractor's expense if tests indicate Work does not meet specified compaction requirements. For hardened soil cement with nonconforming density, core and test for compressive strength at Contractor's expense. H Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection. 3.13 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL A Dispose of excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION 04/2002 02318-20 CITY OF PEARLAND. AUGERING PIPE FOR WATER LINES Section 02417 AUGERING PIPE FOR WATERLINES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installing water pipe by methods of augering. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Augered pipe will be measured along the axis of the pipe and shall include fittings. In the case of a branch pipe, the length of the pipe will be considered as the distance from the axis of the line to the end of the branch. The length of the pipe laid between two lines or from a line to an appurtenance will be measured between the centerlines of each. B Auger pits and other excavations are incidental to the work. Trench Safety for Auger Pits and other excavations for work specifically performed for this section shall be included in Section 01570 - Trench Safety. C No separate payment will be made for pavement removal and replacement (i.e., lime stabilization, crushed limestone, hot mix asphalt surface course,cement sand base, and concrete pavement, etc.) associated with augering. D If open -cut construction is requested by Contractor for his convemence in areas designated for augering, and if approved in advance by the Engineer such areas shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for open -cut installation. Payment includes necessary surface restoration and pavement repair. E -Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submit product data in accordance with requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit product data for casing insulators for approval. C Prior to commencement of work, furnish for the Engineer's approval, a plan showing pit locations. Approval of this plan will not relieve Contractor from responsibility to obtain specified results. D Show actual pit locations dimensioned on as -built drawings so that they can be identified in field. 04/2002 02417-1 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE FOR WATER LINES 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A Conform to Texas Department of Transportation for installations under state highways. Owner will obtain required permits for State Highway crossings. City will make submittal to TxDOT. Contractor will supply Traffic Control Plans. Installations under railroads: 1. Secure and comply with requirements of right -of -entry for crossing railroad company's easement or right-of-way from railroad companies affected. Comply with railroad permit requirements. Submit copy to the Engineer. 2. Use dry auger method only. 3. No extra compensation for damages due to delays caused by the railroad requesting work to be done at hours which will not inconvenience the railroad. 4. Maintain minimum 35-foot clearance from centerline of tracks. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Piping and Fittings: As required by Drawings. B Casings: Where required by Drawings, in accordance with Section 02635 - Steel Pipe and Fittings. C Insulators: Where casings are required by Drawings, casing insulator width 8 inches for pipe sizes 4 to 14 inches; 12 inches for pipe sizes 16 to 30 inches. 1. For welded steel pipe 12 inches and smaller, use Pipeline Seal & Insulator Model PE, or approved equal. 2. For other pipe materials, use Pipeline Seal & Insulator Model C8G-2 or approved equal for pipe sizes up to 12 inches. 3. For all pipe sizes above 12 inches, use Pipeline Seal & Insulator Model C 12G-2 or approved equal. D Casing End Seals: Provide Pipeline Seal & Insulator Model C or approved equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A Do not exceed 100 feet for length of auger hole for PVC pipe less than 12 inches in diameter without intermediate pit. B Do not exceed 75 feet for length of auger hole for PVC pipe 12 inches to 16 inches in diameter without inlet mediate pit. 04/2002 02417-2 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE FOR WATER LINES C Do not exceed 80 feet for length of auger hole for PVC pipe greater than 16-inches in diameter without intermediate pit. 3.02 PREPARATION A Conform to applicable provisions of Section 02200 - Right -of -Way Preparation. 3.03 TRAFFIC CONTROL A Conform to applicable provisions of Section 01555 - Traffic Regulation and Control. B Secure right -of -entry for crossing railroad company's easement or right-of-way. 3.04 JACKING A Comply with Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems for all pits, access shafts, end trenches and other excavations relating to work required by this specification. B If grade ofpipe at jacking end is below ground surface, excavate suitable pits or trenches for conducting jacking operations and for placing end joints of pipe. Wherever end trenches are cut in sides of embankment or beyond it, sheath securely and brace such work to prevent earth caving. C No more than one joint shall be made-up in pit or trench prior to jacking. D Construction shall not interfere with operation of railroad, street, highway, or other facility, nor weaken or damage embankment or structure. E During construction operations, furnish and maintain barricades and lights to safeguard traffic and pedestrians as directed by the Engineer, until such time as backfill has been completed and removed from site. F Provide heavy-duty jacks suitable for forcing pipe through embankment. Use suitable jacking head, usually of timber, and suitable bracing between jacks and jacking head and suitable jacking frame or backstop so that jacking pressure will be applied to pipe uniformly around ring of pipe. Set pipe to be jacked on guides, properly braced together, to support section of pipe and to direct it in proper line and grade. Place jacking assembly in line with direction and grade of pipe. Excavate embankment material just ahead of pipe and remove material through pipe. Force pipe through embankment with jacks, into space thus provided. G Confozui excavation for underside of pipe to contour and grade of pipe, for at least one third of circumference of pipe. Provide clearance of not more than 2 inches for upper half of pipe. Taper off upper clearance to zero at point where excavation confo.uzs to contour of pipe. 04/2002 02417-3 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE FOR WATER LINES H Distance that excavation shall extend beyond end of pipe depends on character of material, but it shall not exceed 2 feet in any case. Decrease distance on instructions from the Engineer, if character of material being excavated makes it desirable to keep advance excavation closer to end of pipe. I Jack pipe from low or downstream end. Lateral or vertical variation in final position of pipe from line and grade established by the Engineer will be permitted only to extent of 1 inch in 10 feet, provided such variation is regular and only in one direction and that final grade of flow line is in direction indicated on plans. J Use cutting edge of steel plate around head end of pipe extending short distance beyond end of pipe with inside angles or lugs to keep cutting edge from slipping back onto pipe. K Once jacking of pipe is begun, carry on without interruption to prevent pipe from becoming firmly set in embankment. L Remove and replace any pipe damaged in jacking operations. M Backfill pits or trenches excavated to facilitate jacking operations immediately after completion of jacking of pipe. N Grout annular space when loss of embankment occurs or when clearance of two inches is exceeded. 3.05 AUGERING (BORING) A Auger from approved pit locations. Excavate for pits and install shoring as outlined above under ' Jacking.' Auger mechanically with use of a pilot hole entire length of crossing and check for line and grade on opposite end of bore from work pit. The large hole is to be no more than 2 inches larger than diameter of bell. Place excavated material outside working pit and dispose of as required. Use water or other fluids in connection with boring operation only to lubricate cuttings; jetting will not be permitted. In unconsolidated soil formations, a gel -forming colloidal drilling fluid may be used Fluid is to consist of at least 10 percent of high-grade processed bentonite and shall consolidate cuttings of bit, seal walls of hole, and shall furnish lubrication for subsequent removal of cuttings and installation of pipe. 3.06 CASING A Install casings as required by Drawings, in accordance with this section. 3.07 INSULATOR INSTALLATION 04/2002 A There must be no inadvertent metallic contact between casing and metallic carrier pipe. Spacing of spacers should ensure that carrier pipe is adequately supported throughout its length, particularly at ends, to offset settling and possible electrical shorting. End spacer 02417-4 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE FOR WATER LINES must be within 6 inches of end of casing pipe, regardless of size of casing and carrier pipe or type of spacer used. Casing spacers are designed to withstand much greater loads than can be safely applied to most coatings. Therefore, spacing between spacers depends largely on load bearing capabilities of pipe coating and flexibility of pipe. B Bottom of trench adjacent to each end of casing should be graded to provide fiuu, uniform and continuous support for carrier pipe. If trench requires some backfill to establish final trench bottom grade, backfill material should be placed in 6-inch lifts and each layer properly compacted. C Casing spacers should be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions Special care should be taken to ensure that all subcomponents are correctly assembled and evenly tightened, and that no damage occurs during tightening of insulators or carrier pipe insertion. D Annulus between carrier pipe and casing should be sealed with casing end seals at each end of casing. E Insulator Spacing: 1. Spacing shall be as shown on Drawing with maximum distance between spacers to be 10 feet for pipe sizes 4 to 14 inches and 8 feet for pipe sizes 16 to 30 inches. 2. For ductile iron pipe, flanged pipe, or bell -and -spigot pipe, spacers should be installed within one foot on each side of bell or flange and one in center of joint when 18- to 20-foot-long joints are used. 3. If casing or carrier pipe is angled, bent or dented, spacing should be reduced. 3.08 PITS A Locate auger pits where there is minimum interference with traffic or access to property. B Pit Size: Provide minimum 6-inch space between pipe and walls of bore pit. Maximum allowable width of pit shall be 5 feet unless approved by the Engineer. Width of pit at surface shall not be less than at bottom. Maximum allowable length of pit shall be no more than 5 feet longer than one full joint of pipe and shall not exceed 25 feet unless approved by the Engineer. C Excavate bore pits to finished grade at least 6 inches lower than grade indicated by stakes or as approved by the Engineer. D Backfill in accordance with Section 02318. 3.09 CLEANUP A Conform to applicable provisions of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. 04/2002 02417-5 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE FOR WATER LINES 3.10 FILLING ANNULAR SPACE A Allowable variation from line and grade shall beas specified under "Jacking ' Block void space around pipe in augered hole with approximately 12 inches of packed clay or similar material approved by the Engineer, to prevent bedding or backfill from entering the void around the pipe in the augered hole when compacted. For pipe diameters 4 inches through 8 inches use minimum 1/2 cubic foot clay for pipe diameters 12 inches through 16 inches use minimum 3/4 cubic foot clay. END OF SECTION 04/2002 02417-6 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 1.0 GENERAL Section 02510 WATER MAINS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of water mains, including valves, fire hydrants, wet connections, cut and plug of mains, disinfection and hydrostatic testing for pipelines. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Measurement for water mains open cut or augered, with or without casing, is on a linear foot basis for each size of pipe installed 1. Mains: Measure along axis of pipe and include fittings and valves. 2. Branch Pipe: Measure from axis of main to end of branch. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Regulatory Requirements 1. Pipe shall bear Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) label. 2. Pipe material acceptable without penalty to State's community fire insurance rating agency. 3. System acceptable to City and Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission. 4. Bacteriological disinfection acceptable to local health officials and Texas Department of Health. 5. Water taps and drawoff lines in compliance with local municipal specifications and regulations. 1.04 SUBMITTALS 04/2002 A Product Data: 1. Obtain from pipe manufacturer installation instructions, manuals, and printed recommendations except for Owner furnished pipe. 2. Retain product data on Job site for reference. 3. Submit certified record of tests of pipe, fittings, or valves upon request of Engineer. 4. Submit hydrant manufacturer flow and friction loss curve. Samples: 1. Submit water samples from each 1000 ft. of completed and disinfected water main to health authorities for testing for contamination. 02510-1 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A Deliver pipe to trench in sound, undamaged condition. B Cut pipe neatly avoiding sharp,ragged,or unbeveled plain ends and do not damage lining by cutting. C Remove damaged or rejected materials from project site. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Do not lay pipe when it is raining or when trench is muddy, soft, or contains standing water. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 FITTINGS A Ductile iron or gray cast iron complying with AWWA C 110. B Mechanical joint fittings: AWWA C 110 and C 111. C Push On Joint Fittings: AWWA C 111 D All fittings shall be cement lined according to AWWA C-104. 2.02 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE A Pipe: PVC pressure pipe 4 inches through 12 inches for water shall conform to AWWA C-900. Class 150 pipe shall conform to requirements of DR18. PVC pressure pipe 16- inches and higher for water shall conform to AWWA C-905. Class 165 pipe shall conform to requirements of DR25. PVC compounds shall conform to ASTM D1784. B Joints: Joints of plastic pressure pipe using elastomeric seals shall conform to ASTM D3139. Elastic seals shall conform to ASTM F-477. C Fittings: Above ground Fittings shall have ductile iron mechanical joints conform to AWWA C-100 with joints meeting the requirements of AWWA C-111 and below ground shall be push on fittings meeting the requirements of AWWA C-111, unless - approved otherwise in writing by the Engineer. D Tests: 1. Each standard, random, or short length of pipe and each coupling sleeve, when manufactured from same material as pipe, shall be tested in accordance with USDC CS-272. 2. Use Class 150 except pipe 6 in. or less shall be Class 200. 04/2002 02510-2 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 2.03 FIRE HYDRANTS A Type: Dry-barrel,break-top construction,traffic type conforming to AWWA C 502 with main valve opening at least 5 1/4 in. I.D, according to Section 02514. B Must break cleanly upon impact at or near ground line without loss of water. C Pressure Design: 150 lbs. working pressure and 300 lbs. hydrostatic test pressure. D Compression type main valve such that main valve closes with water pressure. E Materials: Bronze working parts. _ F Each fire hydrant shall be equipped with two (2) two and one-half(2 '/2) inch nominal inside diameter hose nozzles and one (1) 4.492 inch nominal inside diameter pumper nozzle with National Standard Threads on each nozzle. Contractor shall verify pumper and hose nozzle sizes and thread requirements with the City of Pearland prior to ordering fire hydrants. Nozzles: 18 in. minimum above nominal grade. H Nozzle Section: Rotatable 360 deg. I Centrifugally-cast ductile iron barrel. J Valve stem shall operate to OPEN COUNTER CLOCKWISE. K Bronze-to-bronze drain mechanism utilizing no facing, 0-rings, or other non-metallic parts. L Drain activated by main operating rod. M Entire inside assembly, including valve seat and all moving parts removable from top. N 6 in. bottom connection and lead-in with 6 in. gate valve and box. 0 Flat bottom, ribbed back and strapping lugs to facilitate installation. P Provisions for lubricating operation threads without disassembly. Q Finish: Paint with one coat of primer and two finishing coats of manufacturer's standard paint. Color shall be ACE#225A120 Blue for the Bonnet and ACE#225A100 White for the hose nozzles and stem. R Coat below ground line with asphalt base coating. S Inlet Connection Type: Mechanical joint. T Acceptable Product: 04/2002 02510-3 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 1. All fire hydrants for this project shall be manufactured by Mueller, 110 Centurion or CLOW 5 1/4" Medallion. 2. Contractor shall submit shop drawing for fire hydrant prior to ordering fire — hydrant. 2.04 VALVES A General: 1. Manual operators: a. Provide handwheel manual operators for in-plant valves. b. Equip buried valves with 2 in. square operating nuts. 2. Furnish no less than one operating key with each lot of 10 buried valves with nut operators. 3. Rotation: a. Direction: OPEN COUNTERCLOCKWISE (OPEN LEFT). 4. Shop coating: a. Shop coat ferrous metal surfaces of valves both interior and exterior for corrosion protection. b. Protect internal iron surfaces of valves with coating of 4 mils dft. of two-part thermosetting epoxy: AWWA C 550. c. Protect external iron surfaces of valves with coatings of asphalt varnish, FS TT-V-51. 5. Working and test pressures: a. Valves 2 in.through 12 in.:200 psi working pressure,400 psi hydrostatic test pressure. b. Valves 14 in. through 36 in.: 150 psi working pressure, 300 psi hydrostatic test pressure. B Gate Valves (3 in. Through 36 in.): ... 1. Buried valves: a. Comply with AWWA C500,non-rising stem(NRS);splitwedge,double disc type. — b. Cast iron body and bonnet, inside screw. c. Bronze: Seat and disc rings, stem and mountings, and disc wedges. d. "0" ring sealed stem and 2 in. square operating nut. e. Valves 4 in. through 16 in.: Vertical type without by-passes. f. Valves 18 in. through 36 in.: Horizontal type with enclosed steel bevel gears, standard size by-pass valves and roller tracks and scrapers. g. Install in section of horizontal pipe. h. Mechanical joint ends with gasketing complying with AWWA C 111. i. Acceptable product: 1) "500 Series", Kennedy Valve Manufacturing Co. 2) "2480 Series", CLOW. 3) "A-2380 Series", Mueller Co. 04/2002 02510-4 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS r C Gate Valves (Smaller than 3 in.): 1. 2 in. and 2 1/4 in. gate valves: a. 200 psi hydrostatic test pressure, iron body, brass trimmed, double disc gate, non-rising stem. b. Acceptable double disc gate valve: "No. 2485", by Crane, "561X" by Kennedy Valve. c. Acceptable screwed gate valve: "No.480"by Crane, "57X"by Kennedy Valve. 2. Smaller than 2 in." a. 200 psi hydrostatic test pressure, brass body, rising stem, solid wedge, '' capable of being repacked under pressure when valve is fully open. b. Acceptable threaded end gate valves: "No. 428" by Crane. Tapping Valves and Tapping Sleeves: 1. Tapping sleeves and valves shall be of the size indicated on the drawings and shall be Mueller H-610 or equal or Mueller H-662 or equal. E Globe Valves: 1. `/2 in. thru2in.: r a. Rated for 200 psi water service. b. Screwed ends. c. Bronze body and disk. d. Acceptable product: "No. 1250", Crane. F Valve Boxes: 1. Cast iron,threaded screw extension sleeve type, adjustable suitable for depth of cover over pipe, with base and cover. 2. 3/16 in. thick, 5 in. diameter minimum. ti 3. Coat valve box, base, and cover with hot bituminous varnish FS TT-V-51. 4. Provide with suitable cast iron bases and covers. 5. Covers: Cast name designating type of service,e.g.,"WATER"for water service. 2.05 RELATED MATERIALS A Concrete: As specified in Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. B Meter Box: 1. Cast iron to Owner's dimensions: ASTM A 48. 2. Prefabricated cast concrete or plastic meter box to Owner's dimensions. C Underground Copper Tubing: Type "K" soft annealed, ASTM B 88, straight 20 ft. lengths in 1 V2 in. and 2 in. sizes. D Underground Curb Stops and Fittings: ASTM B 62, red brass (bronze). E Polyethylene wrap as specified in Section 02512-Polyethylene Wrap,Type I low density 8 mils. thickness. 04/2002 02510-5 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Thoroughly clean pipe interiors of foreign matter before being lowered into trench. B Clean hydrant and valve interiors of foreign matter before installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A Inspection: 1. Carefully examine each piece of pipe for soundness and specifications compliance after delivery at trench before placing in trench. 2. Remove rejected pipe and fittings from site of work and replace with sound pipe. 3. Pipe and fittings will be rejected because of any of the following: a. Cracks in pipe or fittings. b. Damaged or cracked ends. c. Damaged gaskets or gasket groves. d. Less than minimum wall thickness. e. Defects and deformations. B Cleaning• 1. Clean interior of pipe and fittings of foreign matter before laying. 2. Keep interiors and ends clean during installation. 3. Keep joint contact surfaces clean during installation. 4. Take precautions to prevent foreign material from entering pipe during installation. 5. Do not place rubbish, tools, rags, or other materials in pipe. 6. Whenever pipe laying is stopped, place plugs in uncompleted ends of pipe. C Installation: 1. Install pipe, couplings, and fittings in accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Install gaskets and necessary lubricants. 3. Full length of each barrel of pipe shall rest solidly on pipe bed with recesses excavated to accommodate bells and joints. 4. Take up and relay pipe that has grade or joint disturbed. 5. Do not joint pipe with water in trench. 6. Keep water out of trench until jointing is completed. 7. Do not lay water pipe closer than 10 ft horizontally from sanitary sewer. 8. Do not locate joints at cross-overs with sanitary sewers closer than 9 ft. from cross -over point 9. Where water fines cross sanitary sewers, construct sewer from cast iron, ductile iron, or PVC pressure pipe rated for 200 psi for distance of 9 ft. each side of crossing with no joint located within 9 ft. of crossing or construction sewer with initial backfill zone filled with cement stabilized sand (2 or more bags of cement per cubic yard of sand) for all sections of sewer within 9 ft. of the water line) 04/2002 02510-6 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 10. Where pipe ends are left for future connections, install valve and plug or cap end. Twenty foot minimum line section required between valve and plug or cap end. 11. Install concrete thrust blocking at bends and tees and at ends of lines to provide adequate reaction backing. D Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe: Install in compliance with ASTM D 2774. E Steel Pipe: Installation in a dry augered hole shall comply with Specification 02417 Augering Pipe for Water Lines. F Setting Valves, Valve Boxes, and Fire Hydrants: 1. Set plumb. 2. Center valve boxes on valves. 3. Where feasible, locate valves outside area of roads and streets. 4. Carefully tamp earth fill around each valve box to distance of 4 ft. on all sides or to undisturbed trench face if less than 4 ft. 5. Set hydrants at elevation so that connecting pipe will not have less cover than mains. 6. Set hydrants on slab of concrete 7. Depth of bury of hydrant is defined as distance from bottom of inlet pipe to ground hne. 8. Place concrete thrust block back of hydrant opposite pipe connections set against vertical face of trench to prevent from blowing off hne. 9. If character of soil is such that hydrant cannot be securely wedged with thrust block, use 3/4 in. stock bridle rods and rod collars protected by coat of acid -resisting paint. 10. Place not less than 5 cu. ft. of broken stone around base of hydrant to ensure drainage. 11. Compact backfill to grade line. 12. Tighten stuffing boxes. 13. Test hydrant and valve in opened and closed position to ensure that parts are in working condition. G Anchorage of Fittings• 1. .Anchor tees, elbows, and plugs in water mains with concrete thrust blocks. 2. Place blocks so that joints will be accessible for inspection and repair. 3.03 WET CONNECTIONS A Definitions: 1. Wet connections consist of isolating sections of pipe to be connected with installed valves, draining the isolated sections, and completing the connections. 2. Connection of 2 inch or smaller lines, which may be referred to on Drawings as '2 inch standard connections" or ' gooseneck connections" will be measured as 2" wet connections. This item is not to be used as any part of a 2-inch service line. 04/2002 z 02510-7 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS B Materials: 1. Corporation stops and saddles shall conform to requirements of Section 02515. 2. Valves shall conform to requirements of Section 02541. 3. Brass fittings shall conform to requirements of AWWA C800. C Execution: 1. Plan wet connections in such manner and at such hours as to least inconvenience public. Notify Engineer at least 48 hours in advance of making connections. 2. Do not operate valves on mains in use by Owner. Owner will handle, at no cost to Contractor, all operations involving opening and closing valves for wet connections. 3. Conduct connection operations when Inspector is at job site. Connection work shall progress without interruption until complete, once existing mains have been cut or plugs has been removed for making connections. D 2-Inch Wet Connections 1. Tap water main. Provide and install corporation stops; saddles; copper tubing as required for line and grade adjustment; and brass fittings necessary to adapt to existing main. Provide 2-inch valves when indicated on Drawings for 2-inch copper gooseneck connections. 3.04 CUT, PLUG AND ABANDONMENT OF MAINS A Materials: 1. Concrete for reaction blocks: Class B conforming to requirements of Section 03305. 2. Plugs and clamps shall be suitable for type of pipe to be plugged. B Execution 1. Do not begin cut, plug and abandonment operations until replacement main has been constructed disinfected, and tested, and all service lines have been transferred to replacement main. 2. Install plug, clamp, and concrete reaction block and make cut at location shown on Drawings 3. Main to be abandoned shall not be valved off and shall not be cut or plugged other than at supply main or as shown on Drawings. 4. After main to be abandoned has been cut and plugged, check for other sources feeding abandoned main. If sources are found, notify Engineer immediately. Cut and plug abandoned main at point of other feed as directed by Engineer. 5. Plug or cap all ends or openings in abandoned main in an acceptable manner approved by Engineer. 6. Remove and dispose of all surface identifications such as valve boxes and fire hydrants. Valve boxes in improved streets, other than shell, may be poured full of concrete after removing cap. 7. Backfill all excavations in accordance with Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utiltities. 04/2002 02510-8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 8. Repair all street surfaces in accordance with Section 02980 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing. 3.05 DISINFECTION A All waterlines constructed shall be promptly disinfected before any tests are conducted on waterlines and before waterlines are connected to water distribution system. B Water for disinfection and flushing will be furnished without charge to Contractor. C Preparation: 1. Furnish all required temporary blind flanges, cast-iron sleeves, plugs, and other items needed to facilitate disinfection of new mains prior to connecting them to water distribution system. Normally, each valved section of waterline requires two each 3/4-inch taps. A 2-inch minimum blow -off is required for waterlines up to and including 6-inch diameter. 2. Fire hydrants shall be used as blow -offs to flush newly constructed waterlines 8- inch diameter and above. Where fire hydrants are not available on waterlines, locations and designs for blow -offs shall be as indicated on Drawings. Install temporary blow -off valves andremove promptly upon successful completion of disinfection and testing. Abandon tap by use of a full circle stainless steel clamp. 3. " Slowly fill each section of pipe with water in a manner approved by Engineer Average water velocity when filling pipeline should be less than 1 fps and shall not, under any circumstance exceed 2 fps. Before beginning disinfection operations, expel all air from pipeline. 4. All excavations made shall be backfilled immediately after installation of risers or blow -offs. 5. Install blow -off valves at end of main to facilitate flushing at all dead-end water mains. Install permanent blow -off valves as per drawing. D Disinfection: 1. ' Use not less than 100 parts of chlorine per million parts of water. Introduce chlorinating material to water lines in accordance with AWWA C651. After contact period of not less than 24 hours flush system with clean water until residual chlorine is no greater than 1.0 parts per million parts of water. Open and close valves in lines being sterilized several times during contact period. 2. If a chemical compound is used for a stenlizing agent, it shall be placed in pipes as directed by Engineer. Bacteriological Testing: 1. After disinfection and flushing of waterlines, bacteriological tests will be performed by Owner or testing laboratory in accordance with Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. If test results indicate need for additional disinfection of waterlines based upon Texas Department of Health requirements Contractor shall perform additional disinfection operations at no additional cost to the Owner. 04/2002 02510-9 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS F Completion: 1. Upon completion of disinfection and testing, remove risers except those approved for use in subsequent hydrostatic testing, and backfill excavation promptly. 3.06 HYDROSTATIC TESTING A Hydrostatically test all new water pipelines for liquids after disinfection, if required, and before connecting to water distribution system B Pipelines .shall be tested in lengths between valves, or plugs, of not more than 1,500 feet unless greater length is approved by Engineer. C Conduct hydrostatic tests in presence of Engineer in accordance with requirements of this Section. D Preparation: 1. Disinfect water system pipelines prior to hydrostatic testing. E Test Procedures: 1. Furnish, install, and operate connections, pump, meter and gages necessary for hydrostatic testing. 2. Allow pipeline to sit minimum of 24 hours from time it is initially disinfected until testing begins, to allow pipe wall or lining material to absorb water. Contractor should be aware that periods of up to 7 days may be required for mortar lining to become saturated 3. Expel all air and apply a minimum test pressure of 125 psi or 150 psi as directed by Engineer. 4. Maintain test pressure for 8 hours. If a large quantity of water is required to maintain pressure during test, testing shall be discontinued until cause of water loss is identified and corrected. F Allowable Leakage for Water Mains: 1. During hydrostatic tests, no leakage will be allowed for sections of water mains consisting of welded joints. 2. Maximum allowable leakage for water mains with rubber gasketed joints: 11.65 gallons per inch nominal diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours while testing at the required pressure. G Correction for Failed Tests: 1. Repair all joints showing visible leaks on surface regardless of total leakage shown on test. Check all valves and fittings to ensure that no leakage occurs that could affect or invalidate test. Remove any cracked or defective pipes, fittings and valves discovered during pressure test and replace with new items. 2. Engineer may direct Contractor to disinfect failed lines after repair and prior to retesting. Conduct subsequent disinfection operations in accordance with requirements under Disinfection 3. Repeat test until satisfactory results are obtained. 04/2002' 02510-10 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS H Completion: 1. Upon satisfactory completion testing, remove risers remaining from disinfection and hydrostatic testing, and backfill excavation promptly. END OF SECTION 04/2002 02510-11 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES, METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS Section 02520 VALVE BOXES, METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Valve boxes for water service. B Meter boxes for water service. C Meter vaults for water service. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A No separate payment will be made for valve boxes under this section. B Measurement for meter vaults is on a lump sum basis or installation of each meter vault type and size. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit manufacturers product data for following items for approval: 1. Each type of valve box and lid. 2. Each type of meter box and cover. 3. Each type of meter vault frame and cover. C Submit shop drawings for cast -in -place meter vaults for approval if proposed construction varies from Drawings. D Submit manufacturer's certification that plastic meter boxes purchased for Work meet the requirements of paragraph of this Section on Plastic Meter Boxes. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 VALVE BOXES A Provide Type "A", adjustable, cast-iron, screw -type, valve boxes as manufactured by • Bass and Hays Foundry, Inc., or approved equal. Design of valve box shall minimize stresses on valve imposed by loads on box lid. B Cast a letter "W" into lid, 1/2 inch in height and raised 3/32 inch, for valves serving potable water lines. C Coat boxes, bases, and lids by dipping in hot bituminous varnish. 04/2002 02520-1 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES, METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS D Provide 6-inch PVC, Class 150, DR 18, riser pipes. E Concrete for valve box placement: 1. For locations in new concrete pavement, use strength and mix design of new pavement. 2. For other locations, use class "A" concrete with minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi, conforming to requirements of Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 2.02 METER BOXES GENERAL A The Owner will furnish all meter boxes for meters 1 1/2-inch and smaller. 2.03 METER VAULTS A Meter vaults may be constructed of precast concrete, cast -in -place concrete, or solid masonry unless a specific type of construction is required by Drawings. B Concrete for meter vaults: Class A concrete, conforming to requirements of Section 03300, with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi at 28 days. C Reinforcing steel for meter vaults: Conform to requirements of Section 03300. D Grates and Covers: Conform to requirements of Section 02542. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION • A Obtain approval from the Engineer for location of meter vault. B Verify lines and grade are correct. C Verify compacted subgrade will support loads imposed by vaults. 3.02 VALVE BOXES A Provide riser pipe with suitable length for depth of cover indicated on Drawings or to accommodate actual finish grade. B Install adjustable valve box and riser piping plumbed in a vertical position. Provide 6- inches telescoping freeboard space between riser pipe top butt end and intenor contact flange of valve box, for vertical movement damping. Riser may rest on valve flange, or provide suitable footpiece to support riser pipe. Paint covers of new valve boxes as directed by the City. This work is incidental and no separate payment will be made. 04/2002 02520-2 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES, METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS 3.03 METER BOXES A Install plastic boxes in accordance with manufacturers instructions. B Construct concrete meter boxes to dimensions shown on Drawings. C Adjust top of meter boxes to conform to cover elevations specified in paragraph of this section for Frame and Cover for Meter Vaults. D Do not locate under paved areas unless approved by Engineer. Use approved traffic -type box with cast iron lid when meter must be located in paved areas. 3.04 METER VAULTS A Construct concrete meter vaults to dimensions and requirements shown on drawings. Do not cast in presence of water. Make bottom as uniform as practicable. B Precast Meter Vaults: 1. Install precast vaults in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. Set level on a minimum 3 inch thick bed of sand conforming to the requirements of Section 02318 2. Seal lifting holes cement -sand mortar or non -shrink grout. C Meter Vault Floor Slab: 1. Construct floor slabs of 6-inch-thick reinforced concrete. Slope floor:1/4 inch per foot toward sump. Make sump 12 inches in diameter or 12 inches square, and 4 inches deep, unless other dimensions are required by Drawings. Install dowels at maximum of 18 inches, center -to -center, or install mortar trench for keying walls to floor slab. 2. Precast floor slab elements may be used for precast vault construction: D Cast -in -Place Meter Vault Walls: ' 1. Key walls to floor slab and form to dimensions shown on Drawings. Minimum wall thickness shall be 4 inches. 2. Cast walls monolithically. One cold joint will be allowed when vault depth exceeds 12 Feet. 3. Set frame for cover while concrete is still green. 3.05 FRAME AND COVER FOR METER VAULTS A Set cast iron frame in a mortar bed and adjust elevation of cover as follows: 1. In unpaved areas, set top of meter box or meter vault cover 2 to 3 inches above natural grade. 2. In sidewalk areas, set top of meter box or meter vault cover 1/2 to 1 inch above adjacent concrete. 04/2002-02520-3 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES, METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS 3.06 BACKFILL A Provide bank run sand and backfill and compact in accordance with Section 02318. B In unpaved areas, slope backfill around meter boxes and vaults to provide a unifoini slope 1 to 5 from top to natural grade. C In sidewalk areas slope concrete down from meter boxes to meet adjacent concrete. END OF SECTION 04/2002 02520-4 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Section 02534 PVC PIPE A Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe for water distribution in nominal diameters 4 inches through 16 inches. Polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe for gravity sanitary sewers in nominal diameters 4 inches through 48 inches. C Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe for gravity sanitary sewers and force mains in nominal diameters 4 inches through 36 inches. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A No separate payment will be made for PVC pipe under this section. Include cost in unit price for water mains, gravity sanitary sewer, and force mains. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit shop drawings showing design of new pipe and fittings indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, fabrication, fittings, flanges, and special details. 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A Submit manufacturer's certifications that PVC pipe and fittings meet requirements of this Section and AWWA C 900 or AWWA C 905 for pressure pipe applications, or the appropriate ASTM standard specified for gravity sewer pipe. B Submit manufacturer's certification that PVC pressure pipe has been hydrostatically tested at the factory in accordance with AWWA C 900 or AWWA C 905 and this Section. C When foreign manufactured material is proposed for use, have material tested for confounance to applicable ASTM requirements by certified independent testing laboratory located in United States. Certification from any other source is not acceptable. Furnish copies of test reports to the Engineer for review. Cost of testing shall be borne by Contractor or Supplier. 04/2002 02534-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL A Use PVC compounds in the manufacture of pipe that contain no ingredient in an amount that has been demonstrated to migrate into water in quantities considered to be toxic. B Furnish PVC pressure pipe manufactured from Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin PVC compounds as defined in ASTM D 1784. Use compounds qualifying for a rating of 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F per requirements of PPI TR3. Provide pipe which is homogeneous throughout, free of voids, cracks, inclusions, and other defects uniform as commercially practical in color, density, and other physical properties. Deliver pipe with surfaces free from nicks and scratches with joining surfaces of spigots and joints free from gouges and imperfections which could cause leakage. C For PVC pressure pipe used for water mains, provide self -extinguishing PVC pipe that bears Underwriters' Laboratories mark of approval and is acceptable without penalty to Texas State Fire Insurance Committee for use in fire protection lines. D Gaskets: 1. Gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 477 Use elastomeric factory - installed gaskets to make joints flexible and watertight. • 2. Pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas, especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed sewer, shall, have the following gasket materials for the noted contaminants. CONTAMINANT GASKET MATERIAL REQUIRED Petroleum (diesel, gasoline) Nitrile Rubber , Other contaminants As recommended by the pipe manufacturer E Lubricant for rubber-gasketed joints: Water soluble, non -toxic non -objectionable in taste and odor imparted to fluid, non -supporting of bacteria growth, having no deteriorating effect on PVC or rubber gaskets. 2.02 WATER SERVICE PIPE A Pipe 4-inch through 12-inch: AWWA C 900, Class 150, DR 18; nominal 20-foot lengths; cast iron equivalent outside diameters. B Pipe 16-inch: AWWA C 905; Class 235; DR 18; nominal 20-foot lengths; cast iron equivalent outside diameter. C Joints: ASTM D 3139; push -on type joints in integral bell or separate sleeve -couplings. Do not use socket type or solvent weld type joints. 04/2002 02534-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE D Make curves and bends by deflecting the joints. Do not exceed maximum deflection recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Submit details of other methods of providing curves and bends for review by the Engineer. E Hydrostatic Test: AWWA C 900, AWWA C 905, ANSI A21 10 (AWWA C110); at point of manufacture; submit manufacturer's written certification. 2.03 BENDS AND FITTINGS FOR PVC PRESSURE PIPE A Bends and Fittings: ANSI A21.10, ductile iron; ANSI A21 11 single rubber gasket push - on type joint minimum 150 psi pressure rating. B Coatings and Linings: Conform to requirements of Section 02634 - Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2.04 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE A PVC gravity sanitary sewer pipe shall be in accordance with the provisions in the following table: PRODUCT ASTM SDR (MAX.) / DIAMETER SIZE WALL MANUFACTURER CONSTRUCTION OPTIONS DESIGNATION STIFFNESS (MIN.) RANGE Approved D3034 SDR 26 / PS 115 6" to 10" Solid J-M Pipe CertainTeed Approved D3034 SDR 35 / PS 46 12" & 15" Can -Tex Approved F679 SDR 35 / PS 46 18" to 27" Carlon Diamond Approved AWWA C900 DR 18 / N/A 4 ' to 12" Approved AWWA C905 DR 18 / N/A 14" to 36" Profile Contech A-2000 Only included when in F949 N/A / 50 psi 12" to 36" ETI Lamson Ultra -Rib Vylon Schedule the Bid F794 F794 N/A N/A / 46 / 46 psi psi 12" 21" to 48" to 48" B When solid wall PVC pipe 18 inches to 27 inches in diameter is required in SDR 26, provide pipe conforming to ASTM F679, except provide wall thickness as required for SDR 26 and pipe strength of 115 psi. C For sewers up to 12-inch-diameter crossing over waterlines, or crossing under waterlines with less than 2 feet separation, provide minimum 150 psi pressure -rated pipe conforming to ASTM D 2241 with suitable PVC adapter couplings. D Joints: Spigot and integral wall section bell with solid cross section elastometric or rubber ring gasket confouIning to requirements of ASTM D 3212 and ASTM F 477, or ASTM E D 3139 and ASTM F 477, shall be provided. Gaskets shall be factory -assembled and securely bonded in place to prevent displacement. The manufacturer shall test a sample from each batch conforming to requirements ASTM D2444. 04/2002 02534-3 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE F Fittings: Provide PVC gravity sewer sanitary bends, tee, or wye fittings for new sanitary sewer construction. PVC pipe fittings shall be full-bodied, either injection molded or factory fabricated. Saddle -type tee or wye fittings are not acceptable 2.05 SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAIN PIPE A Provide PVC pressure pipe conforming to the requirements for water service pipe, and conforming to the minimum working pressure rating specified in Section 02533 Sanitary Sewage Force Mains. B Acceptable pipe joints are integral bell -and -spigot, containing a bonded -in elastomeric sealing ring meeting the requirements of ASTM F 477. In designated areas requiring restrained joint pipe and fittings, use EBAA Iron Series 2000PV, Uniflange Series 1350 restrainer, or equaljoint restraint device conforming to UNI-B-13, for PVC pipe 12-inch diameter and less. C Fittings: Provide ductile iron fittings as per Paragraph 2.03, except furnish all fittings with one of the following internal finings: 1. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) virgin polyethylene complying with ASTM D 1248, heat fused to the interior surface of the fitting, as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe "Polybond", or U.S. Pipe "Polyline" 2. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) polyurethane, Corro-pipe II by Madison Chemicals, Inc. 3. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) ceramic epoxy, Protecto 401 by Enduron Protective Coatings. D Exterior Protection Provide polyethylene wrapping of ductile iron fittings as required by Section 02512 - Polyethylene Wrap. E Hydrostatic Tests: Hydrostatically test pressure rated pipe in accordance with Paragraph 2.02 E F Manufacturers: Approved manufacturers of pressure rated, solid wall PVC pipe for sanitary sewer force mains are: 1. J & M Manufacturing Company, Inc. 2. CertainTeed Corporation 3. Diamond Plastics Corporation 4. Carlon Company 5. North American Pipe Corporation (NAPCO) 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION A Store pipe under cover out of direct sunlight and protect from excessive heat or haunful chemicals in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations. 04/2002 02534-4 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE 3.02 INSTALLATION A Conform to requirements of Section 02510 - Water Mains Section 02530 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers, Section 02731 - Sanitary Sewage Force Mains, and Section 02630 - Storm Sewers. B Install PVC pipe in accordance with Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, ASTM D 2321, and manufacturer s recommendations. C Water service pipe 12 inches in diameter and smaller: Installed to clear utility lines and have minimum 4 feet of cover below lowest property line grade of street, unless otherwise required by Drawings. D For water service, exclude use of PVC within 200 feet (along the public right-of-way) of underground storage tanks or in undeveloped commercial acreage. Underground storage tanks are primarily located on service stations but can exist at other commercial establishments. E Avoid imposing strains that will overstress or buckle the pipe when lowering pipe into trench. Hand shovel pipe bedding under the pipe haunches and along the sides of the pipe barrel and compact to eliminate voids and ensure side support. END OF SECTION 04/2002 02534-5 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES Section 02541 WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Gate valves, Plug Valves, Butterfly Valves, Air Release and Pressure Reducing Valves. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unit Prices. 1. No separate payment will be made for gate valves under this Section. Include payment in unit price as listed in the Bid Schedule for water mains 2. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. B Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If the Contract is a Stipulated Price Contract, payment for work in this Section is included in the total Stipulated Price. 1.03 REFERENCES A ASTM A 307 - Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. B ASTM B 62 - Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Casting. C ASTM D 429 - Test Methods for Rubber Property -Adhesion to Rigid Substrates. D ASTM B 763 - Copper Alloy Sand Casting for Valve Application. E AWWA C 500 - Gate Valves, 3 Through 48 in. NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems. F AWWA C 509 - Resilient -seated Gate Valves, 3 through 12 NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems. G AWWA C 550 - Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures. B Submit manufacturer's product data for proposed valves for approval. 1.05 QUALITY CONTROL A Submit manufacturer's affidavit that gate valves are manufactured in the United States and conform to stated requirements of AWWA C 500, AWWA C 509, and this Section, and that they have been satisfactorily tested in the United States in accordance with AWWA C 500 and AWWA C 509. 04/2002 02541-1 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GATE VALVES A Gate Valves: AWWA C 500, AWWA C 509 and additional requirements of this Section. Direct bury valves and those in subsurface vaults, aboveground and plant valves open counterclockwise. B If type of valve is not indicated on Drawings, use gate valves as line valves for sizes less than 16-inches. If type of valve is indicated, no substitute is allowed. C Gate Valves 1-1/2 Inches in Diameter and Smaller: 125 psig; bronze; rising -stem; single - wedge; disc type, screwed ends; such as Crane No. 428, or approved equal. D Coatings for Gate Valves 2 Inches and Larger: AWWA C 550; Indurall 3300 or approved equal, non -toxic, imparts no taste to water, functions as physical, chemical, and electrical barrier between base metal and surroundings, minimum 8-mil-thick, fusion -bonded epoxy. Prior to assembly of valve, apply protective coating to interior and exterior surfaces of body. E Gate Valves 2 Inches in Diameter: Iron body, double gate, non -rising stem, 150-pound test, 2-inch square nut operating clockwise to open. F Gate Valves 4 Inches to 12 Inches in Diameter: Non -directional, resilient seated (AWWA C 509) or parallel seat double disc (AWWA C 500), 200 psig, bronze mounting, push -on bell ends with rubber joint rings, and nut -operated unless otherwise specified. Provide resilient seated valves manufactured by American Darling AFC-500, US Pipe Metroseal 200, or approved equal. Provide double disc valves manufactured by American Darling 52, Clow F-6102 or approved equal. Comply with following requirements: 1. Design. Fully encapsulated rubber wedge or rubber seat ring mechanically attached with minimum 304 stainless -steel fasteners or screws; threaded connection isolated from water by compressed rubber around opemng. 2. Body: Cast or ductile iron, flange bonnet and stuffing box together with ASTM A307 Grade B bolts. Manufacturer's initials, pressure rating, and year manufactured shall be cast in body. 3. Bronze: Valve components in waterway to contain not more than 15 percent zinc and not more than 2 percent aluminum. 4. Stems: ASTM B 763 bronze, alloy number 995 minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi; minimum elongation m 2-inches of 12 percent, non -rising 5. 0-rings: AWWA C 509, sections 2.2.6 and 4.8.2. 6. Stem Seals: Consist of three 0-rings, two above and one below thrust collar with anti -friction washer located above thrust collar. 7 Stem Nut: Independent or integrally cast of ASTM B 62 bronze. 8. Resilient Wedge: Molded synthetic rubber, vulcanized and bonded to cast or ductile iron wedge or attached with 304 stainless steel screws tested to meet or exceed ASTM D 429 Method B; seat against epoxy -coated surface in valve body. 04/2002 02541-2 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 9. Bolts: AWWA C 509 Section 4.4; stainless steel; cadmium plated, or zinc coated. G Gate Valves 16 Inches to 24 Inches in Diameter: AWWA C 500 by Mueller; push -on bell ends with rubber rings and nut -operated unless otherwise specified, double disc, 150 psi, and comply with the following: 1. Body: Cast or ductile iron, flange together bonnet and stuffing box with ASTM A 307 Grade B bolts. Manufacturer's initials, pressure rating, and year manufactured shall be cast in body. Equip with rollers, tracks, and scrapers. 2. Stems: Machined from ASTM B 62 bronze rod with integral forged thrust collar machined to size; non -rising 3. Stem Seals: Consist of one 0-ring above and one 0-ring below thrust collar with anti -friction washer located above thrust collar for operating torque. 4. Stem Nut: Independent or integrally cast of ASTM B 62 bronze 5. Discs: Cast iron with bronze disc rmgs securely peened into machined dovetailed grooves. 6. Wedging Device: Solid bronze or cast-iron, bronze -mounted wedges. Thin plates or shapes integrally cast into cast-iron surfaces are acceptable. Other moving surfaces integral to wedging action shall be bronze monel or nickel alloy - to -iron. 7 Bronze Mounting: Built as integral unit mounted over, or supportedon, cast- ironbase and of sufficient dimensions to be structurally sound and adequate for imposed forces. 8. Gear Cases: Cast iron furnished on 18-inch and larger valves -and of extended type with steel side plates, lubricated, gear case enclosed with oil seal or 0-rings at shaft openings. 9. Stuffing Boxes* Located on top of bonnet and outside gear case. H Gate Valves 20 Inches and Larger: Furnish and equip with bypass valves. 1. Sizes: Provide 3-inch bypass valves for 16-inch through 20-inch gate valves. Provide 4-inch bypass valves for 24-inch gate valves. Valves 4 Inches through 12 Inches for Installation in Vertical Pipe Lines: Double disc, square bottom. J Valves 14 Inches and Larger for Installation in Horizontal Pipe Lines• Equipped with bronze shoes and slides. K Gate Valves Installed at Greater than 4-foot Depth: Provide non -rising, extension stem having coupling sufficient to attach securely to operating nut of valve. Upper end of extension stem shall terminate in square wrench nut no deeper than 4 feet from finished grade. L Gate Valves in Factory Mutual (Fire Service) Type Meter Installations: Conform to provisions of this specification outside screw and yoke valves; carry label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.; flanged, Class 125; clockwise to close. 04/2002 02541-3 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES M Provide flanged joints when valve is connected to steel or PCCP. 2.02 BUTTERFLY VALVES AND ACTUATORS A Butterfly Valves and Actuators: Conform to AWWA C 504, except as modified or supplemented herein. Provide valves manufactured by Keystone International, American -Darling, or approved equal. B If type of valve is not indicated on Drawings, butterfly valves shall be used for line valve sizes 16-inch and larger. If type of valve is specified, no substitute will be allowed. C Butterfly valves shall be short -body, flanged design and installed at locations as shown on Drawings. D Direct -bury valves, valves in subsurface vaults. Above -ground and plant valves shall open counterclockwise. Provide flanged joints when valve is connected to steel or PCCP. F Butterfly Valves and Actuators (Additional Requirements for Large -Diameter Water Mains) Valves larger than 72 inches in diameter shall have all components designed so that the allowable stresses at rated pressure shall not exceed one-third of the yield strength or one -fifth of the ultimate strength of the material used. Provide valves manufactured by Keystone International, American -Darling, or equal. 2.03 BUTTERFLY VALVE CONSTRUCTION A Valves AWWA C 504, Class 150B. Body: Cast iron, ASTM A 126, Class B. Flanges: ANSI B 16.1, Class 125 lb. B Discs for Butterfly Valves: Either cast iron or ductile iron. C Seats: Buna-N or neoprene, and may be applied to disc or body. Seats shall be mechanically secured and may not rely solely on adhesive properties of epoxy or similar bonding agent to attach seat to body. Seats on disc shall be mechanically retained by stainless steel (18-8) retaining ring held in place by stainless steel (18-8) cap screws that pass through rubber seat for added retention. When seat is on disc, seat shall be retained in position by shoulders located on both disc and stainless -steel retaining ring. Mating surfaces for seats: Type 304 or 316, stainless steel and secured to disc by mechanical means. Sprayed -on or plated mating surfaces will not be allowed. D Coat interior wetted ferrous surfaces of valve, including disc, with epoxy suitable for potable -water conditions. Epoxy, surface preparation, and epoxy application: In accordance with AWWA C 550 and coating manufacturer's recommendations. Provide two coats of two -component, high -build epoxy with minimum dry thickness of 10 mils Epoxy coating: Indurall 3300 or approved equal. Coatings shall be holiday tested and measured for thickness. 04/2002 02541-4 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES E Valve shaft and keys, dowel pins, or taper pins used for attaching valve shaft to valve disc: Type-304 or 316 stainless steel. Shaft Bearings: Stainless steel, bronze, nylon, or Teflon (supported by fiberglass mat or backing material with proven record of preventing Teflon flow under load) in accordance with AWWA C 504. F Packing: Field -adjustable, split-V type, and replaceable without removing operator assembly. G Retaining Hardware for Seats: Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. Nuts and screws used with clamps and discs for rubber seats shall be held securely with locktight, or other approved method, to prevent loosening by vibration or cavitational effects. H Valve disc shall seat in position at 90 degrees to the pipe axis and shall rotate 90 degrees between full -open and tight -closed position. Install valves with valve shafts horizontal and convex side of disc facing anticipated direction of flow, except where shown otherwise on Drawings. 2.04 BUTTERFLY VALVE ACTUATOR CONSTRUCTION A Provide actuators for valves with size based on line velocity of 16 feet per second, and, unless otherwise shown on Drawings, equip with geared manual actuators. Provide fully enclosed and traveling -nut type, rack-and-pinion type, or worm -gear type for valves 24 inches and smaller. B Provide actuator designed for installation with valve shaft horizontal unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. C Provide valve shaft extended from valve to actuator. Space between actuator housing and valve body shall be completely enclosed so that no moving parts are exposed to soil or elements. D Provide oil -tight and watertight actuator housings for valves, specifically designed for buried service or submerged service when located in valve vaults, and factory packed with suitable grease. E Install a valve position indicator on each actuator housing located above ground or in valve vaults. Valves shall be equipped with 2-inch actuator nut only. F Indicate direction of opening of valve on exposed visible part of assembly. G Design woiin-gear or traveling -nut actuators so that a torque of 150 foot-pounds, or less, will operate valve at most adverse condition for which valve is designed. Vertical axis of actuating nut shall not move as valve is opened or closed. 2.05 VALVE BOXES A Provide standard A adjustable valve boxes only conforming to requirements of Section 02520 - Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults. 04/2002 02541-5 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 2.06 VALVE SERVICE MANHOLES A For large -diameter water mains, provide manholes to dimensions shown on Drawings conforming to requirements of Section 02542 - Concrete Manholes. 2.07 AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM RELIEF VALVES A Air Release Valves: Apco No. 200, GA Industries Fig. 2-AR, or equal. Materials: body and cover, ASTM A48 Class 30, cast iron; float and leverage mechanism, ASTM A240 or A276 stainless steel; orifice and seat, stainless steel against Buna-N or Viton mechanically retained with hex head nut and bolt; other valve internals, stainless steel or bronze. Provide inlet and outlet connections, and orifice as shown on Drawings. B Air Release and Vacuum Valves: Provide single -body, standard combination or duplex - body custom combination valves as indicated on Drawings. 1. For 2-inch and 3-inch, single -body valves, provide inlet and outlet sizes as shown on Drawings and orifice sized for 100 psi working pressure. Valve materials: body, cover and baffle ASTM A48, Class 35, or ASTM A126, Grade B cast iron; plug or poppet, ASTM A276 stainless steel; float, ASTM A240 stainless steel; seat, Buna-N; other valve internals, stainless steel. Valve exterior: Painted with shop -applied primer suitable for contact with potable water. Provide Apco Model 145C or 147C, Val-Matic Series 200, or equal valves. 2. For 3-inch and larger duplex body valves as shown on Drawings, provide Apco Series 1700 with No. 200 air release valve, GA Industries Fig. No. AR/GH- 21K/280, or equal. Air and vacuum valve materials body and cover, ASTM A48, Class 35 cast iron; float, ASTM A240 stainless steel; seat, Type-304, stainless steel and Buna-N; other valve internals, stainless steel or bronze. Air release valve: Constructed as specified in paragraph above on Air Release Valves. C Vacuum Relief Valves: Provide air inlet vacuum relief valves with flanged inlet and outlet connections as shown on Drawings. Provide air release valves in combination with inlet and outlet, and orifice as shown on Drawings. Valve shall open under pressure differential not to exceed 0.25 psi. Provide Apco Series 1500 with a No. 200A air release valve, GA Industries Fig. No. HCARV, or approved equal. Materials for vacuum relief valves: valve body, ASTM A48, Class 35, cast iron seat and plug, ASTM B584 bronze, copper alloy 836; spring, ASTM A313, Type-304, stainless steel; bushing, ASTM B584 bronze, copper alloy 932; retaining screws, ASTM A276, Type 304, stainless steel. D Air Release Valve Vault as detailed in Drawings. 2.08 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A Provide Cla-Val Model 90-01, or approved equal, PRV with strainer in location and arrangement as shown on Drawings. Valve body ASTM A48, cast iron or ASTM A126, Class B, cast iron with ANSI B16.1, Class 125, flanges. Valve cover: ASTM A48 cast iron. Valve internals: Type-303, stainless steel or B-62 bronze. Rubber parts: 04/2002 02541-6 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND. WASTEWATER LINE VALVES Buna-N. No leather parts shall be allowed. Resilient seat shall have rectangular cross section. B Control Tubing: Contain shutoff cocks with "Y" strainer. C PRV: Equip with valve position indicator.. Initially set in field by authorized manufacturer's representative with 60 psi downstream pressure. D Provide basket strainer upstream of PRV as shown on Drawings. Strainer body: quick - opening type, fabricated -steel construction with ANSI B 16.1, Class 150, flanges. Basket: Type-304 stainless steel. Provide Hayward Model 90, or equal, for PRV 4-mch through 24-inch. Provide Hayward Model 510 or equal, for PRV 14 inches or greater when space limitations dictate the use of smaller strainer housing. E Pilot Systems for PRV: Adjustable and pressure sustaining. F Valve Box: Valve Box conforming to requirements of Section 02520. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Earthwork. Conform to applicable provisions of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfilling for Utilities. B Operation Do not use valves for. throttling without prior approval of manufacturer. 3.02 SETTING VALVES AND VALVE BOXES A Remove foreign matter from within valves prior to installation. Inspect valves in open and closed positions to verify that parts are in satisfactory working condition. B Install valves and valve boxes where shown on Drawings. Set valves plumb and as detailed. Center valve boxes on valves. Carefully tamp earth around each valve box for minimum radius of 4 feet, or to undisturbed trench face if less than 4 feet. Install valves completely closed when placed in water line. C For pipe section of each valve box, use only cast iron, ductile iron, or DR18 PVC pipe cut to proper length. Size to allow future operation of valve. Assemble and brace box in vertical position as indicated on Drawings. 3.03 DISINFECTION AND TESTING A Perform disinfection and testing of valves and appurtenances as required by Section 02510 - Water Mains. B Repair or replace valves which exceed the allowable specified leakage rate. 04/2002 02541-7 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 3.04 PAINTING OF VALVES A Paint valves in vaults, stations, and above ground using ACRO Paint No. 2215, or approved equal. END OF SECTION 04/2002 02541-8 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS Section 02635 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A New steel pipe and fittings for water mains, pumping facilities, and casings. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A No payment will be made for steel pipe and fittings under this section. Include cost in unit price for water mains, pumping facilities and casings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submit shop drawings, in accordance with requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. 1. For aerial crossings and water plant/facilities, include design of new pipe and fittings indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, lining and coating systems, proposed welding procedures, fabrication, fitting, flange, and special details. Show station numbers for pipe and fittings corresponding to Drawings 2. Production of pipe and fittings prior to review by the Engineer shall be at Contractor's risk. 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A Provide manufacturer's certifications that all pipe and fittings have been hydrostatically tested at factory in accordance with AWWA C200, Section 3.4. B Provide manufacturer's affidavits that polyurethane coatings, linings and tape coatings comply with applicable requirements of this section and that coatings were applied and allowed to cure at a temperature 5 degrees above the dew point. C Provide manufacturer's affidavits that mortar coatings and linings comply with applicable requirements of this section and that linings were applied and allowed to cure at a temperature above 32 degrees F. D Prior to work being started, provide proof of certification of qualification for all welders employed for type of work, procedures and positions involved. Qualifications shall be in accordance with AWWA C206. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 STEEL PIPE A Provide steel pipe designed and manufactured in confoiuiance with AWWA C200 and AWWA M11 except as modified herein. Steel shall be minimum of ASTM A 36, 04/2002 02635-1 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS ASTM A570 Grade 36, ASTM A 53 Grade B, ASTM A135 Grade B, or ASTM A139 Grade B. B Minimum Allowable Steel -Wall Thickness: In accordance with following table for HS-20 live loads and depths of bury of up to 16 feet and AWWA C200 new uncoated welded steel. CASING PIPE (ENCASEMENT SLEEVES) PIPE CASING SIZE MINIMUM WALL APPROXIMATE LINEAR FOOT PER WEIGHT UNCOATED O.D. THICKNESS 8" 8.625" 0.219" 19.64 10" 10.75" 0.219" 24.60 12" 12.75" 0.219" 29.28 14" 14.00" 0.219" 32.00 16" 16.00" 0.219" 36.86 20" 20.00" 0.250" 52.73 24" 24.00" 0.250" 63.41 30" 30.00" 0.250" 79.43 C Provide pipe sections in lengths of no less than 20 feet except as required for special fittings or closure sections. D Fittings: Factory forged for sizes 4 inches through 24 inches; long radius bends beveled ends for field butt welding; wall thickness: equal to or greater than pipe to which fittings is to be welded; unless otherwise shown on the drawings. E Joints: 1. Standard field joint for steel pipe: AWWA C206. a. Single -welded, lap joint b. Double -welded, butt joint. 2. Provide mechanically coupled or flanged joints where required for valves and fittings, and as shown on Drawings. Flanges AWWA C207, Class D; same diameter and drilling as Class 125 cast iron flanges ASA B 16.1. Maintain electrically isolated flanged joints between steel and cast iron by using epoxy - coated bolts, nuts, washers and insulating type gasket unless otherwise approved by Engineer. F Make curves and bends by use of beveled joints unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Contractor may submit details of other methods of providing curves and bends for 04/2002 02635-2 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS consideration by the Engineer. If other methods are deemed satisfactory, install at no additional cost to Owner. G Provide shop coated and shop lined steel pipe with minimum of one coat of shop applied primer approved for use in potable water transmission on all exposed steel surfaces. Primer for tape coated steel pipe to be used for field -applied coatings shall have no less than 5 percent solids. Provide primer compatible with coating system and in accordance with coating manufacturer's recommendations. H Standard or Special Sections: Within 1/8 inch + of specified or theoretical lengths. Flanges: Square with pipe with bolt holes straddling both horizontal and vertical axis. Provide 1/2-inch gap between pipe ends where pipe is to be coupled with sleeve couplings. 2.02 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEMS FOR BURIED STEEL PIPE A General Supplied with either tape coatings as specified herein. 1. Tape Coatmg: AWWA C214; 80-mil shop -applied, Polyken YG-III, Tek-Rap Yard -Rap, or equal, except as modified herein. Components: primer, one 20-mil layer of inner -layer tape for corrosion protection and two 30-mil layers of outer - layer tape for mechanical protection. Primer. compatible with tape coating supplied by coating -system manufacturer. Provide pipe with shop coatings cut back from joint ends to facilitate joining and welding of pipe. Taper successive tape layers by 1-inch staggers to facilitate field wrapping of joints. Cutback approximately 4 to 4-1/2 inches to facilitate welding. Inner and outer tape widths: DIAMETER WIDTH TAPE 4„ 6" 6" - 8" 12" 9" — 14" 16" 12" — 18" 24" 18" — 2.03 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL PIPE IN TUNNEL, CASING OR AUGER HOLES A Provide exterior coating system of pipe in augered holes or casing, without annular grout, as specified in Section 02636, Polyurethane Coatings on Steel or Ductile Iron Pipe. No additional exterior coating is required for mortar coated pipe. 04/2002 02635-3 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS 2.04 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL PIPE INSTALLED ABOVEGROUND (OR EXPOSED) A Provide a 3-coat epoxy/polyurethane coating system as designated below. Surface Preparation Prime Coat 2.0 to 4.0 mils DFT Intermediate Coat 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT Finish Coat 1.5 to 2.0 mils DFT B Total minimum allowable dry film thickness for system: 10 mils. C All materials shall be from same manufacturer 2.05 INTERNAL LINING SYSTEMS FOR STEEL PIPE SSPC SP10 Near White Blast Clean 2.0 to 3.0 mils surface profile ACRO 4422 Inhibitive Epoxy Primer, or approved equal ACRO 4460 Chemical Resistant Epoxy, or approved equal ACRO 4428 Polyurethane, or approved equal A General: Supply steel pipe with either epoxy lining or shop applied cement mortar lining, capable of conveying water at temperatures not greater than 140° F. All linings shall conform to American National Standards Institute/National Sanitation Foundation (ANSI/NFS) Standard 61 and certified by an organization accredited by ANSI. Unless otherwise noted, coat all exposed (wetted) steel parts of flanges, blind flanges, bolts, access manhole covers, etc., with epoxy lining, as specified herein. B Epoxy Lining: AWWA C210-92 - White, or approved equal for shop and field joint applied, except as modified herein. 1. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP-10(64); Near White Blast Clean; 2.0 to 3.0 mils surface profile. 2. Prime Coat: ACRO 4460 NSF Certified Epoxy - Buff; 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT or approved equal. 3. Intermediate Coat: ACRO 4460 NSF Certified Epoxy - Buff: 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT or approved equal. 4. Finish Coat. ACRO 4460 NSF Certified Epoxy - White 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT or approved equal. 5. Minimum allowable dry film system thickness: 12.0 mils. 6. Maximum allowable dry film system thickness: 18.0 mils. 7. Minimum field adhesion: 700 psi. 8. Dry film thicknesses for approved alternate products in accordance with the product manufacturer's recommendations. 04/2002 02635-4 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS 9. The lining system may consist of three or more coats of the same approved alternate epoxy lining without the use of a separate primer. 10. Provide materials from the same manufacturer. C Shop Applied Cement Mortar Lining: AWWA C205; shop -applied cement mortar linings, except as specified herein 3/8 inch minimum thickness for pipe diameters 24 inches and smaller. Pipe with cut back limng from joint ends no more than 2 inches to facilitate joining and welding of pipe. 2.06 MORTAR FOR EXTERIOR JOINTS A Cement Mortar: One part cement to two parts of fine, sharp clean sand; mix with water to a consistency of thick cream. B Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II. C Sand: 1. Inside joints. AWWA C602; fine graded natural sand. 2. Outside joints: ASTM C33; natural sand with 100 percent passing No. 16 sieve. D Water: ASTM D1888, Method A; total dissolved solids less than 1000 mg/1; ASTM D512 chloride ions less than 100 mg/1 for slurry and mortar cure; ASTM D 1293 pH greater than 6.5. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PIPING INSTALLATION A Conform to applicable provisions of Section 02510 - Water Mains except as modified herein. 3.02 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEM FOR BURIED STEEL PIPE A Tape Coating System: 1. Inspect pipe prior to shipment, for holidays and damage to coating. Perfouun electrical holiday test of minimum of 6,000 volts with a 60 cycle current audio detector. If test indicates no holidays and outer wrap(s) is torn, remove damaged layers of outer wrap by carefully cutting with sharp razor -type utility knife. Wash with Xylol area to be patched and at least 4 inches of undamaged tape where hand -applied tape wrap will overlap. AWWA C209 cold -applied tape; compatible with tape -wrapping system applied for each layer of outer -wrap tape that has been removed. If damaged area shows holiday when tested, remove outer layers and expose inner wrap. Prime exposed area and overlaps with light coat of primer. Firmly press into place patch of inner wrap of sufficient size to extend 4 inches from holidays in all directions. Holiday test patch to verify that it is installed satisfactorily. Retrim outer layer of tape to expose first wrap of outer - wrap tape sufficiently to allow minimum lap of 2 inches m all directions. Wash 04/2002 02635-5 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS exposed outer wrap tape with Xylol and prime. Apply two layers of AWWA C209 outer wrap with 35 mils minimum thickness. 2. Regardless of results of electrical holiday test, bubbles in tape coating system are not allowed. Cut out bubbles and patch as detailed above. 3. Field repairs and applications of coatings: AWWA C209 around joint cutbacks except as modified herein. Field -welded joints: clean shop -primed ends of weld splatter, damaged primer and rust to achieve required surface preparation prior to field repair of linings and coatings. a. Immediately prior to placing joint in trench, remove shop -applied primer by abrasive blasting, solvent or other method as approved by the Engineer. Avoid damage to adjacent existing coatings. Clean surfaces to achieve surface preparation at least equivalent to SSPC SP6 in accordance with AWWA C209. Solvent: environmentally safe and compatible with coating -system primer. b. Apply primer immediately prior to application of first layer of tape to achieve maximum bond. Apply tape while primer is still "tacky' with 3- inch minimum overlap over shop -applied coating. 4. Do not expose tape coatings to harmful ultraviolet light for more than 90 days. Discard (remove) and replace outer layer of tape coating when exposure exceeds 90 days. In case of factory applied coatings, remove joint from site for removal and reapplication of outer layer of tape coatings. B At Owner's option, coating system and application may be tested and inspected at plant site in accordance with AWWA C214. C Cement Mortar Coating: AWWA C205; 1-inch minimum thickness; cut back from joint ends no more than 2 inches to facilitate Joining and welding of pipe. 3.03 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL PIPE INSTALLED ABOVEGROUND, IN VAULTS, TUNNELS OR CASINGS, AND INTERNAL LINING FOR ALL INSTALLATIONS A Cement Mortar Lining: AWWA C205; 1/2-inch minimum thickness; cut back from Joint ends to facilitate Joining and welding of pipe. B Safety: Paints, coatings, and linings specified herein are hazardous materials. Vapors may be toxic or explosive. Protective equipment, approved by appropriate regulatory agency, is mandatory for all personnel involved in painting, coating, and lining operations. C Workmanship: 1. Application: By qualified and experienced workers who are knowledgeable in surface preparation and application of high-perfonnance industrial coatings 2. Paint Application Procedures: SSPC Good Painting Practices, Volume 1. 04/2002 02635-6 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS D Surface Preparation: 1. Prepare all surfaces for painting with abrasive blasting. 2. Schedule cleaning and painting so that detrimental amounts of dust or other contaminants do not fall on wet, newly -painted surfaces. Protect surfaces not intended to be painted from effects of cleaning and painting operations. 3. Prior to blasting, clean surfaces to be coated or lined of grease, oil and dirt by steaming or detergent cleaning in accordance with SSPC SP1. 4. Metal and Weld Preparation: Remove all surface defects such as gouges, pits, welding and torch -cut slag, welding flux and spatter by grinding to 1/4-inch minimum radius. 5. Abrasive Material: a. Blast only as much steel as can be coated same day of blasting. b. Use sharp, angular, properly -graded abrasive capable of producing depth of profile specified herein. Transport abrasive to jobsite in moisture - proof bags or airtight bulk containers. Copper slag abrasives are not acceptable. c. After abrasive blast cleaning, verify surface profile with replica tape such as Tes-Tex Coarse or Extra Coarse Press-O-Film Tape, or approved equal. Furnish tapes to Owner for filing and future reference. d. Do not blast if metal surface may become wet before priming commences, or when metal surface is less than 5 degrees F above dew point. 6. - Remove all dust and abrasive residue from freshly blasted surfaces by brushing or blowing with clean, dry air. Coating and Lining Application: 1. Environmental Conditions: Do not apply coatings or linings when metal temperature is less than 50 degrees F; when ambient temperature is less than 5 degrees F above dew point; when expected weather conditions are such that ambient temperature will drop below 40 degrees F within 6 hours after application of coating; or when relative humidity is above 85 percent. Measure relative humidity and dew point by use of sling psychrometer in conjunction with U.S. Depaitnent of Commerce Weather Bureau Psychometric Tables. Provide dehumidifiers for all field -applied coatings and linings to maintain proper humidity levels. 2. Application Procedures: a. Apply coatings and linings in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of this section. Provide a finish free of runs, sags curtains, pinholes, orange peel, fish eyes, excessive overspray or delaminations. b. Thin materials only with manufacturer's recommended thinners. Thin only amount required to adjust viscosity for temperature variations, proper atomization and flow -out. Mix material components using mechanical mixers. c. Discard catalyzed materials remaining at end of day. 04/2002 - 02635-7 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS 3. Apply primer immediately after surface has been cleaned. Thoroughly dry pipe before primer is applied. Apply succeeding coats before contamination of under surface occurs. 4. Allow each coat of paint either to dry or cure amount of time recommended by coating or lining manufacturer before successive coats of paint are applied. Apply all successive coats of paint within recoat threshold time as recommended by coating or lining manufacturer on printed technical data sheets or through written communications. 3.04 •INSPECTION • A Procure services of an independent testing laboratory or inspection service, approved by the Engineer, to perform tests on all portions of coating and lining applications. Laboratory shall supply services of NACE Certified Coatings Inspectors having Level I I Certification for all coating and linings inspection work. Include cost of such testing in contract unit price bid for water main. Furnish copies of all test reports to the Engineer for review. If defective coatings or lining are revealed, cost of repair and testing of repair will be paid for by Contractor. The Engineer shall have full and final decision as to suitability of all coatings and linings tested. B For all field applied coatings and linings, including joints, notify Owner sufficiently in advance of work so that Owner can perform examination of and acceptance of surface preparation and application of each coat prior to application of next coat. Furnish appropriate test data to Owner verifying compliance with requirements of this section of each coat pnor to proceeding with next coat. Recoat or repair runs, overspray, roughness and/or abrasives in coating, or other indications of improper application in accordance with coating or lining manufacturer's and the Engineer's instructions. C Repairs, surface preparation and painting will be subject to inspection by Owner. Guidelines published by Steel Structures Painting Council will be used as basis for acceptance or rejection of cleaning, painting or coating application. SSPC VIS 1, Pictoral Surface, along with single -probe magnetic pull -off type dry film thickness gages, electrical holiday detectors, and standard wet film thickness gages will be used to determine acceptability of paint applications. D Check film thickness with nondestructive magnetic pull -off gage such as Mikrotest Model DFG-100 or electronic thickness gage. National Bureau of Standards certified thickness calibration plates will be used to verify accuracy of thickness gage. Determine maximum and minimum thickness in accordance with SSPC PA2 for frequency and method. Evaluate each length of pipe under SSPC PA2 Consider each field joint area separate and discrete for purpose of DFT measurements. Perform five spot DFT measurements on each field joint area (15 individual readings). Check thickness of each individual coat as well as thickness of overall system with respect to compliance with this Section. Failure to meet either overall system thickness requirements or requirements of component coats shall be cause for rejection and recoat or repair of entire joint or length of pipe. 04/2002 02635-8 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS E Holiday Test: 1. Begin inspection after coating has sufficiently cured, usually one to five days. (Consult coating manufacturer for specific curing schedule.) 2. Use high -voltage d-c holiday detector such as D.E Stearns Company Model 14/20 or Tinker & Rasor Model AP/W. Use 1600 volts, plus or minus 100 volts. Use brass brush type electrode. 3. Ground high -voltage d-c holiday detector to metal being inspected. Earth -type ground tape isnot acceptable. Mark detected defects with white chalk, repair and reinspect. 4. Adhesion Tests: ASTM D4541; pull -off testing using an Elcometer Model 106 Fixed Alignment Adhesion Tester. Adhesion testing may be directed by the Engineer on any length of pipe or joint which exceeds maximum coating thickness limitations specified in this Section. 3.05 COATINGS AND LININGS INSPECTION A Owner reserves right to inspect or acquire service of independent third -party inspector who is fully knowledgeable of, and qualified to inspect, surface preparation and application of high-perfomiance coatings to inspect any and all phases of all coatings and linings work, whether field or shop applied. Contractor responsible for application and performance of coating and lining whether or not Owner provides such inspection. END OF SECTION 04/2002 02635-9 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING Section 02921 HYDROMULCH SEEDING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Seeding, fertilizing, mulching, and maintenance of areas indicated on Drawings. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A Measurement for hydromulch seeding is on a square yard basis. B Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B" Submit certification from supplier that each type of seed conforms to these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Seed Law. Certification shall accompany seed delivery. C Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Topsoil: Conform to material requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil. B Seed: Conform to U.S. Department of Agriculture rules and regulations of the Federal Seed Act and the Texas Seed Law. Seed shall be certified 90 percent pure and furnish 80 percent germination and meet the following requirements: 1. Rye: Fresh, clean, italian rye grass seed (lollium multi-florum), mixed in labeled Proportions. As tested, minimum percentages of impurities and germination must be labeled. Deliver in original unopened containers. 2. Beirnuda Extra -fancy, treated, lawn type common bermuda (Cynodon dactylon) Deliver in original, unopened container showing weight, analysis, name of vender, and germination test results. 3. Wet moldy, or otherwise damaged seed will not be accepted. 04/2002 02921-1 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING 4. Seed requirements, application rates and planting dates are: PLANTING APPLICATION RATE DATE TYPE POUNDS/A Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 40 Jan 1 to Mar 31 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Apr 1 to Sep 30 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 40 30 Oct 1 to Dec 31 Unhulled Annual Rye Common Grass (Gulf) Bermuda Grass 98/88 C Fertilizer: Dry and free flowing, inorganic, water soluble commercial fertilizer, which is uniform in composition. Deliver in unopened containers which bear the manufacturers guaranteed analysis. Caked, damaged, or otherwise unsuitable fertilizer will not be accepted. Fertilizer shall contain minimum percentages of the following elements: Nitrogen: 10 Percent Phosphoric Acid: 20 Percent Potash: 10 Percent D Mulchd Virgin wood cellulose fibers from whole wood chips having a minimum of 20 percent fibers 0.42 inches (10.7 mm) in length and 0.01 inches (0.27 min) in diameter. Mulch shall be dyed green for coverage verification purposes. E Soil Stabilizer: "Terra Tack" 1 or approved equal. F Weed control agent: Pre -emergent herbicide for grass areas, "Benefin" or approved equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Place and compact topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil. 3.02 APPLICATION A Seed: Apply unifoulluly at rates given in Paragraph 2.01 B for type of seed and planting date. B Fertilizer: Apply uniformly at a rate of 500 pounds per acre. C Mulch: Apply uniformly at a rate of 50 pounds per 1000 square feet. D Soil stabilizer: Apply uniformly at a rate of 40 pounds per acre. E Weed control agent: Apply at manufacturer's recommended rate prior to hydromulching. 04/2002 02921-2 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING F Suspend all operations under conditions of drought excessive moisture, high winds, or extreme or prolonged cold. Obtain the Engineer's approval before resuming operations. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A Maintain grassed areas a minimum of 90 days, or as required to establish an acceptable lawn. For areas seeded in the fall, continue maintenance the following spring until an acceptable lawn is established. Acceptable coverage will require a minimum of one healthy plant for any one 9"x9" square area. B Maintain grassed areas by watering, fertilizing, weeding, and trimming. C Repair areas damaged by erosion by regrading, rolling and replanting. END OF SECTION • • 04/2002 02921-3 CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING 1.0 GENERAL Section 02980 PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Repairing and resurfacing streets, highways, driveways, sidewalks, and other pavements that have been cut, broken, or otherwise damaged during construction. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A No separate payment will be made for pavement repair and resurfacing under this Section unless included as a bid item in Bid Schedule and approved in advance by the Engineer. Include payment in unit price for work in appropriate sections. B Payment for pavement repair, when included in bid documents, is on a square yard basis. Limits for measurement will be as follows: 1. Extend 18 inches beyond outside trench or trench slopes for utilities and appurtenant structures excavation or for pavement removed to construct utility appurtenances, as indicated on Drawings. 2. Extend 5 feet beyond outside excavation limits for structural excavation. 3. If removed pavement is greater than one-half of pavement lane width, or within 18 inches of a longitudinal joint, on concrete pavement, replace pavement for full lane width or to nearest longitudinal joint as approved by the Engineer. 4. No payment will be made for work outside maximum payment limits, or in areas removed or replaced for Contractor's convenience. The maximum payment limit is the maximum trench width plus 36 inches, or as shown on the Drawings. The maximum trench width is defined in Section 02318- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. If the extent of pavement replacement is increased to full lane width or to the nearest longitudinal j oint, the maximum payment limits are increased to the same extent. C Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for other unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. 04/2002 - 02980-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Subgrade: 1. Provide new backfill material as required by applicable portions of Sections 02316 through 02330. 2. Provide material for stabilization as required by applicable portions of Section - 02335. B Base: Provide new base material as required by applicable portions of Section 02710. C Pavement. Provide new paving materials as required by applicable portions of Section 02741- Asphaltic Concrete Pavement and Section 02751 - Concrete Pavement. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Conform to requirement of Section 02200 - Site Preparation, for removals. • B Saw cut pavement 18 inches wider than width of trench needed to install utilities unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. C Protect edges of existing pavement to remain from damage during removals, utility placement, backfill, and paving operations. For concrete pavement, leave and protect minimum of 18 inches of undisturbed subgrade on each side of trench to support replacement slab. 3.02 INSTALLATION A Parking areas, service drives, driveways, and sidewalks: Replace with material equal to or better than existing or as indicated on Drawings. Conform to applicable requirements of sections referenced in Paragraph 2.01, Materials of this Section B Street pavements and curbs, curbs and gutters: Replace subgrade, base, and surface course with like materials or as indicated on Drawings. Curbs and curbs and gutters shall match existing. Conform to requirements of sections referenced in Paragraph 2 01, Materials of this Section. C For concrete pavement, install size and length of reinforcing steel and pavement thickness indicated on Drawings. Place types and spacing of joints to match existing or as indicated on Drawings D Where existing pavement consists of concrete pavement with asphaltic surfacing, resurface with minimum 2-inch depth asphaltic pavement. 04/2002 02980-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING E Repair state highway crossings in accordance with highway department permit and within 1 week after utility work is installed. 3.03 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL A Dispose of waste material in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. 3.04 PROTECTION A Maintain all pavement in good condition until completion of Work. B Replace pavement damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 04/2002 - 02980-3 APPENDIX "A" GEOTECHNICAL BORING LOG LOG OF BORING CB-1 Project: Force Main Relocation on Mary's Creek Pearland, Texas Client: Freese & Nichols, Inc. Pearland, Texas Dry Augered: 0 to 12.5 ft Washed Bored: 12.5 ft to 25 ft Project No.: 05-G112 Date: 4-25-2005 Elevation: Free Water During Drilling at: 12.5 ft Water at: 10.8 ft after 30 hours Caving at: 14.0 ft ELEVATION/ DEPTH SOIL/SAMPLER &FIELDDATA POCKET PEN. (tsf) or SPT DESCRIPTION We (%) Dens. (pcf) Qu or UU (tsf) Str. u (/o) LL PI Pass #200 (%) SYMBOLS I 1 26 34 32 31 22 90 0.90 4 " 88 62 48 51 Gray w/ & brown asphalt, FAT CLAY ferrous "FILL" & calcareous nodules - 0 . ; Jr e 7 ,j A' 'J s"4- roots, 1.75 2.00 1.75 2.00 1.50 Stiff w/ -w/ -w/ -slickensided -w/ -w/ ferrous roots calcareous sand gray calcareous & pockets nodules @ tan 2'-4' @ FAT nodules stains 4'-8' below CLAY @ below 8' 8'-10' (CH) 4' / — 5 — 10 - r 2/6 v6 5/6 Loose -w/ calcareous reddish brown nodules & gray below SILTY 13.5' (SM) SAND / (X\ —15 a/s 2/6 2/6 Very w/ calcareous loose reddish nodules brown & gray SANDY SILT (ML) --20 _ 5/6 , 5/6 21/6 Dense tan SILTY SAND (SM) \ / x Boring terminated @ 25 ft — 25 — 30 Note(s): The water level in the open borehole rose to 11.1 ft depth with an associated caving depth of 11.9 ft, fifteen minutes after encountering free water. TOLUNAY-WONG 110 ENGINEERS, INC. page 1 of 1 • SYMBOLS AND TERMS USED ON BORING LOGS Unified Soil Classifications System Symbols 14 J.4: 4/11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 111 GW Well -graded Gravel GP Poorly -graded Gravel GM Silty Gravel GC Clayey Gravel SW Well -graded Sand SP Poorly -graded Sand SM Silty Sand SC Clayey Sand ML Sandy Silt ML Clayey Silt OL Organic Silt MH Inorganic Silt CH Clay CL Sandy Clay CL Silty Clay OH Organic Clay PT Peat FILL Fill Sampler Symbols 7 Field Test Data Meaning Depth of thin -walled tube sample Depth of Standard Penetration Test (SPT) Depth of auger sample Depth of sampling attempt with no recovery 2.50 Pocket penetrometer reading in tons per square foot 8/6 Blow count per 6-in. interval of the Standard Penetration Test Laboratory Test Data Wu (%) Dens. (pcf) Qu (tsf) UU (tsf) Str. (%) LL PI #200 (%) (*) ** Observed free water during drilling Observed static water level Moisture content in percent Dry unit weight in pounds per cubic foot Unconfined compressive strength in tons per square foot Compressive strength under confining pressure in tons per square foot Strain at failure in percent Liquid limit in percent Plasticity index Percent passing the No. 200 mesh sieve Confining pressure in pounds per square inch Slickensided failure Did not fail RELATIVE DENSITY OF COHESIONLESS & SEMI -COHESIVE SOILS The following descriptive terms for relative density apply to cohesionless soils such as gravels, silty fine sands, and fine sands as well as semi - cohesive and semi-cohesionless soils such as sandy silts, clayey silts, and clayey sands. Typical Relative SPT "N" Density Value Ranee* Very Loose Loose Medium Dense Dense Very Dense 0-4 5-10 11-30 31-50 Over 50 * "N" is the number of blows from a 140-ib weight having a free fall of 30 in. required to penetrate the final 12 in. of an 18-in. sample interval. The density designations correspond to a SPT "N" value range based on an effective overburden pressure of 1 tsf. Density descriptors may be modified because of variations in the effective overburden pressure. CONSISTENCY OF COHESIVE SOILS The following descriptive terms for consistency apply to cohesive soils such as clays, sandy clays, and silty clays. Typical Unconfined Typical Compressive SPT "N" Strength (tsfl Consistency Value Ranee** q" < 0.25 0.25 < q" < 0.50 0.50 < qu < 1.00 1.00<q"<2.00 2.00<q"<4.00 q" > 4.00 Very Soft Soft Firm Stiff Very Stiff Very Stiff -Hard <2 3-4 5-8 9-15 16-30 >31 **An "N" value of 31 or greater corresponds to a hard consistency. The correlation of consistency with a typical SPT "N" value range is approximate. Tolunay-Wong Engineers, Inc. • GW Well -graded Gravel GP Poorly -graded Gravel GM Silty Gravel GC Clayey Gravel SW Well -graded Sand SP Poorly -graded Sand SM Silty Sand SC Clayey Sand ML Sandy Silt ML Clayey Silt OL Organic Silt MH Inorganic Silt CH Clay CL Sandy Clay CL Silty Clay OH Organic Clay PT Peat FILL Fill Sampler Symbols 7 Field Test Data Meaning Depth of thin -walled tube sample Depth of Standard Penetration Test (SPT) Depth of auger sample Depth of sampling attempt with no recovery 2.50 Pocket penetrometer reading in tons per square foot 8/6 Blow count per 6-in. interval of the Standard Penetration Test Laboratory Test Data Wu (%) Dens. (pcf) Qu (tsf) UU (tsf) Str. (%) LL PI #200 (%) (*) ** Observed free water during drilling Observed static water level Moisture content in percent Dry unit weight in pounds per cubic foot Unconfined compressive strength in tons per square foot Compressive strength under confining pressure in tons per square foot Strain at failure in percent Liquid limit in percent Plasticity index Percent passing the No. 200 mesh sieve Confining pressure in pounds per square inch Slickensided failure Did not fail RELATIVE DENSITY OF COHESIONLESS & SEMI -COHESIVE SOILS The following descriptive terms for relative density apply to cohesionless soils such as gravels, silty fine sands, and fine sands as well as semi - cohesive and semi-cohesionless soils such as sandy silts, clayey silts, and clayey sands. Typical Relative SPT "N" Density Value Ranee* Very Loose Loose Medium Dense Dense Very Dense 0-4 5-10 11-30 31-50 Over 50 * "N" is the number of blows from a 140-ib weight having a free fall of 30 in. required to penetrate the final 12 in. of an 18-in. sample interval. The density designations correspond to a SPT "N" value range based on an effective overburden pressure of 1 tsf. Density descriptors may be modified because of variations in the effective overburden pressure. CONSISTENCY OF COHESIVE SOILS The following descriptive terms for consistency apply to cohesive soils such as clays, sandy clays, and silty clays. Typical Unconfined Typical Compressive SPT "N" Strength (tsfl Consistency Value Ranee** q" < 0.25 0.25 < q" < 0.50 0.50 < qu < 1.00 1.00<q"<2.00 2.00<q"<4.00 q" > 4.00 Very Soft Soft Firm Stiff Very Stiff Very Stiff -Hard <2 3-4 5-8 9-15 16-30 >31 **An "N" value of 31 or greater corresponds to a hard consistency. The correlation of consistency with a typical SPT "N" value range is approximate. Tolunay-Wong Engineers, Inc. •